Home

SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase/Firebird User`s Manual

1. See also Server Tools 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 491 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 9 3 7 9 3 8 Event Monitor Event Monitor allows you to see the notifications made by event alerters Event alerters are messages passed from the database to an application enables applications to recieve asynchronous notification of database changes To call this window select the Tools Event Monitor menu item For example you need to get notification when some event takes place You can use inside the procedure or trigger body the instruction like POST_EVENT Null_field_met in the example below BEGIN Statements POST_EVENT Null_field_met Statements END When the statements are executed the notifications will appear in the Events Monitor window You can set event alerter by selecting the Event options item of the main menu See also Defining Events Server Tools Event Monitor Jicjeg Database Ol General Clear events ER Export to text file EA Restore default size Database Monitor Database Monitor displays various statistics on database in general and database activities To call the Database Monitor window please select the Tools Event Monitor main 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 492 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual menu item Th
2. lt gt Field Description CUST_NO EA Edit Field CUST_NO Eq Drop Field CUST_NO Availability Windows Professional Yes Windows Lite Yes 5 4 2 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 158 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Object bar e Select a database and a table for editing within the current window General bar Print table metadata Refresh the content of the active Table Editor tab Perform quicksave quickload Bring the window to its default size Set grants on the table Show SQL Manager help system Alter Table Editor options Compile current object DDL Tools bar e View Dependency Tree for the table e Create the view from the table e Create the procedure for the table The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of Table Editor The Explorer bar displays table subobjects in a form of a tree You can edit a table subobject by double clicking it 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 159 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 4 2 2 Managing fields Object a g employee on loopback v CUSTOMER m General 2 Refresh Grarts on table ee Print 44 Quick save if Quick load Show SOL help d Table Editor options EA Restore default size 3 Compile Tools E Dependency tree
3. Query OK 19 rows affected 0 02 sec By default data returned by a query are displayed as a grid see Data View for details The context menu of the grid allows you to Export Data Export As SQL Script 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 283 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 6 2 10 See also Using Navigation bar Working with diagram area Joining two objects Setting criteria Setting output fields Setting grouping criteria Setting sorting parameters Working with the editor area Viewing query plan Viewing query plan Using SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird you can view the plan for each of the queries created and executed in the application The query plan is available within the corresponding Plan tab To view the Plan of a query open Query Builder and use the Show estimated execution plan item of the Navigation bar The Plan tab allows you to view the sequence of actions performed by the database server in the process of the query execution and the amount of system resources used for the query execution Note that this tab only appears after you have executed the query 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 284 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Builder Edit Plan o i i PLAN JOIN NATURAL ok i SS INDEX CUSTNAMEX Operation Object type Object name Alias Fields Aj PLAN
4. 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 356 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Base Styles Strip Styles Font Border 00 B bh Font Tr Calibri v Al STYLE_1 l STYLE 2 sessssssssssesssssssesssesssessssessesssessa Size 11 vw E u 5 6 8 m w u C Background Wrap Text l Aa zZz Strip type Onore Oca O Row You can reset the changes any time using the Reset Item and the Reset All buttons When you are done click the Next button to proceed to Setting common export options 8 1 5 10 MS Word 2007 options This step allows you to set options for the target MS Word 2007 docx file Using the Base Styles tab you can set font options for all elements of the Word 2007 document HEADER CAPTION DATA FOOTER You can customize style options such as fontand size background and foreground colors text alignment text highlight etc for each of them by clicking the corresponding item in the list and setting the options in the right side panel For your convenience the previews illustrating the changes are displayed in the Sample Group area within the Base Styles and the Strip Styles tabs 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 357 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Export Data Wizard employee on loopback Data Wizard Export Data Customize MS Word 2007 export options Base Styles strip Styles aa Font Cali a Size 11 v
5. The Unique Key Editor allows you to edit unique key properties Add Unique Key To add a unique key to the table e Open the table in the Table Editor e Open the Constaraints tab then choose Uniques tab e Right click and select the Add Unique Key item from the popup menu e Edit unique key properties within the Unique Key Editor dialog 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 174 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Edit Unique Key To edit unique key e Open the table in the Table Editor Open the Constaraints tab then choose Uniques tab Right click the unique key and select the Edit Unique Key item from the popup menu or simply double click the key to edit e Edit unique key properties within the Unique Key Editor Dialog Drop Unique Key To drop the unique key e Open the table in the Table Editor Open the Constaraints tab then choose Uniques tab Right click the key to drop and select the Drop Unique Key item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 175 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 4 2 4 5 1 Uniques Editor The Index Editor allows you to edit the index fields and other index properties It opens when you create a new index or edit the existing one see Create Unique Key and Edit Unique Key for details e Editing unique key definition e Editing object
6. E pata 40008 se8a8a E FOOTER T SQL _ Background T Manager C Highlight hc None for InterBase Firebird Reset Al Tenpltes_Jv Using the Strip Styles tab you can create a style template set font size background color text alignment highlight options and save them If you have created or loaded more than one style template they can be ignored or used co umn by column or row by row it depends on the Strip type selection 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 358 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Strip Styles p styles Border Font tH Calibri v te B bi Size 1 lx A STYLE 4A u 56 B 6 C Background C Highlight Aa zZz Strip type Oene O col O ron Reset A Using the Border tab you can enable borders in the result Word 2007 document and customize them Click the Border Color icon to select a color using the Color dialog where you can specify the required color from the palette Border Style Use the drop down list to select the preferable style to applied to the border single thick double hairline dot etc Strip Styles Border Use Border Border Color D gt Border Style Pennnnnnennsnnennensennenneenssnenncenssnssnnsnsonaennen Crosso deveoveseeevsouceescorsevouvoveseeweesseweeeseseed You can reset the changes any time using the Reset Item and the Reset All buttons 2008 EM
7. _ _ True False Null a me Click the Next button to proceed to the Setting advanced field formats step of the wizard Setting advanced field formats This step of the wizard allows you to set formats each field separately Select a field in the list and adjust format options that will be applied to this field only generator value generator step constant value NULL value default value left right quotation character case character set 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 377 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Import Data Set format for import fields Field Name EMP_NO ES FIRST_NAME E LAST_NAME E PHONE_EXT E HIRE_DATE DEPT_NO E JoB_CODE ES JOB_GRADE ES JOB_COUNTRY S SALARY Formats Generator value Constant value Null value Left quotation Quotation action Character case Generator step Default value Right quotation As Is As Is Character set Replacements Text to find Replace with Ignore case Cis Cees E The Replacements area allows you to set the text you need to be replaced during data import into the selected field Press the Plus F button to specify a new replacement options using the Add Replacement dialog Text to find Replace with C Ignore case
8. Column Summary Column Footer summary Group header Group footer None None None FIRST_NAME LAST_NAME PHONE_EXT HIRE_DATE Count Count Count DEPT_NO JOB_GRADE JOB COUNTRY Number format Number format Number format SALARY FULL_NAME See also Grouping data Filtering records Using the context menu Working in multi level mode Create Grid Level wizard Working in card view mode 7 1 1 8 Associating columns When pasting records into the grid the program will automatically display the Associate columns dialog where you will be able to set the correspondence between the columns you are trying to paste and the existing ones Use the Add Add All Remove Remove All buttons to set the column correspondence 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 306 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Associate Columns Clipboard Columns Grid Columns a cust_no E CUSTOMER CUSTOMER CONTACT_FIRST 9g CONTACT_FIRST EE CONTACT_LAST CONTACT_LAST E PHONE_NO PHONE_NO Links between Clipboard and Grid Columns CUST_NO CUST_NO CUSTOMER CUSTOMER CONTACT_FIRST CONTACT_FIRST CONTACT_LAST CONTACT_LAST First row is a header See also Grid View 7 1 2 Form View The Form View tab allows you to view data as a form To activate this type of data view select the Form View tab on th
9. EMP_NO FIRST_NANE LAST_NAME General a l PHONE_EXT LOCATION 4 Toggle AutoDDL PHONE _NO D Execute FROM a PHONE LIST Ep Execute under cursor 3 Prepare query Explain query kg Run Query Builder SQL Editor options Results on Edit tab Show SQL help Restore default size gh Create view h Create procedure Queries Edit J Find text eB Load from file Unicode USC 2 Hint To paste input parameters of a procedure quickly use the Ctr Shift P shortcut after the procedure name Hint To use a keyboard template type the template name and press the Ctr J shortcut the text associated with the template will be inserted automatically If necessary you can print the SQL text of your query using the corresponding item of the context menu See also Using Navigation bar Using the context menu Viewing query plan Using object links 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 262 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Executing queries Viewing query logs Favorites editor Using the context menu The context menu of SQL Editor area contains execution commands most of the standard text processing functions Cut Copy Paste Select All and functions for working with the query as a whole e g you can move the cursor to a particular line change the case of selected text view the query properties or print the text of the que
10. PARAM2 Null Blast VARCHAR 40 CHARACTER SET NONE PARAMS C Null 31 03 2006 16 16 27 DATE Click OK button to apply the values and execute the query or click Cancel button to abort execution 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 288 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 7 Data management Table data and query results are displayed on the Data or Results tab of Table Editor SQL Editor Visual Query Builder etc Data can be displayed in one of the following modes Grid View Form View Print Data BLOB View See Data View to learn more about these modes You are also provided with a number of filtering tools when working with your data e Data View e Custom Filter e Filter Builder dialog See also Getting started Database Explorer Database management Database objects management Query management tools Import Export tools Database tools Server tools Personalization External tools 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 289 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 7 1 Data View SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird provides you with powerful tools for viewing editing and printing data from tables and queries e table view data are available within the Data tab of Table Editor View Editor correspondingly e upon a query execution the returned dataset appears within the Result s tab of SQL Edito
11. e execute a script using SQL Script Editor execute a SOL query this item is available if there is at least one active database connection grant permissions on database objects to InterBase Firebird users using Grant Manager this item is available if there is at least one active database connection show this help file browse SQL Manager 2008 on line documentation visit SQL Manager 2008 Home Page go to Technical Support Center look through the Frequently Asked Questions page Getting Started Eb Create new database E Create new table Eh Manage existing database s F Create new database object Database Tools g Execute SQL script Ei Execute query s Manage permissions Help and Support SOL Manager 2008 help system Internet Resources SQL Manager 2008 home page amp Support Center SQL Manager 2008 on line documentation SQL Manager 2008 FAQ 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 59 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual See also Selecting style and lanquage First time started Database navigation Working with database objects Using context menus Switching windows 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 60 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 2 4 Database navigation After you have registered the required database s the corresponding alias es appear in the DB Explorer tree on the left If th
12. 204 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Object Triggers Description Plan Data Dependencies Performance Analysis Permissions DDL Query Performance Analysis Indexed reads vs non indexed reads DEPARTMENT 2 ee EMPLOYEE 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 B Non ndexed reads E Indexed reads f Reads Updates l Deletes Inserts Summary E 40 won n nnn PLAN JOIN DEPARTMENT NATURAL EMPLOYEE INDEX RDBS FOREIGNS PLAN JOIN DEPARTMENT NATURAL EMPLOYEE INDEX RDBS FOREIGNS Adapted plan PLAN JOIN DEPARTMENT NATURAL EMPLOYEE INDEX INTEG 28 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 205 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 6 Triggers The triggers are managed on the Triggers tab of the Table Editor Create Trigger To add a trigger to the table Open the table in the Table Editor Open the Triggers tab Right click and select the New Trigger item from the popup menu Edit the trigger properties within the Trigger Editor Edit Trigger To edit the trigger e Open the table in the Table Editor e Open the Triggers tab e Right click the trigger and select the Edit Trigger lt Trigger_Name gt or simply double click the trigger to edit e Edit the trigger properties within the Trigger Editor Drop Trigger To drop the trigger e Open the table in the Table Editor
13. Note that at the moment restore from incremental backup is only available in InterBase 2007 and Firebird 2 1 See also Backup Database Specific DB Tools Using templates 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 456 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 9 2 2 1 F Database Restore Wizard Database Restore Specify restore type Welcome to the Database Restore Wizard This wizard allows you to restore the specified database Manager for _ InterBase Restore type Firebird Restore from full backup Restore from incremental backup Availability Windows Professional Yes Windows Lite No Selecting destination database On the first step you are to specify basic parameters for restoring the database Source file Locate the backup file from which the restoration should be performed Restore into If you select to restore to a new database on the next step you will need to specify the database and host connection parameters Select to restore into the existing database or to create a new database If you restore 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 457 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual into the existing database then select it from the list of registered databases You will also need to proved authentication information user name and password for connecting to the database Execution mode The group
14. Connecting to databases Operations with database objects 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 74 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Selecting multiple objects Using tabs for database navigation Recently opened objects Creating projects Searching within the tree SQL Assistant Configuring Database Explorer Managing Favorite queries 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 75 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 3 2 Connecting to databases When the InterBase Firebird host is registered and the database registration is complete you can establish connection to your database The simplest way to connect to a database is to double click its alias in the Database Explorer tree The same operation can be performed by selecting the Connect to Database item of the database alias context menu or by using the Database Connect to Database main menu item Alternatively you can use the Shift Ctri C shortcut to connect to your database Databases doom_server eg aeg E z doom_server 3052 1 a loopback gereeereereneesasereneeserensenenerereenereennnerernrneneenrnensenenneneneneeneneenrenneeneesenrennenseeennnensenenennenennennn Register Database Shitt Alt R Unregister Database Shitt Alt U Drop Database Database Registration Info Database Monitor Database Operations Register Host Shift Ctrl R Unregiste
15. ES LAST_NAME Size 10 y SQL 4 a0 ela apa Manager for 5688 00 InterBase Firebird Aa iz Reset All When you are done click the Next button to proceed to Setting common export options 8 1 5 1 1 Data format The Data Format tab contains general options which allow you to adjust the format for each kind of Excel cells This means that you can specify such parameters as font borders filling color and method etc for each entity such as data field header footer caption data hyperlink and so on separately Also it is possible to create styles to make the target Excel file striped by columns or rows e Fields e Options e Styles 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 337 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual For your convenience the previews illustrating the changes are displayed in the Sample Group area on each page of Data Format tab 8 1 5 1 1 1 Fields Using the Fields tab you can set font options border and fill options and select and aggregate functions for all the fields you want to export Data format Extensions Ext Fields Options Styles FIRST_NAME LAST_NAME Advanced Font Borders Fill Aggregate Font Arial v Size 10 v 40 o e 008 S668 m mw Aa z Reset Al You can reset the changes any time using the Reset Item and the Reset All buttons
16. Object bar Select a database and a view for editing within the current window General bar e Compile the current view e Managing grants and autogrants 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 199 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual View bar Show SQL Manager help system Print metadata of the current view Perform quicksave quickload Refresh the current tab content View the dependecy tree for the current object Bring the window to its default size Open current view with Query Builder The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of View Editor 5 5 1 2 Editing view definition Object 9 EMPLOYEE on serg l h PHONE_LIST lt gt General 3 Compile s Grants Show SQL hel eee Print ag Dependency tree 44 Quick save iat Quick load 2 Refresh Text editor al Restore default size gt View Edit with Query Builder lt Explorer The View Editor represents the view definition as SQL statement so it is enough to simply edit the whole definition in the editor area to make changes and click the Compile item on the navigation bar to apply it to the view on the server Another way to create a view is building a query in the Query Builder tool Note when you change the query the header of the view is also changed automatically All the changes you made are processed by the View Editor precompiler and the l
17. Seccecconscensessnce Printer Name BUHSQL Samsung1710 Driver Port Print layout Use scale factor 100 Arrange diagram at 4 ages horizontally an Rana Print options C Skip empty pages V Print page borders _ Print only selected objects Al pages Pages from See also Print Preview dialog 9 1 2 10 Saving Loading diagram Use the Save Diagram bal and the Open Diagram buttons on the toolbar to save the diagram for future use or to load the previously saved diagram See also Using Navigation bar Diagram Navigator Adding objects to diagram Removing objects from diagram Creating new table Creating relationships Working with multiple pages Reverse engineering Printing diagram Setting diagram options 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 409 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 9 1 2 11 Setting diagram options Using this dialog you can setup the behavior and look of each diagram page See detailed description of each option on the Visual Database Designer page of the Environment Options dialog Diagram Options for Page DemoDB on XP 01 SS2005 Style settings Model notation IDEF1x Integration DEFinition for information modeling Draw PRIMARY KEY fiekis separately Draw entities icons Draw attributes icons C Draw only names of entities C Draw FOREIGN KEY name Gnd options Show grid Snap to grid Grid
18. The SQL words tab of the SQL Formatter section allows you to select the key words for each action of SQL formatter and to set formatting parameters Wrap first element Wraps the selected text at a specific column Select the SQL key words after which formatting should be applied Params in line list Allows you to display the parameters followed by the defined key words in list or in line 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 550 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Settings SQL Words Wrap first element CI SELECT CI FROM C WHERE Cl GRouP BY Cl HAVING CI ORDER BY LIinto CI INSERT L vaLues C uppaTe set C DELETE LJ EXECUTE C Space before bracket C Space into brackets OR AND Params in linedist CI SELECT CI FROM C WHERE Cl GROUP BY C HAVING CI ORDER BY CI into CJINSERT CI VALUES C UPDATE CI sET C DELETE LJ EXECUTE Indent in list 2 OR AND O Left Separate Right Keywords case Defautt Upper Lower Capitalize Identifiers case Defautt Upper Lower Capitalize lt gt Set the placement of the AND an OR operators according to the operands followed by them See the example below Left WHERE AND AND AND Separate WHERE AND AND Right WHERE AND AND AND The Keywords case Identifiers case options allow you to define the case of the correspon
19. e Using navigation bar e Setting table properties e Specifying table fields See also Table Editor Field Editor ie tatapa ote a 3 Compile Restore default size Table Properties Table name NEW_TABLE1 _ Description 4 optional description here 5 4 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database for creating table General bar e Compile the current table definition e Bring the window to its actual size 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 154 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 8 IB2007 database C Share 3 Compile Restore default size 5 4 1 2 Setting table properties The Table tab is provided for setting table name and its description Table name Name of the table must be unique among table and procedure names in the database It is available only when creating the table Description This field contains any optional description on the table See also Table Editor Field Editor Table Properties D 1e2o07aotatase Lenser v Table name NEW_TABLE1 3 Compile Description Restore default size 4 optional description here 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 155 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 4 1 3 Specifying fields The Fields tab is intended for specifying table fields Double click a field to open the Fi
20. 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 61 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual First time started Using Desktop Panel Working with database objects Using context menus Switching windows 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 62 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 2 5 Working with database objects The nodes of the DB Explorer tree allow you to access server objects and objects of the selected database respectively If InterBase Firebird you are connected to supports certain types of objects their nodes will appear in the tree Double click an object to open it in the corresponding editor Right click an object to display its context menu which allows you to perform various operations over the selected object or database Databases COUNTRY CUSTOMER DEPARTMENT EMPLOYEE New Table Ctril N ee Pri Edit Table JOB Ctrl O Fo 2 Uni Drop Table JOB Shift Del 2 3 ch By Duplicate Table JOB Ea Ind 4 Recompute All Indices of Table Trig A Recompute All Indices of Database EF PROJE H E prow Data Manipulation gt E Export Data t SALES i m i i Import Data views 1 Script to Clipboard gt og uy PHONI Grants for Table JOB E Dependent Objects re Search in Metadata i Create SIUD procedures Shift Ctrl P l h Create Updatable View Shift Ctrl V
21. 5 2 2 Selecting object to duplicate Use the Objects drop down menu to select the type of the object you intend to duplicate Select a database object to copy its properties to the new object Duplicate Object Wizard X Duplicate Object Select the object to duplicate E UDFs S_FAVO NEWW_TABLE1 Triggers Exceptions HI Generators Firebird BLOB Fitters Roles Journals Click the Next button to proceed to the Selecting destination database step of the wizard 5 2 3 Selecting destination database Select the target database and schema to create the new object in set the name of the new database object Table options 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 143 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Check the M Copy data option to copy data from the source table to the new one M Deactivate triggers while data copying Disables object triggers firing while copying data M Copy privileges Defines whether the privileges on the object should be copied as well displaying the option depends on the object type Duplicate Object Wizard Duplicate Object Select the target database and the new object name Target database 8 unicode_fss on doom_server 3052 C Sha m New object name DEPT_NEW1 Table options C Deactivate triggers while data copying a for C Copy privilegies InterBase Firebird J 5 2 3 1 Specifying object details Note
22. C Use muttifile export Navigation On top On bottom Prior link Prior Index link Index Next link Next First link First Last link Last 8 1 5 4 4 Advanced The Advanced tab allows you to set a number of advanced options to be applied to the result HTML file Page header Use the drop down menu to select the font that will be used in the result file by default Background If necessary use the Ellipsis J button to browse for a graphical file to be applied as the page background You can also set a number of common Table options cell padding cell spacing border background 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 350 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 8 1 5 5 Preview Basic Multifile Advanced Body options Default font Tp Arial Background l Advanced attributes lt Table Options Cell padding 4 Cell spacing 1 lt lt Border 1 Background l Advanced attributes It is also possible to define advanced attributes for both the HTML body and table PDF options This step allows you to set options for the target PDF pdf file Fonts This group of options allows you to customize fonts for the header caption data footer of the result file For your convenience the previews illustrating the changes are displayed in the Sample Group area Additionally you can customize the page options page size width height etc page margins and Grid options of th
23. Decimal point The first character in the format string determines the location of the decimal separator in the formatted value any additional characters are ignored LA Thousand separator If the format string contains one or more characters the output will have thousand separators inserted between each group of three digits to the left of the decimal point The placement and number of characters in the format string does not affect the output except to indicate that thousand separators are wanted E Scientific notation If any of the strings E E e or e are contained in the format string the number is formatted using scientific notation A group of up to four 0 characters can immediately follow the E E e or e to determine the minimum number of digits in the exponent The E and e formats cause a plus sign to be output for positive exponents and a minus sign to be output for negative exponents The E and e formats output a sign character only for negative exponents Date Time format c Displays the date using the format using the Short Date Format followed by the time using the Long Time Format The time is not displayed if the date time value indicates midnight precisely d Displays the day as a number without a leading zero 1 31 dd Displays the day as a number with a leading zero 01 31 ddd Displays the day as an abbreviation Sun Sat using the strings of the Sh
24. Environment Options main menu item proceed to the Localization section of the Environment Options dialog click the Add button set the language name and the path to the new ng file within the Language Info Editor dialog The new language is added to the list of available languages Now you can set it as the interface language using the Select Program Lanquage dialog or the Localization section of the Environment Options dialog See also SQL Manager Options Keyboard Templates Find Option dialog 10 2 1 Localization Editor The Localization Editor window allows you to edit the captions and hints of any SQL Manager window if the selected program language is different from the default one 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 572 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual To call this window use the Shift Ctr L shortcut in any child window of SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird The working area of the window contains the element names and the corresponding strings divided by the character These strings are what you see in the program as menu items window captions button hints etc Edit them to change the program appearance Be careful and do not edit the identifiers that stand before the character this will not produce any effect For your convenience the Find and Replace features are provided the corresponding rs s toolbar buttons are used to call the Find Text dialog or
25. Find Option 10 1 3 10 Find Option The Find Option section allows you to search for options available within the Visual Options dialog easily and quickly Option In this field you can enter the name of the option to search for within SQL Manager Visual Options 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 566 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Visual Options Scheme name Office 11 style ha Save A Delete Bars and menus fal Trees and lists Edit controls Check boxes Buttons Page cortrols Group boxes Splitters Navigation bar Find Option cooeaf A v as E The Available options area lists all options of the Visual Options category according to the specified name Select the required option in the list and click Show Option to open the corresponding dialog where you can view edit the value of this option See also Bars and menus Trees and lists Edit controls Check boxes Buttons Page controls Group boxes Splitters Naviqation bar 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 567 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 10 1 4 Save Settings Save Settings Wizard allows you to export the settings of SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird wholly or partially to a single reg file which can be applied afterwards to SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird installed on another machine or it can be used to
26. Floating windows like Borland Delphi IDE Windows restrictions This option allows you to set the number of editors Table Editor SQL Editor etc that can be opened at the same time Zoom options This group of options is only available if Environment Style is set to Floating windows environment It allows you to set maximization size for child windows Full screen Restricted by Main Form Restricted by Main Form and DB Explorer Justified my Main Form and DB Explorer Bar style for child forms Here you can define the location of action buttons within the Navigation bar on the left and or onthe Toolbar If necessary you can also M Enable floating toolbars for your application 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 503 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Environment Options X Preferences windows a Confirmations Environment style MDI environment ike Microsoft Office applications E DB Explorer O Floating windows environment ike Borland Delphi IDE TE SQL Assistant Windows restrictions Q Eg Object Editors C Number of open editors is restricted E Table Editor Number 10 ET Procedure Editor Ei SQL Editor Zoom options amp SQL Monitor Full screen G SQL Script Restricted by Main Form SBS Query Builder Restricted by Main Form and DB Explorer Style amp Color Justified by Main Form and DB Explorer Palette visual Database Bar style for
27. JOIN NATURAL Table EMPLOYEE EMPLOYEE INDEX Table CUSTOMER CUSTOMER v If necessary you can specify that the Plan tab appears automatically upon query execution in Query Builder select the M Show actual execution plan on query execution option available within the Tools Query Builder section of the Environment Options dialog See also Using Navigation bar Working with diagram area Joining two objects Setting criteria Setting output fields Setting grouping criteria Setting sorting parameters Working with the editor area Query execution 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 285 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 6 3 Query parameters Both SOL Editor and Visual Query Builder support parameters usage inside the query text A parameter is a kind of variable for which a value can be specified just before the query execution In the query text the parameter should appear as an identifier with a colon at the beginning e g param1 Note The Allow using of parameters in query text option should be checked on the Options Environment options Tools page for this feature to be enabled See also SQL Editor Visual Query Builder 6 3 1 Input parameters dialog The Input Parameters dialog is used to specify the query parameters as well as values of the input parameters of the procedure or function before execution G mer Input Parameters PARAMI Null v SMALLINT
28. ODS version Forced writes Page Size Database page size in bytes Allocated DB pages Number of pages in database SQL Dialect SQL dialect version used Sweep Interval Number of transactions after executing which automatic garbage collection is carried out ODS Version Database on disc structure version M Forced Writes 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 135 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 4 6 2 4 6 3 Enables mode of forced writing data on disk M Read Only Makes the database available read only Active users The Active users section of the Database Properties dialog displays the list of active users which are currently active Database Properties IB2007 database X fame SYSDBA g Database Description SE Find Option Description The Database Description section of the Database Properties dialog allows you to set view the optional database description available for editing 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 136 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual General B Active Users Any optional description here _ Database Description AA Find Option 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 138 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 Database objects management SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird provides powerful tools to ma
29. SQL Manager net EMS Database Management Solutions zm SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions SQL Manager 2008 ma amey me A ne de SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions All rights reserved This manual documents EMS SQL Manager for InterBase Firebird version 5 0 x x No parts of this work may be reproduced in any form or by any means graphic electronic or mechanical including photocopying recording taping or information storage and retrieval systems without the written permission of the publisher Products that are referred to in this document may be either trademarks and or registered trademarks of the respective owners The publisher and the author make no claim to these trademarks While every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this document the publisher and the author assume no responsibility for errors or omissions or for damages resulting from the use of information contained in this document or from the use of programs and source code that may accompany it In no event shall the publisher and the author be liable for any loss of profit or any other commercial damage caused or alleged to have been caused directly or indirectly by this document Use of this documentation is subject to the following terms you may create a printed copy of this documentation solely for your
30. SaL Script bg Query Builder Style amp Color Palette Colors NULL values Sg Visual Database Grid Defaut e Tex Null Designer n Row Default Font color E Default Color Palette wu GB extract Database Strip 1 inactive Caption Te ll B Print Metadata E Data Export Database Monitor s Dependencies t Transactions m Fonts S E Grid Data Options B Print Data Display formats Integer fields Date fields dd MM yyyy Time fields h mm ss a Advanced By defaut Arey Colors Options of this group allow you to set colors for basic grid elements Use the ellipsis u button to open the Color dialog allowing you to select the required color from the palette Grid Defines the background color of the data grid Row Defines the color of the selected row in the data grid Strip Defines the color of the odd rows applied if the Striped grids option is set NULL values Text Defines the text that stands for NULL values in grid Font color Defines the font color for displaying NULL values in the grid Use the ellipsis A button to 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 533 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual open the Color dialog allowing you to select the required color from the palette 10 1 1 9 4 Advanced Advanced options M Cell hints for clipped text Indicates whether a hint box is displayed when hovering over a ce
31. These functions are also available through the F7 and Shift F8 key shortcuts respectively 2 We have added a Japanese localization to the IB Manager distributive package Now ten languages are available English German Italian Spanish Dutch Russian Polish Brazilian Hungarian and Japanese 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 37 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 10 11 12 13 14 15 3 4 We have extended a possibility to save diagrams as graphical images Now you can save your diagrams to four graphical file formats bitmap JPEG image GIF image and Windows metafile This feature is available through the Save as Image button of the Visual Database Designer toolbar Object description definitions are now extracted as UPDATE SET RDB DESCRIPTION statements for FireBird 1 x databases since FireBird server supports inserting multi line strings to BLOB fields The Grant Manager provides two new menu items now Grant All on All and Revoke All on All Use them for granting or revoking all privileges on all objects to the current object at once Query parameters are parsed correctly by the Visual Query Builder now Fixed bug with setting object names in lower or mixed case in object editors if FireBird database is used Fixed bug with incorrect field order in the INSERT statement generated by the Export As Insert dialog NUMERIC and
32. Windows Professional Yes Windows Lite Yes 5 6 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and a trigger for editing within the current window General bar e Compile the current trigger definition e Set autogrant privilegies for the trigger e Debug current trigger e Perform quicksave for the current trigger e Perform quickload for the current trigger e Switch between Text and Visual modes of the editor e Bring the window to its default size The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of Trigger Editor 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 208 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 6 1 2 gt Object 8 employee on loopback S POST_NEW_ORDER General 3 Autogrant privilegies Debug trigger Show SQL help o eee Print alg Dependency tree h Quick save 2 Quick load 2 Refresh Text editor EA Restore default size Variable oP Append Editing trigger definition The main trigger parameters are set on the Trigger tab Name Name of the trigger it must be unique to the database Type Conditions of the trigger firing i e table operation for firing Insert Update or Delete and the firing time before or after the operation is performed For Table Table or view name the trigger is created for Position Defines the order of firing trigge
33. re Delete Page ig Delete All Pages a Print Setup eee Print IA Print Preview Navigator a GET_EMP_PROJ E5 vos JOB_SYNC MAIL_LABEL D ORG_CHART amp PHONE_LIST The context menu of Visual Database Designer allows you to select all objects in the diagram area adjust diagram zoom for optimal representation create a new table create anew relation create a comment 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 399 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual configure the grid adjust the diagram style perform Reverse Engineering extract metadata of the diagram objects to SOL Script Editor view edit diagram options Select Al Ctri 4 Create gt Grid gt Style gt eG Reverse Engineer Extract Metadata Designer Options See also Diagram Navigator Adding objects to diagram Removing objects from diagram Creating new table Creating relationships Working with multiple pages Reverse engineering Printing diagram Saving Loading diagram Setting diagram options 9 1 2 2 Diagram Navigator To navigate within the large diagram use the Navigator tool on the Navigation bar It allows you to see the whole diagram in a reduced size and even to move the objects in the diagram The area currently visible in the main diagram area is outlined in red color 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 400 SQL Manager 200
34. 8 1 5 1 1 2 Options Using the Options tab you can set font options border and fill options for all elements of the Excel sheet header caption footer aggregates and hyperlinks 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 338 8 1 5 1 1 3 Styles Using the Styles tab you can make a style template set font options border and fill SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Data format Extensions Advanced Fields Options Styles E E AGGREGATE E FOOTER E HYPERLINK Fort Borders Fill Font T Arial x Size 10 x ESO s5688 mmm Aa Zz Reset Al options and save them If you have created or loaded more than one style template they can be ignored or You can reset the changes any time using the Reset Item and the Reset All buttons used column by column or row by row it depends on the Strip type selection You can reset the changes any time using the Reset Item and the Reset All buttons Data format Extensions Advanced Fields Options Styles Font Borders Fill 00 PH Font Th Arial x Size 10 p 400e ggg s6588 mmm Strip style None Col O Row Aa Zz Reset All 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 339 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 8 1 5 1 2 Extensions T
35. Editing as Rich Text Editing as Image Editing as HTML Applying changes Editing as Rich Text The Rich Text tab allows you to view edit the BLOB data in Rich Text format RTF The toolbar provides additional functionality for BLOB Viewer Editor use the Save to file and the Load from file toolbar buttons to save the Rich Text toa rtf file or load text from a file Additionally you can use the Cut Copy Paste Select All Undo context menu items for editing the text efficiently and the Print context menu item to print the content of the Rich Text tab 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 315 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual gt b EMS SQL Manager for InterBase Firebird is a high performance tool for administering InterBase and Firebird It provides an easy to use graphical interface for maintaining databases and database objects managing table data building SOL queries running SOL scripts designing databases visually administering users and their privileges working with metadata exporting data to 15 available formats and importing them from most popular formats viewing and editing BLOB fields and much more Lil Key Features e Full support of Firebird 1 5 and InterBase 7 5 Powerful and easy to use graphical user interface Rapid database management and navigation e Easy management of all InterBase Firebird objects e Advanced da
36. Exporting data as SQL Script is also available 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 202 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual See also View Editor Description gt Pc hm 7F Drag a column header here to group by that column EMP_N FIRST_NAME LAST_NAME wv Pr Location PHONE_NO Click here to add a new row C mejore owns fonen oe 85 Ss MacDonald San Francisco 415 555 1234 Robert Nelson Monterey 408 555 1234 227 monterey 408 E86 1238 46 Walter a 408 555 1234 CT Young Monterey 408 555 1234 45 Ashok 408 555 1234 Monterey aoe 585470 gt E E i E E D E 7 5 5 1 6 Viewing query plan On this tab you can see the plan of the query on which the current view is based on See also View Editor 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 203 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Object Triggers Description Dependencies Performance Analysis Permissions z lt IE PLAN JOIN NATURAL o INDEX RDB FOR Operation Object type Object name Fields JOIN NATURAL Table DEPARTMENT DEPARTMENT INDEX Table EMPLOYEE EMPLOYEE 5 5 1 7 Viewing perfomance analysis This tab displays the perfomance analysis for the query on which the current view is based See also View Editor 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions
37. Ff Edit report and Co Street 5 Central Elizabeth Brocket 61 211 99 66 Lloyd bd Save report 2 Bank 88 Street fg Save report as DT Tai Wu 852 850 400 Systems 43 98 Connaugh LTD t Road Restore default size DataServe Tomas Bright 613 229 2000 Suite 150 Internation 3323 Carling al Avenue S amp S Print See also Create Report Wizard Report Designer 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 447 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 9 1 7 3 1 Using Navigation bar The Navigation bar of Report Viewer allows you to refresh the content of the window edit report using Report Designer save the current report save the report toa fr3 file using the Save as dialog print the report Object g employee on loopback v reportt v General 2 Refresh A Edit report Ll Save report ka Save report as ee Print Eal Restore default size See also Report Viewer 9 1 8 SQL Monitor SQL Monitor allows you to view the log of all operations performed over databases and database objects in SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird The content of the window is read only To open the SQL Monitor window select the Tools SQL Monitor main menu item or use the Shift Ctri M shortcut e Using Navigation bar e Working with SQL Monitor See also Dependency Tree Visual Database Designer 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 448 S
38. If you do not use tunneling please proceed to the next step M Use Secure Shell SSH tunneling The use of this option allows you to connect to hosts over a Secure Shell Tunnel The traffic is encrypted to protect individual and corporate data See SSH tunneling options for details 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 460 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 9 2 2 4 Setting restore options This step allows you to set basic options for restoring the database M Deactivate indices If this option is checked database indices are deactivated while restoring M Don t recreate shadow files If this option is checked shadow files are not recreated while restoring M Don t enforce validity conditions If this option is checked database validity conditions are not restored M Commit after each table If this option is checked SQL Manager commits work after restoring each table Replace existing database If this option is checked the restored database replaces the existing one Use all space Restores database with 100 fill ratio on every data page instead of the default 80 fill ratio Page size Database page size in bytes Click the Next button to proceed to the Starting process Viewing results step of the wizard 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 461 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 9 2 3 F Database Restore Wizard Databas
39. Integration DEFinition for information modeling ha Sj D Tools aag Draw PRIMARY KEY fields separately Draw entities icons Draw attributes icons C Draw only names of entities C Draw FOREIGN KEY name E DB Explorer TE SQL Assistant 2 44 Object Editors E Table Editor ES Procedure Editor SQL Editor E sal monitor Sh omon G SOL Seri Show grid S E Query Builder Snap to grid EE style amp Color Gidsze xX jho y jo amp bw Ly Entity header font Name Tp Verdana ha Size 8 la l Color Palette amp Extract Database S Print Metadata eR Data Export D Database Monitor 2 Dependencies h Transactions m Fonts S E Grid By default Attributes font Name Tp Verdana l Size 8 La l wn M Show grid Displays dots in the diagram area to make the grid visible Snap to grid Automatically aligns entities on the form with the nearest grid line You cannot place an entity in between grid lines Grid size 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 518 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Sets grid spacing in pixels along the x and y axes Specify a higher number to increase grid spacing Entity header font Select a font type and size to display entity headers Attributes font Select a font type and size to display attributes Additionally you can set color for all VDBD diagram objects
40. Optional description here a v mm a er F Modified Insert 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 586 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 12 3 Browsing object dependencies The Dependencies tab allows you to view objects that depend on the object being edited and the objects that the edited object depends on Fields Constraints Indices Triggers Dependencies Permissions Description Domains 4 PROJ DEPT BUDGET 8 BUDGET 2 Views 1 8 DEPTNO h PHONE_LIST L EMPNO 8 Procedures 4 85 PHONENUMBER 4 DELETE_EMPLOYEE S E Tables 1 BH DEPT_BUDGET Wi E EMPLOYEE RH ORG_CHART PROJ_DEPT_BUDGET CREATE TABLE PROJ DEPT BUDGET FISCAL YEAR INTEGER HOT HULL PROJ_ID PROJNO NOT NULL DEPT NO DEPTNO NOT NULL QUART HEAD CNT INTEGER 4 PROJECTED BUDGET BUDGET s wo Objects that depend on lt DEPARTMENT gt Objects that lt DEPARTMENT gt depends on ma Process completed successfully Hint To open a dependent object or a depending object in its editor you can simply double click the object alias in the Objects that lt object_name gt depends on and Objects that depend on lt object_name gt lists 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 587 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 12 4 Setting object permissions The Permissions tab all
41. Page footer Page amp P of amp N Sheet title Sheet 1 Page background l C Calculate column width automatically M Calculate column width automatically This option allows the wizard to determine column width in the target file automatically Access options This step allows you to set options for the target MS Access mdb file Set the name for the target table and specify whether the wizard should create a new table in the MS Access database if it does not exist yet or use the existing table to export data into 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 344 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Er Export Data Wizard employee on loopback og Data Wizard Export Data Customize MS Access export options Table options Table name EXPORT_TABLE Create new table if it does not exist Firebird When you are done click the Next button to proceed to Setting common export options 8 1 5 3 Word RTF options This step allows you to set options for the target MS Word doc and Rich Text Format rtf files e Base Styles e Strip Styles For your convenience the previews illustrating the changes are displayed in the Sample Group area within the Base Styles and the Strip Styles tabs 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 345 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual a Export Data Wizard employee on loopback mX Data Wiz
42. Query Builder options A Restore default size Visual Builder a M lt gt eB Load diagram A H Criteria Selection Grouping criteria Sorting Save diagram All of the following are met Objects 1 EMPLOYEE FIRST NAME CUSTOMER CUSTOMER E CUSTOMER A 2 EMPLOYEE HIRE DATE CUSTOMER CONTACT LAST EB CUSTOMER_SYNC E DEPARTMENT EB DEPARTMENT_SYNC DEPT_BUDGET el Insert Highlighting Unicode USC 2 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 273 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 6 2 3 See also Using Navigation bar Joining two objects Setting criteria Setting output fields Setting grouping criteria Setting sorting parameters Working with the editor area Query execution Viewing query plan Joining two objects The diagram area allows you to associate two objects by their fields this operation is performed by dragging a field from one object list to another This will set a link between these objects by the selected fields It is indicated by a bidirectional arrow between the linked fields You can view the link properties of objects association set the mouse cursor over the linking arrow and a hint containing the association condition will popup after a short delay CUSTOMER X CUST_NO CUSTOMER CONTACT_FIRST CONTACT_LAST SALES_REP PHONE_NO v ORDER_STATUS hd ADDRESS_LINE1 ADDRESS_LINE2
43. Removing objects from diagram Creating new table Creating relationships Reverse engineering Printing diagram Saving Loading diagram Setting diagram options 9 1 2 8 Reverse engineering The reverse engineering process builds relationship diagram on the basis of the current database s structure The objects are arranged automatically within the diagram 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 405 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual To start the reverse engineering process press the Reverse Engineer gt S button on the toolbar or use the corresponding item of the context menu pedal cea RENN Bes 70 gt code lll limos i iiiiiiiiiiis Reverse Engineer _ 2308 CODE VARCHAR 5 oR 1 2208 GRADE SMALLINT i COUNTRY VARCHAR 15 4 CHAR 2 _ o MIN SALARY NUMERIC 15 2 J MAX SALARY NUMERIC 25 2 fetini Er po b gt See also Using Navigation bar Diagram Navigator Adding objects to diagram Removing objects from diagram Creating new table Creating relationships Working with multiple pages Printing diagram Saving Loading diagram Setting diagram options 9 1 2 9 Printing diagram Visual Database Designer allows you to print and preview the diagram To preview the diagram e press the Print Preview 2 button on the toolbar e preview the diagram using the Print Preview dialog To setup print options a e press the Print Se
44. SQL Editor options Results on Edit tab Show SQL help Restore default size F gh Create view amp amp Create procedure Add new query Rename current query i Remove current query ig Remove all queries i Add to Favorite Queries J Find text Load from file Save to file a Save all See also Working with SOL Editor area Using the context menu 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 260 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Viewing query plan Using object links Executing queries Viewing query logs Favorites editor Working with SQL Editor area The Editor area of SQL Editor is available within the Edit tab and is provided for working with SQL queries in text mode For your convenience the syntax highlight code completion and a number of other features for efficient SQL editing are implemented If necessary you can enable disable or customize most of SQL Editor features using the Editor Options dialog The example of code completion is illustrated in the picture below You can set the delay within the Quick code section of the Editor Options dialog or activate the completion list manually by pressing the Ctr Space shortcut 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 261 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual SOL Editor employee on loopback Database a al Logs r O SELECT 8 employee on loopback C
45. Setting filter operator cossci wesec i ssecessecieacensvecssoceesocsdscesevecsundeesacesseseracetsstenssvevsdsesivaevesseedescencesseesssduaevdcderdeevssdeseuce ses 324 Setting filt r criteria values in ci2icccscicecseccecsteqedscteecestesseecantcevectessesheceseseaechsectiveccescecoas sbesdicecuosiencitecevsnasacveactzecdcs 324 AGING a MEW QIOU o Ee EEEE cot ectbecdencctscesecettesaes E sc ecevaceccieseosceatesscedceccacceddautuecerdeeener seed ttee 325 SEUNG GrOUP OPEralOl E e E EE E E E E E E 326 Applying filter conditions 222 siccccesccssccceszectcasectcesetsctectecsec ses nean oetans tester eteracescuvcceetuadees sues qctseuszcceenteanesuagaudesersetees 327 Part VIII Import Export Tools Export Data Wizard cit cceeccsstcccceteceesedties ened svitesece cc dean gin anne aied ena ie sentcicde cnet dee sedavaneusbdiieseutetce este Setting destination file name and format Selecting fields for Ox Port cicscseieccecdecccctecsdecceeccescesccedtesanc send ccdcenesntentdiecsecevacesedeseoeeceatessaedeeccoccedceetuedeedeeenst seed cries Adjusting data format csic cccesccscescccesevcectecescectecstesectscesscecctdceecatesecenctd ved ceuesua cesteeee Hecke seesestecteseczenesectscesneveceretiacs Setting header and footer ssoi seccsccceczectcesesccesetsstectacaecseeiecegedesuces tes serete race ecuvsbeesecccestact sitseucseddentedeesuagaedesereetves Setting format Specific OPtiOMS cescceeessecseessneseeseneseneseeseeeeseeneessnse
46. Timestamp Time typed parameters the Conversion Error message appeared Fixed now 16 There were no checks for the type of file when creating a report by import from file which initiated errors Fixed now 17 When creating a report its components working with data used only default client library so that in some rare cases it was impossible to open reports working with the database on a local host Fixed now 18 Most memory leaks fixed 19 SQL Script The ability to re execute the script which finished with errors added 20 When editing the data containing fields with NULL values changed data used to restore their previous values after commit Fixed now 21 Other small improvements and bug fixes Version 4 1 February 20 2006 1 DB Explorer Faster connection and refresh speed 2 The ability to register multiple local servers is added 3 Table Editor Errors used to occur when displaying data from the tables containing many records Fixed now 4 Dependency Tree Search method for finding dependant objects is improved 5 SQL Editor Code Insight Fields of tables and views as well as keywords are now displayed in the drop down list 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 30 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Create database Wrong script for creating database used to be generated Fixed now
47. and then proceeds either forward to the end of the scope or backward to the beginning of the scope depending on the Direction setting Entire scope The search and replace process covers either the entire block of selected text or the 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 596 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual entire script no matter where the cursor is in the Editor area depending upon the Scope options Click the Replace All button to replace every occurrence of the search string If you have checked the Prompt on replace option the confirmation dialog box appears upon each occurrence of the search string Mark search result with stack marker Toggles marking search results 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 597 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 12 10 Format specifiers The following format specifiers are supported in the format string Float Integer format 0 Digit place holder If the value being formatted has a digit in the position where the 0 appears in the format string then that digit is copied to the output string Otherwise a 0O is stored in that position in the output string Digit placeholder If the value being formatted has a digit in the position where the appears in the format string then that digit is copied to the output string Otherwise nothing is stored in that position in the output string
48. database to production with ease DB Extract for DB2 Create database backups in the form of SQL scripts save your database structure and table data as a whole or partially SQL Query for DB2 Analyze and retrieve your data build your queries visually work with query plans build charts based on retrieved data quickly and more Data Comparer for DB2 Compare and synchronize the contents of your databases Automate your data migrations from development to production database Scroll to top DBISAM T SQL Manager for DBISAM Simplify and automate your database development process design explore and maintain existing databases build compound SQL query statements manage database user rights and manipulate data in different ways Scroll to top 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 50 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Tools amp components a Advanced Data Export 0 Advanced Data Export Component Suite for Borland Delphi and NET will allow you to save your data in the most popular office programs formats ea Advanced Data Import Q Advanced Data Import Component Suite for Delphi and C Builder will allow you to import your data to the database from files in the most popular data formats Advanced PDF Generator Advanced PDF Generator for Delphi gives you an opportunity to create PDF documents with your applications written on Delphi or C Builder Advanced Query Bu
49. deletes the corresponding foreign key for ON UPDATE updates the corresponding foreign key to the new value of the primary key e SET NULL Sets all the columns of the corresponding foreign key to NULL SET DEFAULT Sets every column of the corresponding foreign key is set to its default value in effect when the referential integrity constraint is defined when the default for a foreign column changes after the referential integrity constraint is defined the change does not have an effect on the default value used in the referential integrity constraint See also Foreign Key Editor 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 170 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Constraints X a Name INTEG_29 Available Fields Included Fields HIRE_DATE JOB_CODE DEPT_NO JOB_GRADE E SALARY EJ JOB_COUNTRY FULL_NAME Foreign Table JOB Available Fields Included Fields E JOB_TITLE E JOB_CODE MIN_SALARY JOB_GRADE MAX_SALARY E a JOB_COUNTRY JOB_REQUIREMENT On Delete Rule On Update Rule EA 5 4 2 4 4 Managing checks Check specifies an expression producing a Boolean result which new or updated rows must satisfy for an insert or update operation to succeed Expressions evaluating to TRUE or UNKNOWN succeed Should any row of an insert or update operation produce a FALSE result an error exception is raised and the insert o
50. e Dragging the field names from SQL Assistant works perfectly now 7 SQL Editor Abillity to execute statement under cursor added 8 Visual Database Designer The Drop Table context menu item worked incorrectly if the field not the table itself was selected Fixed now 9 Import Data Wizard e Now with the Commit changes manually option switched on at the end of import you will be prompted for an action with transaction e Ability to resize wizard s window added 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 29 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual e On setting format for fields to import the Generator Value and Constant Value options used to be ignored Fixed now e Having specified user defined fields to import the rest of them were filled with empty strings so that default values defined for the fields were not applied Fixed now 10 HTML Report Ability to change header footer of the report added 11 SQL Script Abort executing script confirmation added 12 DB Explorer The context menu didn t hide when switching to another application Fixed now 13 Table Editor The lines exceeding 32 symbols were truncated when exporting lists of subobjects Fixed now 14 Procedure Editor and Trigger Editor Parameters or variables deleted in editor window used to reappear in trigger procedure body after compilation Fixed now 15 On attempt to execute a query or procedure with Date
51. end Using the Language drop down list you can select the script language to be used for the event handler PascalScript by default C Script BasicScript JScript For instance the following C Script code can be used as the handler for the OnClick event of the Show button to open ADOQuery ADOQuery1 Active true See also Adding database and query components Adding report data Viewing the report Saving the report 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 441 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 9 1 7 2 2 Adding database and query components Adding database component In order to add the Database component proceed to the Data tab of Report Designer pick the ADO Database is component on the toolbar on the left click within the working area the corresponding ADODatabasel icon appears in the area set the database connection and authorization parameters using the Properties Inspector or simply double click the component Connection Wizard Connection Choose the connection type Choose the database emloyee gdb Prompt login Use login password Login sysdba Password masterkey Adding query component In order to add the Query component proceed to the Data tab of Report Designer pick the ADO Query Hx component on the toolbar on the left click within the working area the corresponding ADOQuery1 icon app
52. s Grants 3 Autogrants Show SQL help ee Print ais Dependency tree 44 Quick save if Quick load 2 Refresh Text editor Restore default size gt Input Parameters oP Append a Insert Delete Move down Explorer a E Input Parameters 2 x EMP_NO SMALLINT 2 PROJ_ID CHAR S E3 Output Parameters Variables Text and Visual modes of the editor See also Procedure Editor 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 217 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual rocedure DD_EMP_P om employee on loopback Name AD D_EMP_PROJ yj ADD_EMP_PROJ Input Output Variables oa Parameter Type Description SMALLINT CHAR CHARACTER SET NONE g Debug procedure S Grants 3 Autogrants Show SQL help amp Print 2s Dependency tree ee Quick save Quick load Refresh EF Text editor 5 FA Restore default size INSERT INTO employee project emp_no proj_id H SQLCODE 530 DO f EXCEPTION unknown emp id od mY porron snoon ene 29 dP Append SUSPEND EHD Insert P Parameter Description EMP_NO Delete Move down 5 7 1 3 Browsing procedure parameters Parameters This page contains the input output parameters and the variables used by the procedure For each parameter its name data type and parameter type Input or Output are displayed In the bottom of the win
53. select the database using the Database pane of the Navigation bar then select a useror role from the Privileges for list available within the Navigation bar Then select the type of objects to be displayed in the main working window using the combo box at the top The Object Name column contains the list of the objects of the selected type each subsequent column corresponds to the permission which can be granted on the selected object Select Insert Update Delete Execute References The list of the objects displayed can be configured in several ways you can specify that only granted objects are displayed in the grid or define an object name to filter the objects by that name Right click a cell to grant a specific permission on a certain object To grant a permission on an object you should find the object in the Object Name list and the column with the corresponding permission The context menu of a cell contains possible permissions that can be granted e Grant e Grant with Grant Option 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 485 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Revoke removes a previously granted or denied permission Grant All Grant All with Grant Option Revoke All Grant on All Grant on All with Grant Option Revoke on All 8 employee on loopback Object Name General ER COUNTRY TA ER COUNTRY_SYNC res COUNTRY_SYNC2 Restore default size COUNTRY_SYNCS3
54. 2 Refresh Tables F5 Eg Database Registration Info Database Operations gt E New Tab from Here Find tem Ctrl F If you want to use the DB Explorer tree for working with table subobjects fields indexes Foreign keys etc check the Show table subobjects option which is available 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 63 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual within the General options group of the Environment Options DB Explorer page you can also use the Show Table Subobjects menu item in the drop down menu of the View Mode Gaz toolbar button for the same purpose See also Selecting style and lanquage First time started Using Desktop Panel Database navigation Using context menus Switching windows 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 64 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 2 6 Using context menus The context menus are aimed at facilitating your work with SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird you can perform a variety of operations using context menu items Select an object in DB Explorer and right click its alias to open the context menu e Host context menu e Database context menu e Object context menu See also Selecting style and lanquage First time started Using Desktop Panel Database navigation Working with database objects Switching windows 2 6 1 Host context menu The context menu of a Host in t
55. 75 6E 6E 69 GE 67 queries running 0x100 20 53 51 4C 20 73 63 72 69 70 74 73 2C 20 64 65 SOL scripts de 0x110 73 69 67 6E 69 6E 67 20 64 61 74 61 62 61 73 65 signing database 0x120 73 20 76 69 73 75 61 6C 6C 79 2C 20 61 64 6D 69 s amp s visually admi 0x130 6E 69 73 74 65 72 69 GE 67 20 75 73 65 72 73 20 nistering users 0x140 61 6E 64 20 74 68 65 69 72 20 70 72 69 76 69 BC and their privil 0x150 65 67 65 73 2C 20 77 6F 72 6B 69 6E 67 20 77 69 eges working wi 0x160 74 68 20 6D 65 74 61 64 61 74 61 2C 20 65 78 70 th metadata exp 0x170 6F 72 74 69 6E 67 20 64 61 74 61 20 74 6F 20 31 orting data to 1 0x180 35 20 61 76 61 69 6C 61 62 6C 65 20 66 6F 72 6D 5 available form 0x190 61 74 73 20 61 6E 64 20 69 6D 70 6F 72 74 69 BE ats and importin _ 0x140 67 20 74 68 65 6D 20 66 72 6F 6D 20 6D 6F 73 74 g them from most hal 0 2 Overwrite Grid View Form View Print Data Blob View Records fetched 31 Modified See also Navigation within BLOB Editor Editing as Text Editing as Rich Text Editing as Image Editing as HTML 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 313 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Applying changes 7 1 4 3 Editing as Text The Text tab allows you to view edit the BLOB data as simple text The toolbar provides additional functionality for BLOB Viewer Editor use the Save to file bel and the Load from file toolbar buttons to save t
56. A E A T E A A AS 205 puole o E ET E E E E E E EE TT 206 Using Navigation batisiiisi ci8iwcnaviieaciihs cia Awidunn dada naagd desl RNE EAE a Eiaa daha 207 Editing trigger definition secede cuidate mathe penssai ea Aaea 208 Editing trigger MESSAGES ssrin SaNa Ea T SN ene eects 210 Procedures cist iden SERA RNA a RN A Procedure Editor Using navigation Dar sesu ag Hiei ied eee deen reelected eas 214 Editing procedure detinition s 2 2i263 esteveniieied aces dav neem ea ee eee annie dee der aes 216 Browsing procedure parameters nee eich neti iii Eae ai ia EETA a aa ara 217 JEX CUTING procdUlGanssresnasusenanenehi nestea e eaii E yN i 219 Viewing perfomance analy siSe sic sccvesnscs cies ctiere seiriniisani A EEE ia TaS EAE EI ees 219 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 6 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Procedure Trigger Debugger 220 M difing variabl s eiai annannati cGaceaete iiaeie apaan iudeii odid geigend diaa daaa aa 221 DS E E A T E A E E T 223 UDF eTo E E E A E A E 224 AISING MAVIG ATOM or AEE A R 225 Editing UDF definition serorea aaraa aaa Ea onae Eaa Aa aaie aeaa Aaaa ada AEA EEEE 226 EXCEPUONS oc5ecccshecec sto se ncskede lente te iaaea E A EEan EEA AEA 229 Exception Eqitor iiiccccciccesescececcecsscccecseciectecetees ecectedesctvcueseedecvsateceduetcecaynes saad secvacieaccetesabecuetacescessnacawchectedescaruccediectes 230 JUSING Navigation DAL er svccrccved
57. B Hea General options mans C Allow SELECT queries only Tools Select condition row E DB Explorer C Drag field name TE SQL Assistant i i fonts A F Hide selection when inactive Object Editors C Show field types Ezz Table Editor Ex Procedure Editor lle al t isible tabs AAN SQL Edtor TER mE G SEa Criteria Keywords format SQL Script a Selection poe Style amp Col Group criteria Functions format yle amp Color i Palette Sorting asin m Visual Database Designer Color Palette R Extract Database SA Print Metadata cR Data Export D Database Monitor oe Dependencies mh Transactions Fonts gt E Grid By defaut say 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 515 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Visible tabs These options specify which Query Builder tabs are available and which are not Use the check boxes to make the corresponding tabs visible invisible Script format These options specify case formatting of keywords and functions in query text within the Edit tab As is keeps the original case Uppercase sets all the keywords functions to the upper case Lowercase sets all the keywords functions to the lower case and First upper sets the first letters of all keywords functions to the upper case Additionally you can set styles and color for all Query Builder objects by using Style and Color Palette 10 1 1 5 6 1 Style amp Color Pale
58. CHECK constraint cannot reference any domain or column The check definition can be loaded from file or saved to it with the help of the appropriate items of the Check bar See also Domain Editor VALUE STARTING WITH V G 1B2007database ca x 3 Compile Show SQL help qy Quick save Quick load Restore default size i Save to file A Load from file 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 151 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 4 Tables Relational databases store all their data in tables A table is a data structure consisting of an unordered set of horizontal rows each containing the same number of vertical columns The intersection of an individual row and column is a field that contains a specific piece of information Much of the power of relational databases comes from defining the relations among the tables Create table To create a new table e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Table in the New Object window e Edit table properties and fields on the appropriate tabs of the New Table window Hint To create new table you can also right click the Tables node of the explorer tree and select the New Table item from the popup menu To create a new table with the same properties as one of the existing tables has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object
59. Database Explorer or DB Explorer is the basic window of SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird for navigation within databases and working with database and server objects The tree like structure of DB Explorer allows you to manage the databases database and server objects and perform other everyday operations quickly and easily The following list contains the most frequently used features provided by Database Explorer Managing database registration info Connecting to databases Performing basic operations upon database objects Selecting multiple objects Navigating database objects using multiple tabs Easy access to recently opened objects Creating projects to work with selected objects only Searching within the tree Viewing extended information about database objects Configuring Database Explorer Managing Favorite queries 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 71 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Databases z doom_server E a aeg a e doom_server 3052 1 a loopback a serg 3052 J EMPLOYEE on serg 3052 8 Domains 15 HE Tables 10 LA Views 1 8 Procedures 10 UDFs La Triggers 4 B Exceptions 6 i Generators 2 BLOB Filters 5 Roles a Database Triggers E Reports Favorite Queries Projects G Users 299 Databases iH EMPLOYEE on serg 3052 To view hide the Database Explorer window use the View DB Explorer main menu item or press
60. Database alias Register database option Connection The Available options area lists all options of the specified category according to the specified name Select the required option in the list and click Show option to open the corresponding dialog where you can view edit the value of this option See also SOL Manager Options Localization Keyboard Templates 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 578 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 11 External tools When using SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird you can add external Windows applications to make your work more efficient Adding External Tools In order to add an external program select the Options External Tools main menu item click the Add button in the External Tools dialog specify parameters of the new external tool within the External Tool Info editor confirm adding the new external tool by clicking OK in the External Tool Info editor and the External Tools dialog This adds the icon and the title of the application you have selected to the Tools External Tools submenu Now you can run this tool quickly without closing SQL Manager Removing External Tools In order to remove an external program e select the Options External Tools main menu item e select the tool to be removed in the Tools list of the External Tools dialog e press the Del key or click the Delete button within the dialog e
61. Detect Automatically for automatic client selection M Use Secure Shell SSH tunneling The use of this option allows you to connect to hosts over a Secure Shell Tunnel The traffic is encrypted to protect individual and corporate data Click the Next button to proceed to the Setting specific options step or to the SSH connection settings step of the wizard depending on whether the M Use Secure Shell SSH tunneling option has been selected or not SSH connection settings To setup the connection via SSH tunnel input the following values in the corresponding fields e SSH host name is the name of the host where SSH server is running e SSH port indicates the port where SSH server is activated e SSH user name stands for the user on the machine where SSH server is running Note it is a Linux Windows user not a user of InterBase Firebird server e SSH password is the Linux Windows user password M Use Private Key for authentication If the SSH encryption is enabled on the SSH server a user can generate a pair of cryptographic keys the Private key and the Public key The Public key is placed on the SSH server and the Private key is the part you keep secret inside a secure box that can only be opened with the correct passphrase or an empty string as the passphrase When you wish to access the remote system you open the secure box with your passphrase if any and use the private key to authenticate yourself with the Public key on the remo
62. Domain Editor The ability to set Charset and Collation restored Field Editor The ability to set Charset and Collation restored Input Parameters When opening Parameters dialog on executing the queries in SQL Editor and Visual Query Builder an error occured Fixed now Grid Form View Memo fields editor is extended can be customized in Grid gt Advanced tab of Environment Options dialog SQL Script Multiple windows can be opened now Visual Database Designer There were no changes seen in opened graphical diagram when the table name or any table field was edited Fixed now The Keyword DB_KEY already in list error message used to appear when connecting to FB 2 0 server Fixed View Editor The ability to process the views containing FIRST as keyword in the queries added now View Editor The ability to process the views containing CAST as keyword in the queries added now Database Validation Validation Wizard used to ignore the changes made on the first step which caused an attempt to connect to current database and subsequent error Fixed now Procedure Editor The ability to use simultaneous names for variables in different procedures restored DB Explorer After dropping a table its triggers were still displayed in the DB Explorer tree Fixed Field Editor Autoincrement On renaming the generator its name used to stay unchanged in trigger s and procedure s body Fixed now Other small improvements and bugfix
63. EEA cee A AEEA E anit 407 Saving Loading diagram 408 Seting diagram OP ONS e Aiisiaesindiasieasiaiaaie Soins Mud Assi hauidiantindtiacads 409 SQL Soript Edit r aooiie araar ecescteetectedececscesscesettcecentastcssebivesseevsuectcdeeeedeectersedeeteclezeceentecdsetesserscetceties 410 Using Navigation Darsini natii ci aiistiesc ice aa EE ATENEA im T EAS EEA 410 Using the context MEMU sisii ueir ecadees cccdilecteaeedaewsiteded wens aaau aaiae niaii danaa 411 Using ScriptiExplorerwAicisc ake iki ania eai baand duke aeiiinhiasibiniieina as 413 Extract Database Wizard siccctegesccccescccceiseccccsseccetesacecccesecenersenzcoescnsaceztexiecyseescessudsedesdbecueesta ceceriesceedececstestestersiesccs 413 Selecting source database ici ics scence la hited nose dane malate lesa Aa TAEAE A iene 414 Specifying destination Tile Names 2 0 secegaccisenles di cccees Seca eteas ee adja daeina tanid eigai raio didda adadini 415 Setting extraction MOOS sisiisec asesan Andina denne aus ai ESEE aiana ienien 416 Setting BLOB Options veces enaeaten miley nie aie desi paaie eea Aieiaia 417 Selecting objects for structure extraction ceecesesseesseceeceeeeeeeseesceesecenecseseaesceeaeeeseceaesseeeaeseaeseeeaeeeaeeneeeaees 418 Selecting obj cts for data OxtracthOM ieice secsavesccezeiectscccete deaseveces ested lensaes dasa catdiseesds Wud eeaideneveecendautiveteiads 419 Customizing script options 420 Start of extraction process 422 Print Me
64. EMS Database Management Solutions 546 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Color Quick Code SQL Formatter Key Mapping Spell Checking Find Option 10 1 2 3 Color The Color section of the Editor Options dialog allows you to specify the fonts styles foreground and background colors borders and other attributes of the text used by the editor to mark out various text fragments strings numbers SQL keywords symbols comments identifier links highlighted links table aliases SQL datatypes SQL variables SQL functions wrong symbols exceptions parenthesis match current lines selected text search marks Editor Options X Display 7 fai oat sos Element create procedure set_stock_levels a E Quick code Defaut a stoi we veponat al i evel numeric SE SQL Formatter String eee el z Number as Key Mapping SQL keyword declare variable temp varchar 15 d Spell Checking Symbol begin J K Find Option ei k comment lentifier lin WF ae Highlighted link temp STOCK0123456789 Table alias la suspend end hal Disable element lt u gt Style Custom font x Foreground color Borders EEEE H indo v E C Defaut Len y E sack Js Font style Background color tee xi Gi GW Bod J Underline W none v C Defaut Right y W sack 34 Bottom vl Bi sack C talic C Strike out Firei Faen B C Muttiline border Vertical alignm
65. Extract Database SA Print Metadata cR Data Export B Database Monitor ES Dependencies St Transactions Fonts 3 Grid fir v By defaut say 10 1 1 5 3 SQL Editor Keep visual mode for each editor M Fetch all data If this option is checked all the records according to the query are extracted from the tables otherwise only those displayed within the Results tab of SOL Editor Explain query on execution If this option is checked the query plan is displayed at the bottom of the SQL Editor window M Show result for each query With this option checked when you execute two or more queries divided by GO the result of each query will be displayed Otherwise only the result of the last query will be displayed M Show results on Edit tab If this option is checked the Results tab is displayed as a separate tab M Execute selected text separately Check this option to allow execution of the selected statement separately Write only successfully executed queries to database SQL log file If this option is checked unsuccessful queries will not be saved to the SQL Editor log file 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 511 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual see Setting log options in the Database Registration Info dialog Environment Options E Preferences A a Confirmations i C Eetch all data B Windows S A tools C Explain query on ex
66. Grant All on All COUNTRY_SYNC_SYNC2 Revoke All on All CUSTOMER CUSTOMER_SYNC DEPARTMENT DEPARTMENT_SYNC EMPLOYEE EMPLOYEE_02 EMPLOYEE_PROJECT EMPLOYEE_PROJECT_S EMPLOYEE_SYNC UPD DEL Execute 2 A e e J e a ecobedpebebeeceonan Column permissions of PUBLIC on COUNTRY_SYNC3 Granted Granted with grant option COUNTRY rey e Has grants for columns CURRENCY J e Revoked not set Column Name _ _Update_ References Check the M Granted only option to display objects with at least one granted operation See also Using Navigation bar and context menu Managing column permissions 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 486 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 9 3 3 3 Managing column permissions The Column permissions of user role area displays the grid with table columns and the privileges that can be granted to the selected user or role Use items of the context menu to grant deny revoke permissions on columns Column Name Update References E country rey o E CURRENCY d COUNTRY_SYNC_FLD 2 d If permissions on a column have been defined for a table or view the corresponding permission cell of the table view contains a specific icon amp See also Using Navigation bar and context menu Managing database specific privileges 9 3 4 Server Messages Edit
67. INDEX_35 EA RDB INDEX_37 v v EA RDBSINDEX_29 EA RDBSINDEX_30 EA RDBSINDEX_33 EF RDBSINDEX_34 E CHANGEX EF RDBS FOREIGN21 EA RDBSPRIMARY20 EF UPDATERX EA RDBSFOREIGN25 C e f Click the Next button to proceed to the Starting process Viewing results step of the wizard 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 475 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 9 3 9 3 1 Server Tools SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird provides graphical interface for all operations concerned with granting permissions managing database users and roles The following specific server tools are available in SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird e User Manager Provides adding deleting users and editing global user privileges e Role Manager Allows you to define user properties and its members e Grant Manager Granting privileges on the selected databases tables and fields e Server Messages Editor Allows you to view an edit system messages of InterBase Firebird server e Table Altering Monitor Allows you to view the number of changes in table and view metadata e Search in Metadata Allows you to find the needed database metadata quickly e Event Monitor Allows you to see the notifications made by event alerters e Database Monitor Displays various statistics on database in general and database activities See also Specific DB Tools Users A database user is a security
68. Index EF Fields E Description DDL V Index Active Order Ascending Name CUSTNAMEX 5 4 4 1 2 Editing index fields Fields for index To include fields in the index move the fields from the Available Fields list to the Selected fields by double clicking or dragging them To remove the fields from the index move them back in the same way You can also use the arrow buttons to move the selected fields multiple fields are selected by Ctrl or Shift M Unique Check this option to prevent insertion or updating of duplicate values into indexed columns 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 194 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 4 5 When you are done click OK The Compile Window appears where you can commit the successful transaction rollback transaction and return to the editor or make some changes in the statements rollback and recompile new statements See also Index Editor EA Fields E Description 4 Do Creating table view Available Fields E cuUsT_NO E CONTACT_FIRST E CONTACT_LAST E PHONE_NO E ADDRESS_LINE1 E ADDRESS_LINE2 4 cTY E STATE_PROVINCE E COUNTRY E POSTAL_CODE ON HOLD C Unique Included Fields E CUSTOMER 6 5 amp The simpliest way to create the view from the table is to choose the Create view item from the Tools bar See also View Editor 2008 EMS Database Management So
69. JOB_CODE EH JOB_COUNTRY Available Fields JOB_CODE MIN_SALARY E JOB_GRADE E MAX SALARY E JoB_COUNTRY E JOB_REQUIREMENT On Delete Rule v On Update Rule v Availability 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 169 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Windows Professional Yes Windows Lite Yes Foreign Key Editor allows you to select fields for the foreign key when you add or edit a foreign key to the table with the Table Editor Foreign Key Name Name of a constraint the constraint name must be unique within the table Foreign Table Select the foreign table for the key from the drop down list of the database tables Available Fields Included Fields The upper Available Fields list contains the current table fields and the upper Included Fields list contain the fields included in the key Two lower lists contain the fields of the selected foreign table and the fields of this table which are included in the key Move the fields from between the lists in the same way as it is described for primary unique keys see above On Delete Rule On Update Rule Set rules to change a foreign key whenever the referenced primary key changes The following values are available e NO ACTION default Does not change the foreign key may cause the primary key update to fail due to referential integrity checks e CASCADE For ON DELETE
70. Management Solutions 245 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 12 1 Creating journal To create a journal you can also right click the Journals node of the Explorer Tree and select the Create Journal item from the popup menu The navigation bar on the left within the Journals window allows you to General bar e Compile the current user defined function definition e Show SQL Manager help system e Bring the window to its default size The Journal tab contains several options control the journaling configuration of a database Browse for the directory where journal files will be stored and set the journal base file name at the corresponding fields Length Specifies the number of pages that will be written to the journal file before initiating a rollover to a new journal file A single journal file is limited to 2GB in size Page size Determines the size of a journal page in bytes A journal page size must be at least twice the size of a database page size If a journal page size of less is specified it will be rounded up to twice the database page size and a warning will be returned 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 246 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Page cache Determines the number of journal buffers that will be allocated The size of each buffer is the same as the journal page size Checkpoint length Determines the number of jou
71. Management Solutions 81 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 3 5 Using tabs for database navigation To make your work with Database Explorer even more convenient the capability of working with several tabs is implemented You can use tabs when you wish to work with a particular node of the DB Explorer tree only with one specific schema or with tables of some schema or with a specific database project Creating such tabs will minimize scrolling within large trees you only need to switch between them with a single click on the corresponding tab Creating tabs In order to create a new tab e right click the node for which you wish to create a tab and select the New Tab from Here context menu item Renaming tabs In order to rename a tab e switch to the tab by clicking its caption there can be only one active tab and it is differentiated by a different color e right click within the DB Explorer area and select the Rename Current Tab context menu item Removing tabs In order to remove a tab e switch to the tab by clicking its caption there can be only one active tab and it is differentiated by a different color e right click within the DB Explorer area and select the Delete Current Tab context menu item Databases L Windows List 5 aai WE Windows List H EMPLOYEE on serg 3052 g 01 on localhost B 01 on localhost Tables EM
72. Next button to proceed to the Setting fields correspondence step or to the Selecting data source step of the wizard if you have selected MS Access as the source file format 8 2 2 Selecting data source This step of the wizard is only available when you are importing data from MS Access Select a table from the table list or input a query in the corresponding text boxes to specify the data source If you choose a query as the data source you also can load a SQL query from a sq file 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 366 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual or save the current query text to a file using the Load from File and the Save to File buttons correspondingly Import Data Wizard Import Data Select MS Access table or create SOL query for import would like to import data from a table E EXPORT_TABLE _ InterBase oS n Firebird i SELECT Click the Next button to proceed to the Setting fields correspondence step of the wizard 8 2 3 Setting fields correspondence This step of the wizard allows you to set correspondence between columns of the source file and fields of the target InterBase Firebird table MS Excel MS Access DBF XML Datapacket IXT CSV HTML XML Generic MS Excel Word 2007 ODF To get more information about the file formats see the Supported file formats page 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions
73. Now set caption of the level that will be displayed at the top of the level data if the corresponding option is on Also select a type of the level table or card view Level caption DEPARTMENT Level type Table view O Card view Click Finish to create new grid level When you are done click the Finish button to complete the operation 7 1 1 6 Working in card view mode Depending on your preferences you can represent data in the Table View or in the Card View modes To switch to the Card View mode of data representation right click the grid expand the Grid Levels context menu group and select the Card View item within this group 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 304 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Fields Constraints Indices Triggers Dependencies Data Permissions Description Ph 4b wt Kw YX a k Find af FIRST_NAME M Robert LAST_NAME M Nelson PHONE_EXT v 260 HIRE_DATE 28 12 1988 0 04 DEPT_NO 600 i JOB_CODE M vP JOB_GRADE m 2 JOB_COUNTRY x USA SALARY 105 900 00 M Nelson Robert EMP_NO 4 FIRST_NAME Bruce LAST_NAME m Young PHONE_EXT 233 HIRE_DATE M 28 12 1988 0 00 DEPT_NO 621 JOB_CODE M Eng JOB_GRADE 2 JOB_COUNTRY USA SALARY 97 500 00 FULL_NAME m Young Bruce Grid View Form View Print Data EMP_N
74. Number o Lv Gap mm Om Firebird Open the report after the wizard has finished Click Finish to create report When you are done click the Finish button to start the report generation process 9 1 7 2 Report Designer Report Designer allows you to create and edit reports This tool can be opened after completion of Create Report Wizard to design a new report To edit an already existing project use the appropriate Navigation bar item of Report Viewer This module is provided by FastReport http www fast report com and has its own help system Press F1 key in the Report Designer to call the FastReport help Please find the instructions on how to create a simple report in the Report Designer below e Adding dialog form e Adding database and query components e Adding report data 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 439 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual e Viewing the report e Saving the report z FastReport Reporti fr3 a og Fie Edit Report View Help D EALAH uU lA amp 2 mi ey 88 Ht a 100 F Arial TAY R Code Data Page1 DialogPage1 am 8 S E ReportTitlet ReportTitle ReportTitle1 A Memot r 3 E ReportSummary 1 Zz Employee Report 23 MasterDatal L 4 A FIBQuery1EMP_NO A FIBQuery1FIRST_N A FIBQuery1LAST_N mo n TFlBQuery1 EMP_NO IF lBQuery1 FIRST_NAME TFIBQu
75. O Checks Indices O Triggers Description Definition Procedures details in SQL Assistant Parameters Description Definition go Show error messages for erroneous objects triggers stored procedures in SQL Assistant re O Triggers O Description O Definition UDFs details in SQL Assistant Arguments Description Definition Exceptions details in SQL Assistant Message text Description Definition Generators details in SQL Assistant O Value Definition 10 1 1 5 2 Object Editors M Set grants when compiling triggers stored procedures Allows to set grants on the object automatically when compiling its definition M Show privileges in objects DDL Toggles displaying the script fragment for setting grants at the DDL tab of the object editor Show description in objects DDL Toggles displaying the script fragment for setting description at the DDL tab of the object editor Show Trigger Messages in triggers DDL Toggles displaying the script fragment for setting trigger messages at the DDL tab of the trigger editor M Automatically show Object Explorer tables stored subobjects Enables disables the Object Explorer panel within the Navigation bar of Table Editor Word wrap of objects description Toggles word wrapping at the Description tab in object editors 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 508 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase
76. OE EE SEE A E sesesacetsscenssvevsdsusivaevesesedesceocedsseuesdueeveceendeevsedeseucr ses 274 Setting OUTDUT FOLAS lt 5 255 cscoss sec ctvesiecssaivesccdssentsceecsatesssnes Ara a ee ar raaa ar ea a AE aE seecesatecsoceveceseccesseetspaccessuctscseeaserenes 276 SEttiING QFOUPING KOLALI t OEE E A E E T E EE E E E 278 SUMING SOMING PAFAMELENS EEE E E E E E E ET 279 Working with the editor area QUGKY CXC CUTION seielssccces iescsctscicessssscetesieeretevedceiatecdacneeizedestexseces lt osceveatigucteizeteasdsaecessieeesedvescededgstsvees azeeresesecsecaucteees Viewing q ery plani cccccesecesceseeetete ced eedeletveccecdenecesdedctecuesandseeesteeecbetaesibe ecstudiedvcdueccosdceatedscescecctetecceectedieseethaveectieties QUIETLY paramiet rS siisii cates ok sede ee ne scene selene nde anceee dese Seb deebessdedes diessbdeedeeecean Input parameters dialog 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 7 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Part VII Data management 288 Data VIQW einnienannnnon tice encesteeeteettcennteetae ete ciie en neetdectoetidesnneetddettectdentnestverteettdeettied 289 Grid VIEW acess sae ccc e e aa a eaa aaea EAE OAA Aa douse AAAA aeS ASA a sasguav une shadtussscdserecdedtabasugeussucevaseuereurat 289 Grouping data erasa aa a adea A a E aA ES ea eaa reaa EESE 290 SPITE RING records aii aaee rE AE AA E aA E Ea a a access caussanaidendenssteacssinuaseds cade AA EEEE 292 U
77. Primary Key INTEG_ Explorer y Table primary keys are managed on the Primary Keys tab ofthe Table Editor Add Primary Key To add a primary key to the table Edit Primary Key To edit primary key Open the table in the Table Editor Open the Constaraints tab then choose the Primary Keys tab Right click and select the New Primary Key item from the popup menu Edit primary key properties within the Primary Key Editor dialog 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 164 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Open the table in the Table Editor Open the Constaraints tab then choose the Primary Keys tab e Right click the primary key and select the Edit Primary Key item from the popup menu or simply double click the key to edit e Edit primary key properties within the Primary Key Editor Dialog Drop Primary Key To drop the primary key e Open the table in the Table Editor e Open the Constaraints tab then choose the Primary Keys tab e Right click the key to drop and select the Drop Primary Key item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 165 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 4 2 4 2 1 Primary Key Editor The Primary Key Editor allows you to edit the primary keys It opens when you create a new primary key or edit the existing one see Create Primary Key and Edit Primary Key
78. Restore default size 5 10 1 2 Editing generator definition Generator Editor allows you to create new generators and to edit the existing ones Name Name of the generator it must be unique to the database Value Generator starting value must be Integer from 2exp31 to 2exp31 1 See also Generators 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 238 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 8 employee on loopback CUST_NO_GEN HH CUST_NO_GEN x v 1015 Ge A Show SQL help amp Print alg Dependency tree Refresh Restore default size 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 239 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 11 BLOB Filters A Binary Large Object or BLOB is a collection of binary data stored as a single entity in a database management system BLOBs are typically images audio or other multimedia objects though sometimes binary code is stored as a BLOB Blob filters are routines for blobs They translate blob data from one type to another i e they allow the contents of blob subtype X to be displayed as subtype Y or vice versa These filters are ideal tools for certain binary operations such as the compression and translation of blobs depending upon the application requirements Blob filters are written in the same way that UDFs are written and are generally part of standard libraries just as UDFs are Create BLOB Fi
79. Role ey Directories gt Logs Database name C F B_DB EMPLOYEE FDB v Events Database alias EMPLOYEE on serg 3052 Charset NONE v Get Default Font charset DEFAULT_CHARSET v 3K Find Option Test Connect Copy Alias from See also 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 118 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 4 4 1 Register Host wizard Create Database wizard Register Database wizard Database Properties Host Registration Info Editing connection properties The Connection section of the Database Registration Info dialog allows you to view and or edit the connection properties in the corresponding boxes User name Password Role Database name Database alias Charset Font charset Note that client charset should match the charset used in the database Press the Get Default button to obtain information on DB charset from the server Database Registration Info i Options 45 System Objects User name SYSDBA Grid Password ahhhhrre Data Options Role i Directories ee Database name CAFB_DB EMPLOYEE FDB Events 3 Find Option Database alias EMPLOYEE on serg 3052 Charset NONE v Get Defaut Eont charset DEFAULT_CHARSET v For more details see Register Database wizard Setting specific options See also Setting common database options 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 119 SQL Man
80. SQL Script Editor allows you to select the destination host and database for the script execute the current script execute a script from file create a new script load a script from an sq file using the Open SQL Script dialog save the current script save the script to an sq file using the Save as dialog disable parsing of SQL code enable result log 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 411 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual e configure SQL Script Editor within the Script Options section of the Environment Options dialog e browse the objects used in the script within Script Explorer gt Destination e loopback 8 employee on loopback C s gt General Toggle AutoDDL D Execute script Execute under cursor 3 Execute script from file New script A Open script bd Save script kd Save Script as E Disable parsing Ei Enable resul log SQL Script options Restore default size Show SQL Help gt Explorer 8 Databases Cay Domains FR Tables Indices Es views Er Procedures A UDFs See also Using the context menu Using Script Explorer 9 1 3 2 Using the context menu The context menu of SQL Script Editor area contains execution commands most of the standard text processing functions Cut Copy Paste Select All and functions for 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 412 SQL Manager
81. See also Server Messages Editor Table Altering Monitor Table Altering Monitor allows you to view the number of changes in table and view metadata InterBase allows editing table or view metadata up to 255 times after reaching this limit backup and restoring the database is recommended To call this window select the Tools Table Altering Monitor menu item 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 489 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual See also Table Editor View Editor Server Tools mer Table Metadata Changes Database a E employee on loopback General a a Refresh A Restore default size 9 3 6 Search in Metadata Table Name ER COUNTRY COUNTRY_SYNC ER COUNTRY_SYNC2 ER COUNTR YNC_SYNC2 ER CUSTOMER ER CUSTOMER_SYNC EB DEPARTMENT ER DEPARTMENT_SYNC EH EMPLOYEE EH EMPLOYEE_02 Search in Metadata dialog allows you to find the needed database metadata quickly To call this dialog select the Tools Search in Metadata menu item Text to Find Set the text to search for Database Select the database to search in Unavailable if Search in all active databases checked V Case Sensitive Differentiates uppercase from lowercase when performing a search Whole words only Searches for words only With this option off the search string might be found within longer words M Regular Expressions Recognizes regular expression
82. Server Availability Windows Professional Yes Windows Lite No 9 2 1 1 Selecting database to backup On the first step you are to specify source database the backup type Database Select database for backup from the drop down list Backup type 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 452 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Full backup In this case all the data containing in the database are copied Incremental Backup online dump feature is a physical backup mechanism It backs up the physical pages of the database to dump files The incremental backup feature ensures that the output dump files represent the on disk state of the database as of the instant the online dump was started so transaction and page consistency are maintained in the process Note that incremental backup is only available in InterBase 2007 and Firebird 2 1 for Firebird 2 1 you need set the incremental backup level at the appropriate field Backup file name Set the result file name disabled when the incremental backup is selected in Backup type You also must specify User name and Password in the corresponding boxes Optionally you may specify whether the database should be shut down before start and brought online after the service is finished For more details see Start Stop Database Execution mode The group defines whether services or local utilities FB will be used to perform backup Store mode Yo
83. Setting filter criteria values Adding a new group Applying filter conditions Applying filter conditions Suppose we have created a condition within the new group If we need we can add more conditions at the same level and specify the required values using the value boxes When the operation is completed the Filter Builder dialog will look like in the screenshot below Click the Apply button to see the result of the filtering you have made and click OK or Cancel to close the dialog with or without saving your filter conditions respectively 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 328 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Filter builder untitled flt AND lt root gt 2 LastinvoiceDate between 01 01 1994 and 29 12 2003 aa ND applies to the following conditions os imal Company like Diving press the button to add a new condition OK Cancel 4 OK J Cancel The Filter Builder dialog allows you to save filter criteria to and load them from external files Clicking the Save As or the Open buttons activates the corresponding dialogs Filter settings are stored in flt files Please be informed that a column in the file is referenced by its position within a view hence filter settings cannot be correctly restored if columns have been deleted from the view after saving the filter to a file See also Invoking the Filter Builder dialog Adding a new condition Set
84. Sevensaccdces lec sieges Seale veandsda meajtey deed datas ciagilesse Heute adaidenseesd dadada padai 181 Setting tield mame and type ws iscsi cseesetsei dit eiteted nthe saneueduet at aad eed avec iee edna E E E 182 Setting field detaults dussii nnion doraa aa ie etree deidan 183 Defining array esinsin a aie aE with asthe ange vides ASE S r 184 Defining auitoincreMentisg i 24 ecdisererdieae te ti ecte diated einige a aad tend teseeead devia AH aderai 186 Setting field checks 189 IINGICOS acces EE T E E TE A E A REEE 190 Index o 0 Greer reereer peer rrcretere p A AETA EAE E aE EEEE ENE E TAE E ET EN 191 Editing index propertie Snie isrann an aeania p ie aidia iiaiai iaai ei 192 Editing index fields iinne aeeiiaii aaa ai viata eda dias idan duaakidn 193 Creating table view NIONS a Se Ea AE aa AE AAAA E View Editor jcccciccscesiisscstivcaseasaveasescandsvessertessoassacbaisdsanesbestaupedtcdvsatucsuersevadeubdeseaudusisassbucbiersetesdundivesudsasnesatdasudpucturssns Using navigation Dain a a Ea aE E EEA ESE EEEE 198 Editing view CefinitiOn ee ee cece eeceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeecaeeeaeseeeeaeeeaeeaeesaeseeeaeseaeeeeesaeeeaeseeeseseaeeeeesieteeseaeeneeenees 199 IGWING TIEIAS sec EE T T E A A A 200 venteto lale irite lole Eor TA E ET A A A A 201 Viewing data 201 Viewing query plan 202 Miewing perfomance analysis iiir seiis iarain iaaeao daa i a sad aeaaea Eae iapa iaeiae Tiaia Siiani 203 Mine e E A A cet A A
85. String fields width chars Oe Designer Default grid mode Color Palette B Extract Database Sa Print Metadata Load visible rows eR Data Export Database Monitor oe Dependencies t Transactions Forts E Grid Load all rows S2 Print Data Color amp Formats rida Advanced Column Options Note Changes of the options marked with the asterix symbol do not influence the way data are viewed it Localization in currently opened windows To apply these options to the windows you can re open the window or an press the Refresh button for Table Editor or re execute query for SQL Editor and Query Builder as Find Option Default grid mode Load all rows The grid loads all records from a dataset This option increases the grid performance by reloading only changed dataset records when updating In this mode all features automatic sorting filtering and summary calculations are available Load visible rows 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 530 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual The grid loads only a fixed number of dataset records into memory This option minimizes dataset loading time Automatic sorting filtering summary calculations are not available in this mode The Default grid mode options allow you to define the grid mode which will be used by default With the Load all rows option enabled when loading data all the re
86. Trees andlists Look amp feel Edit controls Ultraflat Check boxes Buttons Page controls Group boxes Native style Splitters Navigation bar Find Option C Hide selection Hide focus rectangle Column 2 Subitem 1 Subitem 2 See also Bars and menus Edit controls Check boxes Buttons Page controls Group boxes Splitters Navigation bar Find Option 10 1 3 3 Edit controls Use the Edit controls section of the Visual options dialog to customize the appearance of various SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird edit controls Border style Button style Button transparency etc 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 559 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Scheme name Office 11 style 2A Bars and menus Edit controls i Trees and lists Border style Button style 1 Utraflat Ultraflat Mw Sheck paxes Button transparency Edges Buttons I Left C5 Page controls Nasa a Group boxes Hot track V Bight 4 gt Splitters C Shadow V Top Navigation bar y Bottom 3X Find Option V Native style Sample text edit tem tem 2 Sample button edit g koma Sample combo box x See also Bars and menus Trees and lists Check boxes Buttons Page controls Group boxes Splitters Navigation bar Find Option 10 1 3 4 Check boxes Use the Check boxes section of the Visual options dialog to customize the border style
87. When you are done click the Next button to proceed to the Setting import mode step of the wizard 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 378 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 8 2 6 Setting import mode This step of the wizard allows you to define the records processing mode as Insert All Insert New Update Update or Insert Delete Delete or Insert mode e Insert all all records from the source file are inserted into the tables irrespective of whether any records exist in the destination table or not e Insert new already existing records are skipped and new records are inserted into the destination table Update all existing records are updated from the source file Update or insert already existing records are updated and new records are inserted into the destination table Delete already existing records are deleted Delete or insert existing records are deleted and new records are inserted into the destination table Here is an example of some import modes offered by Import Data Wizard All import modes except for the Insert All mode are based on primary key values information In order to perform import operations with these modes used you need to have matches between the source file primary key column s and the destination table primary key column s For example your source file contains three rows with the primary key values 1 2 3 but your destination table contains only two r
88. Wizard The Duplicate Object window allows you to select the database to create the new table in and to edit the result SQL statement for creating the table Edit table To edit the existing table manage its fields indices data etc e Select the table for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the table name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Table lt Table_Name gt item in the popup menu or simply double click the table e Edit table subobjects and data on the appropriate tabs of the Table Editor To change the name of the table e Select the table for editing in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Rename Table lt Table_Name gt item from the popup menu e Edit table name in the dialog window Drop table To drop a table e Select the table for editing in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Table lt Table_Name gt item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 152 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 4 1 New Table New Table window allows you to create new table set table properties specify table fields and edit table description New Table window can be open automatically after the table is created see Create Table for details 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 153 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual
89. also Using Navigation bar Working with diagram area Joining two objects Setting criteria Setting output fields Setting grouping criteria Working with the editor area Query execution Viewing query plan 6 2 8 Working with the editor area The Editor area of Visual Query Builder is available within the Edit tab and is provided for working directly with the SQL query text which is generated automatically 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 281 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual while you build the query visually You can edit this text according to the rules of SQL and all the changes will be displayed within the Builder tab respectively To learn more about the SQL Editor features available within the Edit tab see Working with SOL Editor area Builder Edit Result 1 SELECT CUSTOMER CITY CUSTOMER CONTACT_FIRST CUSTOMER CONTACT_LAST COUNTRY COUNTRY COUNTRY CURRENCY CUSTOMER CUSTOMER SALES CUST_NO SALES ORDER_DATE SALES ORDER_STATUS 11 SALES PAID 1 SALES SHIP_DATE 13 FROM 14 CUSTOMER 15 INNER JOIN COUNTRY ON CUSTOMER COUNTRY COUNTRY COUNTRY 16 INNER JOIN SALES ON CUSTOMER CUST_NO SALES CUST_NO 1 WHERE 18 SALES PAID Mi AND 19 SALES ORDER_DATE gt MOU OU U957 20 ORDER BY 21 COUNTRY COUNTRY 2 CUSTOMER CUSTOMER 23 SALES ORDER_DATE DESC wcwonwma on amp w PP See also Using Navigation bar Wo
90. appears within the Results tab The position of the tab depends on the Results on Edit tab Results on separate tab selection in the Navigation bar If SQL syntax of the query contains any errors the query execution is stopped and the corresponding error message is displayed in the status bar area at the bottom of the editor window 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 266 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual By default data returned by a query are displayed as a grid see Data View for details The context menu of the grid allows you to Export Data Export as SQL Script F EMP y FIRST NAME w LAST_NAME m PHONE_EXT w LOCATION m PHO Click here to add a new row Bender Monterey MacDonald San Francisco Yanowski San Francisco Steadman Monterey Johnson San Francisco Nordstrom San Francisco See also Using Navigation bar Working with SOL Editor area Using the context menu Viewing query plan Using object links Viewing query logs Favorites editor 6 1 7 Viewing query logs This tab allows you to view the query log The log is available within the Logs tab of SQL Editor Using this tab you can view the text of each query information on the date and time of the query execution the number of rows fetched etc With the help of the context menu 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 267 SQL Manager 2008 fo
91. child forms Designer Navigation bar E Color Palette O Toolbar amp Extract Database gt Print Metadata O Both cR Data Export Enable floating toolbars D Database Monitor 2 Dependencies Transactions Ei Fonts S E Grid See also Preferences Full mode activation Confirmations Tools Fonts Grid Localization Find Option 10 1 1 5 Tools M Show only connected databases in drop down menu If this option is checked only connected databases are displayed in drop down menus of such tools as Query Builder SQL Script etc M Don t fill server lists in connection forms 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 504 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual If this option is checked the server list will be filled up with the names of most recently used servers that are stored locally in the Windows registry Otherwise SQL Manager will scan the network to fill in the server lists in connection forms Allow using parameters in query text This feature allows you to specify different values within a query in a popup dialog just before the query execution Use the colon character before an identifier e g P1 to specify a parameter within the query M Asynchronous query execution Check this option to allow executing queries in background mode asynchronously Environment Options E Preferences a Confirmations A y a g Show only connected databases
92. data Exporting data for Export finished successfully InterBase Skipped records 0 Firebird Exported records 42 C Close the Wizard after successful completion If necessary you can save a template for future use Click the Finish button to start the export process 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 363 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 364 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 8 2 Import Data Wizard Import Data Wizard allows you to import data to a table view from any of supported formats MS Excel MS Access DBF XML TXT CSV HTML MS Excel 2007 MS Word 2007 ODF You can save your settings as a template any time for future use To start the wizard right click the table view in DB Explorer select the Data Manipulation context menu group and proceed to the Import Data item within this group Alternatively you can open the Data tab of Table Editor View Editor right click the grid there then select the Data Manipulation context menu group and proceed to the Import Data to lt object_name gt item within this group or use the Import Data item of the Navigation bar Setting source file name and format Selecting the source to import data from Setting correspondence between the source and target fields Adjusting common data formats Setting advanced field formats Set
93. data into the SQL script Source database 3 Extract all metadata and data of the database Firebird Extract a Click the Next button to proceed to the Specifying destination file name step of the wizard 9 1 4 2 Specifying destination file name Script destination This group of options allows you to specify whether the result SQL script will be automatically loaded to SQL Script Editor or saved into a file File name Set a name for the result sq file and type in or use the Save as button to specify the path to this file on your local machine or on a machine in the LAN File charset If necessary use the drop down list to select the character set to be applied to the output file Compression options Define the desired compression level if any to be applied for the file None Fastest Default Best Optionally the file may be split into parts the Split file every field 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 416 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual gt Extract Database Wizard employee o n loopback Extract Database Select the script destination You can select file to save script or load script into Script Editor Script destination Automatically load to Script Editor Save to file File name CAEMSbManager_5001 Yemployee sql File charset Database default Compression options Compress file Compression Split file every mma Dep
94. database TEST on localhost Please select one of the following actions Close database Try to reconnect 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 609 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 12 18 Customize Toolbars The Customize Toolbars window allows you to select the buttons displayed on the SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird toolbars and change their positions To call this window click the down arrow button at the right side of any toolbar then click Add or Remove Buttons and select Customize Customize Toolbars Commands Options Toolbars V SQL Assistant V Search Panel Close Toolbars Toolbars The toolbars of the window from which the Customize was called Click a box near the toolbar name to show or hide the toolbar New Adds a new toolbar to the toolbar list and to the parent window Rename Renames a user created toolbar Delete Deletes a user created toolbar Commands This tab allows you to view the list of all the commands available within toolbars of the parent window Selecting categories in the Categories list box displays commands of the selected category e g Database or Tools in the Commands list box You can pick a command and drag it on any parent window toolbar to create a button for this command 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 610 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase
95. database navigation Recently opened objects Searching within the tree SOL Assistant Configuring Database Explorer Managing Favorite queries 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 87 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 3 8 Searching within the tree SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird provides an ability to search for items within the DB Explorer tree Searching for items may be useful if you have a lot of database objects and it may be sometimes hard to find the one you need There are two search facilities implemented in SQL Manager for your convenience You can search for items within the DB Explorer tree in either of the following ways e using the Find Item dialog To call the Find Item dialog right click the Database alias or any of the database objects in the DB Explorer tree and select the Find Item context menu item or use the Ctri F key shortcut New Domain Ctri N Edit Domain ADDRESSLINE Ctrl 0 Rename Domain ADDRESSLINE Ctrl R Drop Domain ADDRESSLINE Shift Del 5 Duplicate Domain ADDRESSLINE Script to New SQL Editor gt Script to Clipboard gt TE Dependent Objects re Search in Metadata 2 Refresh Domains F5 Database Registration Info Database Operations gt Find tem Ctrl F Note that you can specify whether the search will be performed within the entire tree or within the currently selected node only
96. defines whether services or local utilities FB will be used to perform restore Restore mode Select whether the database will be restored locally available if the Execution mode is set to local utilities or to the server E Database Restore Wizard Database Restore Specify the database to restore Welcome to the Database Restore Wizard This wizard allows you to restore the specified database Source file C AFB_DB EMPLOYEE 2008 FBK Restore into G New database into database file Host Existing host Host name Q serg 3052 New host Existing database into database Login as Execution mode Restore mode Use local utilites 4 Use services Server 9 2 2 2 Restore from incremental backup Note this step only appears iw you selected Restore from incremental backup at the first step of the wizard Restore to 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 458 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual For restoring into Existing database please select the destination database from the drop down list Otherwise you need to browse for a new database or type in its name manually Restore source In case of selecting specifying backup files manual you will need to browse for the Level O backup and for level N if any optionally Click the Next button to proceed to the Starting process Viewing results step of the wizard E Database Restore Wizard Database Res
97. description e Viewing DDL definition See also Table Editor Index Editor Trigger Editor Constraints S E Unique B Description vot Available Fields Included Fields EJ DEPT_NO E DEPARTMENT E HEAD_DEPT 6 6 6 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 176 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Availability Windows Professional Yes Windows Lite Yes Unique Key Editor allows you to select fields for the unique key when you add or edit a unique key to the table with the Table Editor Enter a name for the new key and then select a table field to include in the key from the Table fields group To include fields to the key move the fields from the Available Fields list to the Included Fields by double clicking or dragging them both in the Table fields group and in the Unique table fields group To remove the fields from the key move them back in the same way You can also use the arrow buttons to move the selected fields multiple fields are selected by Ctrl or Shift See also Uniques Editor Constraints i Unique El Description Name INTEG 4 DDL Available Fields Included Fields E DEPT_NO DEPARTMENT E HEAD_DEPT EF MNGR_NO E BUDGET E LOCATION E PHONE_NO 5 4 2 5 Managing indices The Indices tab is provided for managing table indices Double click an index to open the Index Edito
98. e Open the Triggers tab e Right click on the trigger to drop and select the Drop Trigger item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 206 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 6 1 Trigger Editor The Trigger Editor allows you to define the trigger It opens when you create a new trigger or edit the existing one see Create Trigger and Edit Trigger for details Editing trigger definition Editing trigger message Browsing object dependencies Viewing object operations Editing object description Viewing DDL definition See also Table Editor View Editor 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 207 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Trigger POST_NEW_ORDER on SALES employee on loopback BAX Object 4 Trigger Messages Dependencies Description I Operations DDL employee on loopback ye Name POST_NEW_ORDER S POST_NEW_ORDER rta E Type On event A General a O Before After Insert C Update C Delete 3 autogrant privilegies Position 0 v Is active g Debug trigger i Variables Show SQL help z Name Variable Type Se Print 2E Dependency tree POST EVENT new order ig Quick load a Refresh Text editor Restore default size h Quick save i END Variable d Append Availability
99. for details e Editing primary key definition e Viewing DDL definition See also Table Editor Index Editor Trigger Editor onstraints Qi Primary Key Primary Key DDL Available Fields Included Fields E FIRST_NAME EMP_NO E LAST_NAME E JOB_GRADE E JOB_COUNTRY E salary E FULL_NAME J 7 A v Availability Windows Professional Yes Windows Lite Yes Key Name Name of a constraint the constraint name must be unique within the table 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 166 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Fields for key To include fields to the key move the fields from the Available Fields list to the Included Fields by double clicking or dragging them To remove the fields from the key R to move 5 move them back in the same way You can also use the buttons the selected fields multiple fields are selected by Ctrl or Shift See also Primary Key Editor Constraints X E rary Key el aiii Name INTEG_27 Available Fields Included Fields FIRST_NAME HH LAST_NAME PHONE_EXT HIRE_DATE J DEPT_NO E Jop_cope JOB_GRADE JOB_COUNTRY SALARY FULL_NAME A ee e 5 4 2 4 3 Managing foreign keys Table foreign keys are managed on the Foreign Keys tab of the Table Editor Add Foreign Key To add a foreign key to the table e Open the table in the Table Editor e Open the
100. improved database object editors e New procedure and trigger editors with enhanced precompiler e New view editor with automatic generation of view header and ability to create view using visual query builder e Quick saving and loading in all database object editors e Autosaving database object with opportunity to restore on further connection 7 New opportunities to work with SQL queries Possibility of creating queries with unions and subqueries visually e Ability to view query plans in the form of a diagram 8 New connection options e SSH connections support to encrypt client server communications for increased security Most suitable in case of Internet connection 9 Improved report management e New Create Report Wizard allows you to create simple report in a few clicks Managing reports in the same way as if they were a database object accessing reports directly through DB Explorer tree Version 3 9 5 1 September 8 2005 1 BLOB Editor Added horisontal and vertical scrollers in the text view 2 Added more national character sets in the database creation window and the 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 32 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual database properties form 3 Improved localization files 4 Added ability to fill newly created NOT NULL field with values of another field 5 Added ability to display priviledges granted to the object at the DDL tab 6 Now database error
101. in DB Explorer p C Show system tables Data Options FI Show system created domains i Directories C Show system created triggers gt Logs O Show system created generators S Events ue Find Option F Allow editing of triggers for system tables and views Test Connect Copy Alias from M Show system tables If this option is checked systems tables will also be shown in DB Explorer tree M Show system created domains Enabled the domain list in DB Explorer will also include system domains i e the domains which names start with RDB M Show system created triggers If this option is checked the trigger list in DB Explorer will also contain system triggers created automatically by IB for the realization of CHECK VALUE restrictions Show system created generators If this option is checked the system generators which names start with RDB will be displayed within DB Explorer tree M Allow editing of triggers for system tables and views When this option is enabled you may edit triggers for system tables and views See also Editing connection properties Setting common database options Setting default directories 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 122 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Setting log options 4 4 4 Setting grid and data options The Grid and Data options section of the Database Registration Info dialog allows you to adjust t
102. in comment blocks or not 8 We have added the Number of dropping down items from object list in an editor window option on the Windows tab of the Environment Options dialog This option defines how many objects is displayed in the drop down list of objects on the toolbar of any object editor 9 HTML Report BIGINT fields and Universal triggers are shown correctly now 10 A bug with using universal triggers in Firebird 1 5 is fixed 11 Import from MS Access One table appeared several times in the table list Now it is fixed 12 Several minor improvements and bug fixes 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 36 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Version 3 6 5 1 September 5 2003 1 We ve implemented the support of FireBird 1 5 universal triggers Starting from this version IB Manager allows you to define several actions for a trigger such as BEFORE INSERT OR UPDATE for example The Trigger Editor has been slightly redesigned for this purpose 2 We ve significantly improved the Import Data Wizard to make most of new abilities of EMS QuickImport 2 component suite http www ems hitech com quickimport be available in IB Manager such as import from XML import from multiple Excel sheets importing formulas from Excel case insensitive replacements and more 3 We ve add a possibility to hide show the DB Explorer tabs such as Project Windows and Recent If you don t need some
103. lt UDF_Name gt item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 224 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 8 1 UDF Editor The UDF Editor allows you to define user defined function properties It opens when you create a new user defined function or edit the existing one see Create UDF and Edit UDF for details To open a view in the UDF Editor double click it in the Explorer Tree e Using navigation bar e Editing user defined function definition e Browsing object dependencies e Editing object description e Viewing DDL definition 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 225 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Ge 4 e 8 employee on loopback Fs 3 Compile Show SQL help qy Quick save Quick load Restore default size Lli 4 Append a Insert _ Delete Move Up Availability Windows Professional Yes Windows Lite Yes 5 8 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and a user defined function for editing within the current window 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 226 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 8 1 2 General bar Compile the current user defined function definition Print metadata of the current user defined function View Depende
104. messages appear to be more informative Now database error numbers is displayed in addition to the message texts 7 Stored Procedures Debugger Fixed error when working with data of TIME datatype 8 Visual Database Designer It was impossible to save large database diagram as image jpg bmp gif Fixed now 9 Search in Metadata While searching in large or remote databases the manager hung up Fixed now 10 When loosing connection to the database it remained opened in the program Fixed now 11 Fixed error with displaying views created with CHECK OPTION 12 Fixed error when changing database in the Script Editor 13 Fixed error when creating index with the name in lowercase for dialect 1 database Version 3 9 0 2 February 17 2005 1 If a database had charset UNICODE_FSS or NONE then the strings in local character sets didn t display correctly in editor Data tabs Now in Database Registration Info you can manually disable encoding of Unicode strings to UTF8 to display data correctly 2 Fixed the bug with incorrect processing of IF ELSE statements in Stored Procedure Debugger 3 Stored Procedure Debugger Pre compilation parser now supports ROW_COUNT INSERTING DELETING UPDATING expressions 4 The bugs with separate client libraries for each database are fixed now Version 3 9 0 1 February 3 2005 1 InterBase 7 5 full support 2 FireBird 1 5 full support 3 SQL Editor Renewed smart Code Insight a
105. number of spaces to indent a marked block See also 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 544 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 10 1 2 2 Display Color Quick Code SOL Formatter Key Mapping Spell Checking Find Option Display Gutter M Show line numbers If this option is checked line numbers are displayed in the SQL text editor window M Gutter auto width Enable this option to specify that the gutter width will be adjusted automatically M Display line state If this option is checked a colored line indicating the state of all altered lines in the text is displayed at the gutter of the editor window M Use code folding Check this option to enable to code folding feature of SQL Editor Width Defines the gutter width in the editor window Color Defines the gutter color in the editor window Select an item from the drop down list or click the ellipsis lal button to select a color using the Color dialog where you can specify the required color from the palette Right margin M Visible Makes the right text margin visible Word break Allows breaking the words at the right margin Position Defines the position of the right text margin in the editor window Color Defines the color of the right margin in the editor window Select an item from the drop down list or click the ellipsis lal button to select a color using the Color dialog where you can specify the requir
106. of the Visual options dialog to customize all SQL Manager splitters to your liking 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 564 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 10 1 3 9 Visual Options X Delete Scheme name Office 11 style a Bars and menus Splitters Trees and lists Hot zone style ES Edit controls Windows XP task bar 4 Check boxes Hot zone drags a splitter Buttons OS Page controls O Group boxes 40 Spitters Navigation bar K Find Option See also Bars and menus Trees and lists Edit controls Check boxes Buttons Page controls Group boxes Navigation bar Find Option Navigation bar Use the Navigation bar section of the Visual options dialog to customize the Navigation bars of all SQL Manager tools according to your preferences 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 565 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Scheme name Office 11 style n2 Bars and menus Navigation bars al Trees and lists cenerat a View style ET Edit controls i ofice 11 gt Check boxes Compile Buttons C5 Page controls Group boxes 9 Show SQL help 40 gt Splitters F ea AK Find Option C Border amp Print ep Load from file Save to file See also Bars and menus Trees and lists Edit controls Check boxes Buttons Page controls Group boxes Splitters
107. of them to be shown on the screen you can uncheck the appropriate options on the DB Explorer tab of the Environment Options dialog 4 We ve added the Show only connected databases for services option to the Environment Options dialog If this option is checked only the connected databases will be available in the service dialogs such as Database Validation and Database Statistics This option is available on the Tools tab of the Environment Options dialog 5 Fixed bug with skipping the first statement of a script during its execution from the Script Editor in some cases 6 If the list of the stored procedure parameters has been edited just before the procedure execution the procedure parameter order was generated incorrectly Now it is fixed 7 Fixed bug with incorrect type of the last variable displaying in the Stored Procedure Debugger in some cases 8 Fixed bug with generating the DDL for an object containing or character in its name 9 Fixed bug with displaying calculated fields in the Edit Field dialog 10 Fixed bug with the search replace function executed for the selected text only 11 Some small improvements and minor corrections Version 3 6 0 1 July 9 2003 1 We have significantly improved Stored Procedure Debugger Now it is possible to trace into a procedure executed from the current one using the Trace Into button and then return to a previous procedure quickly using the Run Until Return button
108. option if you wish to log your SQL Editor queries in a file Log file This field is enabled if the Enable log of SQL Editor queries option is selected Type in or use the Save as button to specify the path to the sq file to store the logs of SQL queries Click the Finish button when done to start working with the newly registered database in SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 117 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 4 4 Database Registration Info Use the Database Registration Info dialog to view and edit the registration properties of the database To open the dialog select the database or any of its objects in the DB Explorer tree then select the Database Database Registration Info main menu item or right click the database alias in DB Explorer and use the Database Registration Info context menu item You can also use the Database Registration Info E button on the main toolbar Note the Copy Alias from menu allows you to select the alias of a previously registered database and use it for the newly created configured database Editing connection properties Setting database options Setting display options Setting grid and data options Setting default directories Setting log options Find Option Database Registration Info kA Connection 44 system Objects User name SYSDBA Grid Password peevetess Data Options
109. own personal use Conversion to other formats is allowed as long as the actual content is not altered or edited in any way Document generated on 19 02 2008 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Table of Contents Part Part Il Part Ill Welcome to SQL Manager for IB FB 14 Whal S MQW cece ceases es cscs anes wee aah ae cece escent cette eee a 15 System requirements sscan naana aes eaan aasa erea aa raaa ea aaia aena E Ehan ANHA EEEa EAE ESSEE 17 Feature Malie sonis aaO EEEE EA SEES 18 MSHA QU ON sorncnen a 19 REGUS AUN issis a ccc a ect ca ace ect reece R A 20 How to register SQL Manager cs ecccsececesecesseeeeeeeeeseeeescaeseneeeenseeeseaesesaaesasneeeseeeeseaesaseeeenseeesenees 22 License Agreement sirians Sai etheateetecatetenteied actus odveneis ieee dav enccasivetuecdsventeieee 23 VEPSIONMISLONY saisine EAE E suet cneseehseatetuedcwctvecdsonstuatencteuccusdetus 25 Other EMS Products sisccicaceceteccccceccsscect cee cnccteeessceeesesteeceecusesnesetee stoned desuaestereeuececouedesttvesesuerseueeetui 45 Getting started 52 Selecting style and language s ccceseceseeeeesneeeneeeeeeeeesaaeseneeeeeeeesaesasaeeseseeeeeseeeseaeseneaesnseeeeeeeaeas 54 Firstime Staned ssiri R AR reduces revucecs i ectterreeuccuste duces evecedr lt tuccteyts 56 Using Desktop Panel sccscicsccccicncccecint sacccnscctensdne feteentecsvnssinncy st ennucyaesenech se cunecevecenecvsycucdyersenectseenteesss 58 D
110. principal enabling object access permission control at the finest level of granularity A user represents a single server login within the scope of the database in which the user is defined Create user To create a new user e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select User in the New Object Dialog e Edit user definition within the User Manager Hint To create new user you can also right click the Users node of the explorer tree and select the New User item from the popup menu To create a new user with the same properties as one of the existing users has 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 476 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Edit user To edit the existing user e Select the user for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the user name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit User lt User_Name gt item from the popup menu or simply double click the user e Edit user definition and data on the appropriate tabs of the User Manager To change the name of the user e Select the user to rename in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Rename User lt User_Name gt item from the popup menu e Edit user name in the dialog window Drop user To drop a user e Select the user to drop in the explorer tree e Right c
111. query logs Favorites editor Merging queries See also Visual Query Builder uery parameters 6 1 1 Using Navigation bar The Navigation bar of SQL Editor allows you to select a database for the query execute the current query view estimated query execution plan show hide information messages add a new query note that the current query text will NOT be lost remove the current query remove all queries from the editor rename the query run Visual Query Builder to design the query as a diagram switch the results representation mode on Edit tabor on separate tab configure SQL Editor within the Tools SQL Editor page of the Environment Options dialog add the query to the Favorite Queries list using Favorites editor activate the Find Text dialog load a query from an sq file using the Open SQL File dialog save the query to an sq file using the Save as dialog save all the queries to an sq file commit rollback the transaction export the returned dataset using Export Data Wizard export data as SQL Script using the Export as SOL Script wizard 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 259 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual e import data into the table using Import Data Wizard 8 employee on loopback General al Toggle AutoDDL D Execute Execute selected only Ep Execute under cursor g Prepare query Explain query Run Query Builder
112. select any of the column values to filter records by this value of the selected column 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 294 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Fields Constraints Indices Triggers Dependencies Data Permissions Description DDL ja 4 gt te Xx oe T af Drag a column header here to group by that column EMP v FIRST_NAM LAST_NAME wv Pr w HIRE_DATE iv Click here to add a new row Kirn Lambert 06 02 1989 0 00 00 Leslie Johnson 05 04 1989 0 00 00 Phil Forest Terri Stewart Hall 04 06 1990 0 00 00 Katherine Young 14 06 1990 0 00 00 Chris Papadopoulos 01 01 1990 0 00 00 Pete Fisher 12 09 1990 0 00 00 Ann Bennet 01 02 1991 0 00 00 Roger De Souza 18 02 1991 0 00 00 ra Grid View Form View Print Data Records fetched 42 m T ae ee ee or e click the Arrow Down button next to the column caption to display the drop down list then select the Custom item and build a simple filter using the Custom Filter dialog e use the Set filter button on the navigation pane to invoke the Filter Builder dialog and create a composite filter using the dialog After the filter is set the gray filtering panel becomes visible at the bottom of the grid This panel allows you to see the active filtering condition and easily enable or disable it using the checkbox on the left If necessary you can click
113. size Entity header font Name Tp Verdana Attributes font Name Fp Verdana C Apply changes to all new pages To call this dialog you can also use the corresponding item of the context menu See also Using Navigation bar Diagram Navigator Adding objects to diagram Removing objects from diagram Creating new table 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 410 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 9 1 3 1 Creating relationships Working with multiple pages Reverse engineering Printing diagram Saving Loading diagram SQL Script Editor Using SQL Script Editor you can view edit and execute SQL scripts To open SQL Script Editor select the Tools New SQL Script Tools SQL Script main menu items or use the corresponding f toolbar buttons You can also use the Shift Ctrl S shortcut for the same purpose In the script area you can view and edit the SQL script text For your convenience syntax highlight and code completion features are implemented e Using Navigation bar e Using the context menu e Using Script Explorer Note SQL Script Editor does not show results returned upon SELECT queries execution Please use SQL Editor for that purpose instead See also Dependency Tree Visual Database Designer Extract Database Wizard Print Metadata HTML Report Wizard Reports management SQL Monitor Using Navigation bar The Navigation bar of
114. sqlmanager net Product distribution Price sd SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird Business license 1 Year Maintenance SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird Business license 2 Year Maintenance SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird Business license 3 Year Maintenance SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird Non commercial SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird Non commercial SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird Non commercial SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird Trial version Download Now SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird Lite biti Download Now EMS Maintenance Program provides the following benefits e Free software bug fixes enhancements updates and upgrades during the maintenance period e Free unlimited communications with technical staff for the purpose of reporting Software failures e Free reasonable number of communications for the purpose of consultation on operational aspects of the software 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 21 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual After your maintenance expires you will not be able to update your software or get technical support To protect your investments and have your software up to date you need to renew your maintenance You can easily reinitiate renew your maintenance with our on line speed through Maintenance Reinstatement Renewal Interface After reinitiating renewal you
115. step allows you to set options for the target MS Excel 2007 x sx file Using the Base Styles tab you can set fontand border options for all elements of the Excel 2007 sheet HEADER CAPTION DATA FOOTER You can customize style options such as fontand size background and foreground colors text alignment etc for each of them by clicking the corresponding item in the list and setting the options in the right side panel For your convenience the previews illustrating the changes are displayed in the Sample Group area within the Base Styles and the Strip Styles tabs If necessary you can also specify the sheet name for the target Excel 2007 file 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 355 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Export Data Wizard employee on loopback Data Wizard Export Data Customize MS Excel 2007 export options Base Styles Strip Styles Font Border p Calibri E DATA E FOOTER SQL T Manager 5s a mm for InterBase C Background Wrap Text Firebird Aa Zz Sheet Name sheet Reset Al Using the Strip Styles tab you can create a style template set font size background color text alignment wrap text options and save them If you have created or loaded more than one style template they can be ignored or used co umn by column or row by row it depends on the Strip type selection
116. style template they can be ignored or 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 360 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual used co umn by column or row by row it depends on the Strip type selection Base Styles Strip Styles Font z B Font Fp Arial v Al STYLE Size 10 v 4908 5e s sa m ow Background Aa Aa iz O Row Reset Al Strip type Using the Border tab you can enable borders in the result ODF document and customize them Click the Border Color icon to select a color using the Color dialog where you can specify the required color from the palette Border Width Set a numeric value to indicate the width of the border Strip Styles Border L Border Color 8 Border Width 1 Reset Al You can reset the changes any time using the Reset Item and the Reset All buttons 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 361 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual When you are done click the Next button to proceed to Setting common export options 8 1 6 Setting common export options Use this step of the wizard to set common export options The detailed description of these options is given below Export Data Wizard employee on loopback Data Wizard Export Data Specify common export options Constraints Export empty tables Skip O gt record s Export all records Export only C Open files afte
117. the Criteria tab to set the selection conditions To add a condition click the ellipsis la button on the left and select the Add condition popup menu item Edit the condition by clicking the elements of the condition pattern and setting the necessary values Clicking the numbered button to the left of the condition string activates the popup menu which allows you to add a new condition of the same enclosure level add a new enclosure level delete the current condition expand or collapse enclosure levels of the condition if the condition is composite 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 275 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual A simple condition pattern contains three elements an argument a condition operator and a second argument if required for the condition Clicking each element field allows you to set its value When clicking the argument field you can edit the argument as a text string set an object name or a certain value in this field Right clicking the field in the edit mode activates the popup menu with the Insert field function also called by the Shift Enter shortcut This function allows you to select a field from the list of all the table fields Clicking the condition operator field activates the popup menu where you can specify the condition you need Builder Edit Result Select vi Query 1 Query 1 CUSTOMER _ x CUST_NO SALES X
118. the DB Explorer tree e set all the necessary options using Register Database wizard which guides you through the entire process of Database registration Unregistering Databases In order to unregister a Database in SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird e select the Database to unregister in the DB Explorer tree e select the Database Unregister Database main menu item or use the corresponding Unregister Database E toolbar button or e right click the Database and select the Unregister Database context menu item in the DB Explorer tree e confirm unregistering in the corresponding dialog window Connecting to Databases In order to connect to a Database in SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird e select the Database to connect to in the DB Explorer tree e select the Database Connect to Database main menu item or use the corresponding Connect to Database Xi toolbar button or e right click the Database and select the Connect to Database context menu item in the DB Explorer tree Disconnecting from Databases In order to disconnect from a Database in SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird e select the Database to disconnect from in the DB Explorer tree e select the Database Disconnect from Database main menu item or use the corresponding Disconnect from Database toolbar button or e right click the Database and select the Disconnect from Database context menu item in the DB Explorer tree Viewing and editing
119. the Replace Text dialog respectively The Search Again 4 button enables the repeated search for the text that was last searched When you are done with editing click the Save button on the toolbar to apply the changes you have made See also Select Program Language Localization 10 2 2 Select Program Language The Select Language dialog allows you to select a language for SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird localization To open this dialog select the Options Select Program Language main menu item The dialog displays the list of available languages configured on the Environment Options Localization page Select a language from the list and click OK to confirm your choice and close the dialog Select Language Defaut no localization English English Pycckk See also 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 573 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Localization Editor Localization 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 574 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 10 3 Keyboard Templates The Keyboard Templates window allows you to create new keyboard templates for quicker typing regularly used expressions and to edit the existing ones To open this window select the Options Keyboard Templates main menu item To add a new keyboard template click the Add Template button set the template name and de
120. time are forcedly aborted and all the users are forcedly disconnected Deny new transactions In this mode all the transactions must be executed by the stated time Starting of any new transactions is blocked If there are some transactions still active by the stated time database shutdown are not executed Deny new attachments In this mode all the active user attachments must finish their work by the stated time If there are some attachments still active by the stated time database shutdown are not executed Wait seconds Time to wait the shutdown to execute 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 469 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Database Start Stop Wizard m ole Bring Online or Shutdown Database Specify the shutdown operation options Shutdown Mode Forced Deny new transactions Deny new attachments u SQL Wait seconds 0 Manager 5 for InterBase Firebird When you are done you can return to the previous page by clicking Back or start the process by clicking Finish at the next step Progress results page will be activated where the course of the progress will be displayed 9 2 5 2 Bring database online To bring database online back again select the Start database at the first step of the Start Stop Database wizard 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 470 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual
121. to edit the CSS Cascading Style Sheet file that will be used by the result HTML report 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 429 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual ay HTML Report Wizard IB2007database bs amp HTML Report Specify Cascading Style Sheet CSS for HTML report margin Opx Opx Opx Opx padding Opx Opx Opx Opx background ffffff color 000000 font family Verdana Arial Helvetica font size 70 width 100 div nsbanner position relative left Opx Cee Cassone Click the Next button to proceed to the Setting additional report options step of the wizard 9 1 6 4 Setting additional report options Use this step of the wizard to set additional HTML report options Use the Charset drop down list to select the preferable character set to be applied to the result HTML report 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 430 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 3 HTML Report Wizard IB2007 database HTML Report Select additional report options Charset Baltic Windows Central European DOS Report footer Central European 150 z Central European Mac This tile was Central European Aiindows Chinese Simplified EUC Chinese Simplified GB2312 If necessary you can set optional text to Report header and Report footer of the result HTML report Click t
122. tree SOL Assistant Configuring Database Explorer Managing Favorite queries 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 79 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 3 4 Selecting multiple objects You can select more than one object in Database Explorer by pressing the Ctr or the Shift key and selecting multiple objects one by one The context menu of several selected objects allows you to create a new database object of the same type edit the selected objects for database objects drop the selected objects perform other operations with the first of the selected objects see Operations with database objects a doom_server 3052 1 H employee on loopback bgp serg 3052 G EMPLOYEE on serg 3052 8 Domains 15 Rename Domain ADDRESSLINE Ctrl R Drop 4 Selected Objects Shift Del Duplicate Domain ADDRESSLINE Script to New SQL Editor Script to Clipboard Refresh Domains Database Registration Info Database Operations Find tem 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 80 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual See also Managing database registration info Connecting to databases Operations with database objects Using tabs for database navigation Recently opened objects Creating projects Searching within the tree SOL Assistant Configuring Database Explorer Managing Favorite queries 2008 EMS Database
123. use the M Search on categories option available within the Tools DB Explorer section of the Environment Options dialog e using the Search Panel Type in the first letters in the edit box and the corresponding object will be highlighted in the tree as displayed in the picture below 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 88 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual loopback H employee on loopback serg 3052 amp 8 EMPLOYEE on serg 3052 Domains 15 85 ADDRESSLINE 85 BUDGET 85 COUNTRYNAME 84 cusTNo 85 DEPTNO 55 EMPNO 85 FIRSTNAME 84 Cove 8 JOBGRADE 55 LASTNAME 85 PHONENUMBER 85 PONUMBER 85 PRODTYPE 5h PROUNO 8 SALARY By default the Search Panel is activated in the upper area of DB Explorer To disable the panel right click within the panel and deselect the checkbox at the corresponding popup menu item Hint The Search Panel is dockable i e you can drag it to any location within the DB Explorer form See also Managing database registration info Connecting to databases Operations with database objects Selecting multiple objects 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 89 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Using tabs for database navigation Recently opened objects Viewing query history Creating projects SOL Assistant Configuring Database Explorer Managing Favorite queries 20
124. will receive a confirmation e mail with all the necessary information See also How to register SQL Manager 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 22 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 1 6 Howto register SQL Manager If you have not registered your copy of SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird yet you can do it by pressing the Register Now button and entering your registration information in the Register SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird dialog To register your newly purchased copy of EMS SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird perform the following steps e receive the notification letter from Share it with the registration info e enter the Registration Name and the Registration Key from this letter e make sure that the registration process has been completed successfully check the registration information in the About SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird dialog use the Help About menu item to open this dialog Register SOL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird Please enter the registration information you received when purchasing SQL Manager 2008 for Inter Base Firebird Registration Name Registration Key See also Registration License Agreement 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 23 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 1 7 License Agreement Copyright C 1999 2008 EMS Database Management So
125. window allows you to select the database refresh the currently displayed dependency tree print the diagram set printing options using the Print Setup dialog save the current diagram as a picture restore the default size of the window 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 396 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual e navigate within selected objects e show hide subobjects e select an object Database a E employee on loopback v General a g L Eg Save as picture E Restore default size Object Previous object f Select object See also Dependency Tree 9 1 2 Visual Database Designer Visual Database Designer is provided for designing your database visually It allows you to create edit and drop tables and table fields set relations between tables and perform other operations you may need to achieve your purpose To open the designer select the Tools Visual Database Designer main menu item or use the VDBD button on the main toolbar Using Navigation bar Diagram navigator Adding objects to diagram Removing objects from diagram Creating new table Creating relationships Working with multiple pages Reverse engineering Printing diagram Saving Loading diagram Setting diagram options 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 397 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual General La E aee La ENE E arar EE Ea
126. working area e add all necessary elements one by one using drag and drop operation for each of them 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 444 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual al Data Vari Fun Clas ReportTitle ReportTitle1 O Data E FIBQuery1 EmP_No E FIRST_NAME Lill ReportSummary ReportSummary1 Ww J a ESSsias Pireoii aA S D Ni i fil oe 90 m m 4 n uu ceSosas a om Mm na ni 2208939 z GB 3 m m Sm Fe i TFiBQuery1 EMP_NO FIBQuery1 FIRST_NAME v M Create field C Create caption a See also Adding dialog form Adding database and query components Viewing the report Saving the report 9 1 7 2 4 Viewing the report Viewing the report To preview the newly created report select the File Preview main menu item or use the corresponding Preview A toolbar button You can also use the Ctri P shortcut for the same purpose This mode allows you to view edit and print the result report 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 445 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual To print the report use the Print amp toolbar button or the corresponding context menu item Employee Report Robert Nelson Bruce Young Kim Lambert Leslie Johnson Phil Forest K J Weston Terri Lee Stewart Hall Katherine Young Chris Papadopoulos Pe
127. 008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Create Grid Level Wizard x Create Grid Level Wizard Make parameterized form of the query At this step you need to transform your query to a parameterized form t will be used when Grid Mode is Load Visible Rows NOTE that you need to add conditions to WHERE parts of the query that bind the query columns to the columns of the master level The master column names should be written as query parameters started with symbol Please correct the WHERE part that is added to the end of the query Also you can edit or remove ORDER BY clause SQL DEPARTMENT MNGR_NO Manager FROM for DEPARTMENT InterBase WHERE Firebird DEPARTMENT DEPT_NO gt 0 Correct the WHERE clause below and move it to appropriate places of the query code lt w gt m Click the Next button to proceed to the Setting additional parameters step of the wizard 7 1 1 5 5 Setting additional parameters Level caption Set the caption to be used for the new level in the grid Level type Select the type of view you wish to be applied to the grid level Table view or Card view 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 303 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Create Grid Level Wizard eJ Create Grid Level Wizard Enter level caption and set its type You have completed the steps required to create a grid level
128. 008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual databases M Don t show client library warnings Turn this option on to skip the message of client library version incompatibility Create new tab for this host Checking this option adds a new tab to the bar making navigation easier The Detect Automatically button allows you to locate path to client library and security database automatically Authorized InterBase Firebird users are stored in a security database Each InterBase Firebird has its own security database which means that a user definition is bound to the server where it is stored The security database also stores an encrypted password for each user Client library provides the conduit between the API or object library an application uses to communicate with the DB server and the networking protocols used to exchange data with the network Register Host Wizard Register Host Set some specific options for registered host and click the Finish button Path to server security database isc4 gqdb admin ib security fdb a ke Program Files Borland lnter Base2007 admin ib Je Path to database utilites id C Pragram Files Borland inter Base Bin L Detect Automaticall Manager _Detect automaticaly _ g for InterBase C Login prompt before connection Firebird C Autoconnect on startup a Connect to the host automatically when connecting to any its database Fi Dont show client library warnings C Create new t
129. 08 EMS Database Management Solutions 90 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 3 9 SQL Assistant SQL Assistant which is located at the bottom of the Database Explorer window helps you to work with your database objects Depending on the current selection in DB Explorer the SQL Assistant area displays additional information about the selected object Objects Count A Domains 15 E Tables 10 views 4 Procedures 10 E UDFs 0 a Triggers 4 amp Exceptions 5 Generators 2 F BLOB Fitters 0 Roles 0 Database Triggers 0 we If you select a database in DB Explorer SQL Assistant displays the list of the database object groups and the number of objects in each group Selecting an object group in DB Explorer displays the list of the objects in SQL Assistant Double clicking the object name in SQL Assistant makes the object available for editing in the appropriate editor The context menu of the object or group of objects selected with the Ctr or Shift keys pressed allows you to edit or drop the selected objects If you select a table ora view in DB Explorer SQL Assistant displays the list of the table subobjects e g fields and their types by default What is displayed in SQL Assistant when a table or a view is selected in DB Explorer depends on the Table Details View Details selection Click the View Mode si toolbar button and select the Table Details Show or V
130. 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual working with the script as a whole e g you can move the cursor to a particular line change the case of selected text view the script properties or print the text of the script Each of these operations can be also performed with the corresponding hot keys used Implementation of the Find Text and the Replace Text dialogs contributes to more efficient work with the SQL code D Execute Script F9 be Execute Selected Only Ctril F9 Execute under cursor Ctrl At F9 Disable Parsing Toggle Bookmarks Go to Line Number Undo Shift Ctr Ctri Copy Paste Select All Find Replace Search Next Incremental Search Ctrl L Save Ctrl S Save as Favorite Query Shift Ctri S Preview Print Quick Code Properties See also Using Navigation bar Using Script Explorer 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 413 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 9 1 3 3 Using Script Explorer The Explorer group on the Navigation bar displays the tree of objects used in the current script and allows you to get to the required script fragment quickly by clicking the object in the tree Destination 2S loopback 8 employee on loopback C lt lt General Explorer Databases Ca Domains Tables H Indices Ez views E Procedures 24 UDFs Triggers A Exceptions ay Gene
131. 3 M Always Capitalize database object names If this option checked SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird automatically capitalizes all database object names Recommended for working with InterBase 5 x M Quote identifiers if they are reserved words If this option is checked then the quotation marks are added automatically to all the identifiers spelled as InterBase reserved words M Support InterBase 6 0 features If this option is checked the InterBase 6 0 FireBird opportunities are supported e g database objects are modified with the help of new SQL commands not by direct modifying of DB system tables If you have InterBase 5 x or earlier version installed uncheck this option M Refresh objects on connection This option allows to skip refreshing objects on connection to database is added It is highly recommended to uncheck this option if your database contains many objects or if connection to the database is slow See also Editing connection properties Setting display options Setting default directories Setting log options Setting system objects options The System objects section of the Database Registration Info dialog allows you to specify which objects will be displayed in the Database Explorer tree 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 121 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Database Registration Info LA Connection Eil Options a B System objects to display
132. 367 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 8 2 3 1 Excel Specify ranges in the grid for the target and source fields e select a field of the target InterBase Firebird table in the Fields list e proceed to the Sheet grid click a column caption to select the whole column or click the row number to select the whole row the selected column row of the source file gets green highlight and a new range indicating the source and target fields correspondence appears in the Ranges list e repeat the operation for all the fields you need to be included in the import process If the source Excel file and the destination InterBase Firebird table have the same order of columns or rows you can use the M Auto Fill Cols or the Auto Fill Rows buttons to set correspondence between them automatically If necessary you can choose to skip a defined number of the source file columns and or rows using the Col s and Row s spin edits Fields Ski 3 Clear Ranges e EMP_NO Calls 0 FIRST_NAME Auto Fill Rows e Clear au Row s 0 LAST_NAME PHONE_EXT HIRE_DATE A B c D p lt gt lt gt Sheet 1 DEPT_NO 1 EMP_NO FIRST_NANW LAST_NAMI PHONE_E JOB_CODE 2 2 Robert Nelson 250 se 3 j4 Bruce Young 233 4 5 kim Lambert 22 5 Leslie Johnson 410 Ranges 6 Q Phil Forest 229 Ti Sheet 1 A COLF 11 K J Weston 34 of To clear ranges for a field select the field in the Fields list and press
133. 62 75 69 6C 64 69 GE 67 20 53 51 4C 20 a building SQL OxOFO 71 75 65 72 69 65 73 2C 20 72 75 GE 6E 69 6E 6 queries running 0x100 20 53 51 4C 20 73 63 72 69 70 74 73 2C 20 64 65 SOL scripts de 0x110 73 69 67 6E 69 6E 67 20 64 61 74 61 62 61 73 65 signing database 0x120 73 20 76 69 73 75 61 6C 6C 79 2C 20 61 64 6D 69 s visually admi 0x130 6E 69 73 74 65 72 69 GE 67 20 75 73 65 72 73 20 nistering users 0x140 61 6E 64 20 74 68 65 69 72 20 70 72 69 76 69 BC and their privil 0x150 65 67 65 73 2C 20 77 6F 72 6B 69 GE 67 20 77 69 eges working wi 0x160 74 68 20 6D 65 74 61 64 61 74 61 2C 20 65 78 70 th metadata exp 0x170 6F 72 74 69 GE 67 20 64 61 74 61 20 74 GF 20 31 orting data to 1 0x180 35 20 61 76 61 69 6C 61 62 6C 65 20 66 6F 72 6D 5 available form 0x190 61 74 73 20 61 6E 64 20 69 6D 70 6F 72 74 69 6E ats and importin 0x140 67 20 74 68 65 6D 20 66 72 6F 6D 20 6D 6F 73 74 g them from most 0 2 Dverwrite GridView FomYWiew PrintData Blob View Records fetched 31 Modified See also Editing as Hexadecimal Editing as Text Editing as Rich Text Editing as Image Editing as HTML Applying changes 7 1 4 2 Editing as Hexadecimal The Hexadecimal tab allows you to view edit the BLOB data as hexadecimal 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 312 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual The toolbar provides additional functionali
134. 7 18 19 disabling the Automatically show Object Explorer option on the Tools tab of the Environment Options dialog The Validate Database option is now enabled default in the Database Validation dialog to avoid the Unsuccessful execution error raised if no options were selected DB Explorer a database closes automatically now if the connection to it has been lost for some reason It prevents the application from hanging up due to impossibility to disconnect from a database Export Data and Export Data as INSERT items are also available for views in the DB Explorer now Character set in the Print View corresponds to the database charset now Fixed bug with representing the dependencies in view editor Fixed bug with adding a trigger using the object explorer of table editor Now names of trigger types appear correctly in the explorer Grant Revoke on All menu item works correctly in the Grant Manager now Fixed bug with generating a wrong CREATE TABLE statement in the Export Data as INSERT dialog in case of selecting the fields for export manually from the dual list Fixed bug with DATE TIMESTAMP values format in the Stored Procedure Debugger Fixed bug with BLOB fields truncating during the import data process Fixed bug with the CONTINUE record missing error while importing data from some Excel files Query result does not become read only anymore if more than one space appears af
135. 8 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual gt See also Using Navigation bar Adding objects to diagram Removing objects from diagram Creating new table Creating relationships Working with multiple pages Reverse engineering Printing diagram Saving Loading diagram Setting diagram options 9 1 2 3 Adding objects to diagram To add an object to the diagram drag it from the Database Objects group on the Navigation bar into the desired place on the diagram or simply double click this object 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 401 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Database Objects a GET_EMP_PROJ lal E vos Egos syne PETIT EE 44 ORG_CHART PHONE_LIST ER PROJ_DEPT_BUDGET EJ PROJ_DEPT_BUDGET_ ER PROJECT PROJECT_SYNC ER SALARY_HISTORY ER SALARY HISTORY svt See also Using Navigation bar Diagram Navigator Removing objects from diagram Creating new table Creating relationships Working with multiple pages Reverse engineering Printing diagram Saving Loading diagram Setting diagram options 9 1 2 4 Removing objects from diagram To remove an object s from the diagram select it then right click its title and choose the Remove lt object_name gt menu item or simply press the Del key See also A Edit Table SALES E New Table E Drop Table SALES Hide Subitems E Remove Table SALES X 2008 EMS Databas
136. 9 3 1 1 2 Editing user info 9 3 2 The User Editor window allows you to edit user information Use Add Edit user item of the General bar or simply double click the user to edit You should specify password and personal info for existing users Edit User SYSDBA Name Password Confirm password First name Serg Middle name W Last name Sinitsky If you want to add current user to any of existing role please proceed to the Roles tab of the User Editor Roles All users interact with a IB FB server within the context of a role A user can belong to multiple groups and have multiple roles and the operations that are permitted by each role determine the actions that a user can perform Create role To create a new role e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Role in the New Object Dialog e Edit role definition within the Role Manager Hint To create new role you can also right click the Roles node of the explorer tree 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 479 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual and select the New Role item from the popup menu To create a new role with the same properties as one of the existing roles has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Edit role To edit the existing role e Select the role for editing in the explorer tree typ
137. ATER THAN operator Similarly if for example we need to get the list of employees hired during the 9 1 2007 10 1 2007 term we set the BETWEEN filter operator this will add two empty value boxes to specify the inclusive range for the BETWEEN condition and specify the range for the operator i e the 9 1 2007 and the 10 1 2007 values in the corresponding value boxes 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 325 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 7 3 6 It is possible to set the date value manually by typing it in or via the date editor which is activated when you click the value box XE Filter builder untitled flt AND lt root gt GJ LastinvoiceDate between 01 01 1994 and 29 12 2003 press the button to add a new condition 4 Dexatpe b 4 2003 gt necu4nee Editors used in value boxes are determined by the data type assigned to the corresponding columns See also Invoking the Filter Builder dialog Adding a new condition Setting filter criteria Setting filter operator Adding a new group Setting group operator Applying filter conditions Adding a new group Since we also need to get the list of male specialists engineers i e those registered in the Engineering and Tool Design departments and having an engineering oriented position we can add a complex filter condition combining simple conditions with the AND operator However in this particular case
138. B C Login prompt before connection AS Find Option C Autoconnect on startup C Connect to the host automatically when connecting to any of its databases C Don t show client library warnings Test Connect OK 4 5 3 SSH tunneling Set the connection properties in the respective boxes protocol host name user name password and misc M Connect through the Secure SHell SSH tunnel Turning this option on allows you to connect to hosts over a Secure Shell Tunnel The traffic is encrypted to protect individual and corporate data You must also specify SSH port SSH user name and SSH password Use the appropriate boxes on this tab To obtain more information see SSH connection settings Due to the SSH Private Key authentication being implemented you may set the Use Private Key for authentication 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 132 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Note that SSH tunneling is only available when you use TCP IP protocol See also Database Registration Info Connection Options B SSH Tunneling sg A as Find Option Test Connect SSH Tunneling Connect through the Secure SHell SSH tunnel SSH host name localhost SSH port SSH user name SSH password SSH key file Note You can connect through the SSH tunnel only when you use TCP IP network protocol The SSH tunnel will be disabled when y
139. Base Firebird User s Manual e Editing object description e Viewing DDL definition Exception CUSTOMER_CHECK employee on loopback BAX r z Object N Exception Dependencies Description DDL 8 employee on loopback v Name CUSTOMER_CHECK A CUSTOMER CHECK w Text Overdue balance can not ship General a Show SQL help eee Print aig Dependency tree 44 Quick save ig Quick load 2 Refresh A Restore default size Availability Windows Professional Yes Windows Lite Yes 5 9 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and a exception for editing within the current window General bar e Compile the current exception definition e Print metadata of the current exception e View Dependency Tree for the exception e Perform quicksave quickload e Refresh the content of the active tab e Bring the window to its default size The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of Exception Editor 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 232 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 9 1 2 Object a E employee on loopback v Ay CUSTOMER_CHECK w General a Show SQL help eee Print as Dependency tree 44 Quick save if Quick load 2 Refresh al Restore default size Editing exception definition The basic exception parameters are set on the Excep
140. Changing Metadata window The Changing Metadata window is used to trace the errors and edit SQL statements during their compilation The compilation window appears each time metadata is changed both when the compilation is successful and when there are compilation errors To hide this window for successful metadata changes select the Don t show this window on success option Compile SQL This area displays the SQL statement pending to be executed to perform metadata changing In this area you can view and edit the SQL statement In case of a compilation error the Error tab also becomes visible here you can view the error description returned by the server Commit This button starts execution of the statement s Click it to commit the current transaction This button is available only if there were no errors in compilation Rollback This button cancels the script execution and allows you to return to the previous stage editor window or DB Explorer Rollback and Recompile This button calls for recompilation with the changes you made in the Compile SQL area Use this button after correcting the SQL statement 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 590 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Compile Statement sequence You can uncheck unnecessary statements Operation Result Changing collation for field DEPT_NO Successful E Setting description for DEPARTMENT Successful
141. Constaraints tab then choose the Foreign Keys tab e Right click and select the Add Foreign Key item from the popup menu e Edit foreign key properties within the Foreign Key Editor dialog 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 167 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Edit Foreign Key To edit foreign key e Open the table in the Table Editor e Open the Constaraints tab then choose the Foreign Keys tab e Right click the foreign key and select the Edit Foreign Key item from the popup menu or simply double click the key to edit e Edit foreign key properties within the Foreign Key Editor Dialog Drop Foreign Key To drop the foreign key e Open the table in the Table Editor Open the Constaraints tab then choose the Foreign Keys tab e Right click the key to drop and select the Drop Foreign Key item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 168 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 4 2 4 3 1 Foreign Key Editor The Foreign Key Editor allows you to edit the index fields and other index properties It opens when you create a new index or edit the existing one see Create Foreign Key and Edit Foreign Key for details e Editing foreign key definition e Viewing DDL definition See also Table Editor Index Editor Trigger Editor rr x 2 Foreign Key POSNE Al Included Fields E
142. DECIMAL fields doesn t change their types to INTEGER or DOUBLE PRECISION after trying to change the dimension anymore Now the Compare Scripts feature generates the result script correctly for tables with different fields order The HTML Report generates trigger descriptions correctly now The Transaction is active doesn t appear anymore after calling the windows list while the Data tab of the Table Editor is active Identifiers appearing in the IN clause are parsed correctly by the Visual Query Builder now Fixed bug in the Stored Procedure Debugger with retrieving the count of variables if type conversions are used in the procedure Minor bugfixes and a lot of small improvements Version 3 5 0 1 May 27 2003 Visual Database Designer we have added a possibility to save the diagram as a bitmap Now you can save you diagrams to graphical files using the Save As Image button of the Visual Database Designer toolbar Data View we have added a possibility to set filter to the Grid View Now you can filter the current data view using drop down arrows on the right of the column captions The Create Procedure function is now available for views as well as for tables Now you can hide the Object Explorer tree from object editors permanently by 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 38 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1
143. DF A standard format in electronic publishing pdf Text file Plain text file format txt csv file Comma Separated Value file format csv DIF file Data Interchange File d f format sYLK Symbolic Links s k file format Note all the text formats including Text file CSV DIF SYLK are usually used as working or interchange formats LaTex A specific file format tex which is a popular especially among mathematicians and physicists macroextension of TeX pack developed by D Knut XML A markup language for documents containing structured information xm DBF Database file format dbf used by dBASE and a number of xBASE applications MS Excel 2007 The contemporary e table format used by Microsoft Excel 2007 x sx The result files are fully compatible with Microsoft Excel 2007 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 603 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual MS Word 2007 The contemporary text processing format used by Microsoft Word 2007 docx The result files are fully compatible with Microsoft Word 2007 ODF Spreadsheets OASIS Open Document Format for Office Applications open document file format for spreadsheets ods used by a number of applications including OpenOffice org and KOffice ODF text OASIS Open Document Format for Office Applications open document file format for word processing
144. Database Management Solutions 454 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual If this option is checked garbage collection is executed in backup M Old metadata description If this option is checked old metadata descriptions are included into the reserve database Convert to Tables This option converts the database data to tables in backup Format Select the data format for the reserve database make a transportable backup to move a database from one OS to another When you are done you can return to the previous page by clicking Back or start the process by clicking Finish at the next step Progress results page will be activated where the course of the progress will be displayed r Database Backup Wizard Database Backup Specify the database backup options General C Ignore check sum F Ignore transaction in Limbo C Backup metadata only Garbage collection C Old metadata description i C Convert to tables InterBase Firebird Format Transportable 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 455 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 9 2 2 Restore database SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird allows you to restore databases from previously created backup copies To open the Restore Database Wizard select the Services Restore Database menu item Select the desired restoration type Restore from full backup or from incremental backup
145. Database Registration Info In order to view edit Database Registration Info in SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird e select the Database or any of its objects in the DB Explorer tree e select the Database Database Registration Info main menu item or e right click the Database or any of its objects and select the Database Registration Info context menu item in the DB Explorer tree 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 98 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Viewing and editing Database Properties In order to view edit Database properties in SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird e select the Database in the DB Explorer tree e right click the Database and select the Database Properties context menu item or use the corresponding Properties toolbar button See also Getting started Database Explorer Database objects management Query management tools Data management Import Export tools Database tools Server tools Personalization External tools 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 99 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 4 1 Register Host wizard Register Host wizard allows you to register a host in SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird To start the wizard select the Database Register Host main menu item or use the Register Host button on the main toolbar You can also use the Shift Ctrl R shortcut for the s
146. Database Start Stop Wizard Bring Online or Shutdown Database Specify the database for bring online or shutdown operation Welcome to the Database Start Stop Withard This wizard allows you to bring online or shutdown specified database The wizard will execute the operation selected below within the database you ve specified Operations Shutdown database Database 8 EMPLOYEE on serg 3052 C FB_DB EMPLOYEE FDB Execution mode Use local utiltes Use services When you are done you can return to the previous page by clicking Back or start the process by clicking Finish at the next step Progress results page will be activated where the course of the progress will be displayed Availability Windows Professional Yes Windows Lite No 9 2 6 Rebuild indices Highly fragmented indices may considerably decrease query performance Index fragmentation is remedied by either reorganizing or by rebuilding an index SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird allows you to recompute or rebuild indices To run the wizard select the Services Rebuild Indices main menu item or right click the database alias in the DB Explorer tree and select the corresponding item e Selecting database for indices management e Selecting the action for indices e Selecting indices e Starting process Viewing results 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 471 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 9 2 6 1 e Using templat
147. E Description BEGIN 4 pvt NEW VALUE GEN ID CUSTOMER FIELD GEN 1 EHD 5 4 3 1 5 Setting field checks You can specify field checks on this tab An attempt to enter a new value in the column fails if the value does not meet the condition set on this tab e g MIN_SALARY lt MAX_SALARY See also Field Editor 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 190 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Add New Field Field Ca Autoincrement Ca Generator Ca Trigger Ca Procedure 85 Check B Description 4 ppt VALUE gt 10 5 4 4 Indices Table indices are managed on the Indices tab of the Table Editor Create Index To add an index to the table e Open the table in the Table Editor e Open the Indices tab e Right click and select the New Index item from the popup menu e Edit the index properties within the Index Editor Edit Index To edit the table index e Open the table in the Table Editor e Open the Indices tab e Right click the index and select the Edit Index lt Index_Name gt or simply double click the index to edit e Edit the index properties within the Index Editor 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 191 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Drop Index To drop the table index e Open the table in the Table Editor e Open the Indices tab e Right click on the index to dro
148. END END s Insert Delete Parameter Description EMP_NO Move down Availability Windows Professional Yes Windows Lite Yes 5 7 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar at the left allows you to Object bar Select a database and a procedure for editing within the current window General bar e Compile the current procedure e Execute the current procedure e Debug the current procedure 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 215 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual e Managing grants and autogrants e Print metadata of the current procedure e View Dependency Tree for the procedure e Perform quicksave quickload e Refresh the content of the active tab e Switch between Text and Visual modes of the editor e Bring the window to its default size Input Parameters bar allows you managing stored procedure input parameters The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of Procedure Editor 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 216 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 7 1 2 Editing procedure definition The Stored Procedure tab allows you to view and edit the definition for the stored procedure With the help of the corresponding item of the navigation bar you can switch between Object a 8 employee on loopback C v BH ADD_EMP_PROJ x General a D Execute g Debug procedure
149. Export your data to any of 15 most popular data formats including MS Access MS Excel MS Word PDF HTML and more Data Import for InterBase Firebird Import your data from MS Access MS Excel and other popular formats to database tables via user friendly wizard interface Data Pump for InterBase Firebird Migrate from most popular databases MySQL SQL Server Oracle DB2 PostgreSQL etc to InterBase Firebird Data Generator for InterBase Firebird Generate test data for database testing purposes in a simple and direct way Wide range of data generation parameters 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 48 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Oracle a DB Comparer for InterBase Firebird Compare and synchronize the structure of your databases Move changes on your development database to production with ease DB Extract for InterBase Firebird Create database backups in the form of SQL scripts save your database structure and table data as a whole or partially SQL Query for InterBase Firebird Analyze and retrieve your data build your queries visually work with query plans build charts based on retrieved data quickly and more Data Comparer for InterBase Firebird Compare and synchronize the contents of your databases Automate your data migrations from development to production database Scroll to top SQL Management Studio for Oracle EMS SQL Management Studio for Oracle is a
150. Firebird User s Manual Options Menus show recently used commands first With this option on the parent window menus drop down containing only several items available which have been used recently To display full menus unselect this option Show full menus after a short delay This option is available only if Menus show recently used commands first is on It displays full menus after a few seconds of showing only recent items Reset my usage data Resets the lists of recently used commands in the toolbars and menus Large Icons Displays larger icons on the parent window toolbars Show ToolTips on toolbars Shows tips on navigating to the toolbar button Show shortcut keys in ToolTips Shows shortcuts for faster activating the corresponding commands in the button tips Menu animations Select how menus appear in the parent window 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 611 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 12 19 Login database window This window appears if authentication information for the database or SSH tunnel was not entered in the corresponding dialogs or the Login prompt before connection option is enabled in the Database Registration Info dialog Fill all necessary fields and press OK to connect Note if you don t use SSH for connecting to a database current window will look different from the one displayed below it won t include the SSH login info group See
151. Firebird User s Manual M Always open the Edit tab If this option is checked the Edit tab is activated by default on opening an object table in the object editor Environment Options E Preferences A a Confirmations B Windows C Set grants when compiling triggers stored procedures Bs Tools C Show privileges in objects DDL 2 FS DB Explorer C Show description in objects DDL Ey SQL Assistant Show Trigger Messages in triggers DDL C Show Autoincrement objects in tables DDL Er Procedure Editor M Automatically show Object Explorer tables stored procedures Gr SQL Editor q oO Word wrap of objects description E sat Monitor 3 sat Script lt Query Builder C Aways open the Edit tab Style amp Color Palette a Visual Database Designer Color Palette R Extract Database Restore the object changes after abnormal closure of editor SA Print Metadata eR Data Export D Database Monitor oe Dependencies mh Transactions Fonts Grid By defaut sary Object list style These options allow you to define the style of the combo boxes used to select database objects e g Table or viewin Trigger Editor Objects can be represented as a tree a list sorted by namespace or a list sorted by name Use the M Ignore case option to enable disable case sensitive sorting 10 1 1 5 2 1 Table Editor Always open the Fields tab Always opens the Fields tab default on activating
152. ITY THE SOFTWARE AND THE ACCOMPANYING FILES ARE PROVIDED AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EMS DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF PERFORMANCE MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW IN NO EVENT SHALL EMS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT INDIRECT CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF BUSINESS PROFITS BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR LOSS OF BUSINESS INFORMATION ARISING OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE ANY LIABILITY OF EMS WILL BE LIMITED EXCLUSIVELY TO PRODUCT REPLACEMENT OR REFUND OF ORIGINAL PURCHASE PRICE OTHER RESTRICTIONS The USER may not rent lease sublicense translate disassemble reverse engineer or de compile the SOFTWARE or modify or merge the SOFTWARE with any part of the software in another program This LICENSE may not be assigned or otherwise transferred without the prior written consent of EMS INVALID PROVISIONS If any provision of this LICENSE shall be declared invalid or unenforceable the remaining provisions of this LICENSE shall remain in full force and effect to the fullest extent permitted by law In such event each provision of this LICENSE which is invalid or unenforceable shall be replaced with a provision as similar in terms to such invalid or unenf
153. J EMP_NO SMALLINT PROJ_ID CHAR 5 CHARACTER SET NONE General Show SQL help lo Restore default size Debug N SQLCODE 530 DO D Run 2 EXCEPTION unknown emp id E Reset A END F Trace into SUSPEND Beles EHD g Step over S Le Run until return Ep Run to cursor Parameters and Variables Last Statement Breakpoints Messages Call Stack Tools Address Line Type Text tb Parameters Toggle breakpoirt E Always trace embedded calls Highlighting Unicode USC 2 Modifing variables When debugging a procedure trigger in some cases you may need to change the value of the variable in order to explore procedure behaviour 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 222 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual td Modify variable X ANY_SALES Integer o Im C Nul 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 223 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 8 UDFs An UDF user defined function is a database function written entirely in a host language to perform data manipulation tasks not directly supported by InterBase Firebird Executed on the server UDFs give you the possibility to create your own functions like count and integrate them in the database itself Each UDF is arranged as a function belonging to DLL Thus one dynamically loaded libr
154. LU UVES LETT HHHHHHNL g MLL tt Cancel Click the Next button to proceed to the Specifying paper settings step of the wizard 9 1 7 1 4 Specifying paper settings Specify report options paper size and orientation page margins other settings Open the report after the wizard has finished Check this option to edit the generated report with Report Designer 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 436 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Create Report Wizard eJ Create Report Wizard Choose your page settings and click the Finish button Paper Margins Other Size Orientation Ad 210 x 297 mm a 5 Fa Portrait Width mn Landscape Height mm Firebird Open the report after the wizard has finished Click Finish to create report Click the Next button to proceed to the Specifying margins step of the wizard 9 1 7 1 5 Specifying margins M Stretch to print area If this option is checked the size of report is adjusted to the print area If this option is unchecked you can specify the left right top and bottom margins in millimeters M Open the report after the wizard has finished If this option is checked the report will be opened after generating 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 437 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Create Report Wizard C
155. MARY oo Ascending Edit Primary Key INTEG_27 Enter Rename Primary Key INTEG_2 a Drop Primary Key INTEG_27 Del A Recompute Index Export List s T gt 5 4 2 4 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to General bar Refresh the content of the active Primary Key tab Manage Grants on the table Perform quick saving quick loading for current constraint DDL Print metadata of the current table Show SQL Manager help system Alter Table Editor options Bring the window to its default size Compile current object DDL Tools bar e View Dependency Tree for the table e Create the view from the table e Create the procedure for the table The Explorer bar displays table subobjects in a form of a tree You can edit a table subobject by double clicking it The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of Primary Key Editor 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 163 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 4 2 4 2 Managing primary keys gt Object lt g employee on loopback Ej EMPLOYEE v gt General 2 Refresh o Grants on table eee Print h Quick save ig Quick load Show SQL help Table Editor options Ea Restore default size 3 Compile Tools oe Dependency tree th Create procedure Constraints a Edit Primary Key INTEG_2 EE Drop
156. MS cic sec ers neeaae a AEA caus sacesdaanactheesectaadvoetaaissaxducerdcpce anceuscaadedaacadeniexscessenseseaiics 453 Restore database isc cccscscascecesadiccasss snes ictcascevicsvaedeascatdaedetacecacsceasts cotgesacdestezeseshcesvesnesxcstuessouesdeetseddeudensesiaiens uneazs 455 Selecting destination database cecccccececececeeeeceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeceaeeeceeeesaeeeeaeeeaeesaeesaeeseseeseaeeseaeeseaeessaeeeeeeeaees 456 Restore from incremental DaCkUP i 2 csscisecsccesscescecdeeseessshaceestanazcsesssbeadstusnassenecnadsnscedsanaicaieceacssaddscescesbacesteas 457 JRESLONNGID BOM a MEW INOS Begives cis tenssnecsahcssstahscesacadsasszeadoncantedsstscieascacesavalussn saasteshcohsoacabaassancidadsancneaasnesuseatebees 458 Setting restore OPNS rinia aaa aE EEE E uae eet aN AS essen ESSE AEA i idence acer 460 BETETE No entire Er T A E E E E 461 Selecting database for validation ccccccccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeceeeecaeeceaeesaeeseaeeseeeseaeessaeeseaeeseaeessaeseeeseaees 462 ALI ATIONNO PEO MS ea a cst e aeaaee A E sacenanazacehsedech aacesstaatstaxshden dance eaae EA dads AEEA REAREA 463 Database statisties ccssiscisassisccorsacssateisecenvcusiatsavecdcnatucancssctccevearsadceieeseoeissnessaniesussrsubssvuaseodenisadsacsecescersabespuanestons 464 Selecting database for Statistics ce eeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeaeeaeesaeseeeeseseaeeeeesaeeeaeseeeseeesaeeeeeseteeseaeeeeeaees 465 Database Statistics OPONSE aapea
157. Manual 10 1 2 Editor Options Editor Options allow you to set the parameters of viewing and editing SQL statements within the SOL Editor tool of the SQL Manager application To open the Editor Options window select the Options Editor Options main menu item or use the Editor Options button on the main toolbar e General e Display e Color e Quick Code SOL Formatter Key Mapping Spell Checking Find Option See also Environment Options Visual Options Save Settings 10 1 2 1 General Auto indent If this option is checked each new indention is the same as the previous one when editing SQL text Indents and outdents are used in the process of text editing to make the source code easier to read M Insert mode If this option is checked the insert symbols mode is on by default Find text at cursor If this option is checked the Text to find field in the Find Text dialog is automatically filled with the text on which the cursor is set M Always show hyperlinks If this option is checked hyperlinks are displayed in the editor window To open a link click it with the Ctr key pressed M Double click line If this option is checked double clicking the line on which the cursor is set selects the whole line M Trim trailing spaces 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 541 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual If this option is checked all spaces after the las
158. Meets tateytia 481 Grant Manager ean ese ca cnc acted oreore E nage Eara E Ad adara aes ced tedececestdezceseceseracy etavctdesnacteeiecs sa cgeucecdsentecuesuagecdvecreeceas 482 Using Navigation bar and Context MONU eceeeeseesecseteeeceeeeseeeaeeaceeaeceecsesaesseesaeeeaeseeesaeeeaesaesaeeeaeeeaeeeeaees 482 Managing database specific privileges eceeeeeseesesseceeeceeeeseeeseeaceeaecseecseseaececeeaeeaecaesaeeeaesseeeseeeaeeeeeteeaees 484 Managing column permissions i cite ntens matinee veseendivee da tedniavacsaecteiueeid lide aadhaee eines tes 486 Server Messages Editor Using navigation Dats ss i2isictais cates cctbcceseg arseenin daniarra aranui Olas catdesacat euddsataidandsdhi daddy Goto Message dialogs ccs ERE had hai etnies aren AAU oni elias dint as 487 Editing Server MeSSaGe S ivcersiscccec4s cazeteseeenes aeternae oiiaaie aaisa de ii di denai 488 Table Altering Monitor 2cscecccccsccccecccccceeasecteesecscesctscteteccsedeescecceeseersesseteccestessectawevderecceoed soaeadcessiceduviecuesseusedesesestees 488 Search in Metadata 489 Event Monitor 20cc025c secsecedes cdessvecsececsdcductecetaes encsccdescevdtesceduaszeuseetscudestyues erasa Sa a aeara aar aeaieie aA adarei e Eia 491 Database online aaaea S E A E E T 491 PIUGINS e oilo n K aE enaa ENEO E E E 492 Part X Personalization 496 SQL Manager Options Environment Options Preferences Full mode activation Rte ali giit e a sarsa a SE E e a E NEEE a
159. NE renee teeter reerperert ere 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 11 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Windows 502 Dolo AEA A E idedids caead E A AE ete soaael de E TA A EE 503 DB Explor r aedivviesinciian ities aaa Aan Aaa AEAEE aar E E GAA RE RRN 505 SOL Assistant snena ei eein ae cts Saada EAE Edade deea Ea Air EE ra A a 506 Object Editors cccrissictcivencenti eiai S E E NAA Si vidi aan EE 507 Table Editor eisessassdvaxcddsevsdahedecaeduectiescetevessdigduxccsdage ala aeaii Er ea era aad aan aE ET aa rE a dnsaets 508 Procedure Editoren e aa AA E E a hohe ae A 509 SQL Editor SQL Monitor SQL Script Query Builder sisien a A a E areas ade Re he RN 513 Style amp Color Palette s ivesccscecercesesiss saneaeseeesaenunne cig eal etans teeta eeet aoii t ei E aaia 515 Visual Database Designer siss ia saar e EAEN EANN ad ESE tein 516 Color Palette Extract Database Print Metadata isscccsvesitees seccseveendvecededienesovsscsveseitedeateavreuvaieeeet ene sae cette aeaedsestaitetandereveda A Data Export sansir a ANE E AASE A TA E a NA Database MOM tisaccisics is ccisidessesedes eves ddehecevdbvcevsdea ved coaxed vestpduieasies aa aeaa Eaa Eaa an aidaa aiea DENEA rA 521 BBY olslgtelel ntele 1 reeer Peer eeereercicepeerrer pe rcrer ree rere err mereree re AEA P E et rerrrerrerpeerer tree 522 MransaChON Suresnes nt e a TEE aa a a Ee EAEE aada ada aE Sa arera ah 523 Data Optio
160. O FIRST_NAME LAST_NAME PHONE_EXT HIRE_DATE DEPT_NO JOB_CODE JOB_GRADE JOB_COUNTRY SALARY FULL_NAME EMP_NO FIRST_NAME LAST_NAME PHONE_EXT HIRE_DATE DEPT_NO JOB_CODE JOB_GRADE JOB_COUNTRY SALARY FULL_NAME mul halha x I Ee id eu RIRIRK RIK E RK EIEEE amp i i Be E E 5 Kim Lambert 22 06 02 1989 0 00 130 Eng 2 USA 102 750 00 Lambert Kim 8 Leslie Johnson 410 05 04 1989 0 00 180 Mktg 3 USA 64 635 00 Johnson Leslie EMP_NO FIRST_NAME LAST_NA amp ME PHONE_EXT HIRE_DATE DEPT_NO JOB_CODE JOB_GRADE JOB_COUNTRY SALARY FULL_NAME EMP_NO FIRST_NAME LAST_NAME PHONE_EXT HIRE_DATE DEPT_NO JOB_CODE JOB_GRADE JOB_COUNTRY SALARY FULL_NAME R amp Phil Forest 229 17 04 198 622 Mngr USA 79 Forest P K J Weston 34 17 01 19 130 SRep Records fetched 42 See also Grouping data Filtering records Using the context menu Working in multi level mode Create Grid Level wizard Column Summary 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 305 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 7 1 1 7 Column Summary If necessary you can select the Column Summary context menu item to open the Column Summary dialog which allows you to view and edit the summary for each particular column
161. Operations Preparing Completed Extracting data for EMPLOYEE_02 Load generated script into Script Editor C Close the Wizard after successful completion Templates fv Cancel If necessary you can save a template for future use Click the Finish button to start the export as SQL script process 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 392 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 9 Database tools SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird provides a number of powerful tools that allow you to perform various operations over your databases e Common DB Tools e Specific DB Tools See also Getting started Database Explorer Database management Database objects management Query management tools Data management Import Export tools Personalization External tools 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 393 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 9 1 9 1 1 Common DB Tools The following common database tools are available in SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird e Dependency Tree Allows you to view all the object dependencies in one diagram e Visual Database Designer Allows you to lay out your database schema visually e SQL Script Editor Executes SQL scripts in the database e Extract Database Wizard Extracts the table metadata and or data to an SQL script which can be executed later on another machin
162. PLOYEE on serg 3052 Show Fewer Buttons a I l EMPL oi EE 3052 Procedures EMPLOYEE on serg 3052 b Procedures EMPLOYEE on serg 3052 a Note Navigation through the tabs is also possible with the help of the following shortcuts e Ctrl Shift N move to the next tab e Ctrl Shift P move to the previous tab See also 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 82 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Managing database registration info Connecting to databases Operations with database objects Selecting multiple objects Recently opened objects Creating projects Searching within the tree SOL Assistant Configuring Database Explorer Managing Favorite queries 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 83 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 3 6 Recently opened objects Use the Recent Objects gt button available on the DB Explorer toolbar to access the list of recently opened database objects during the current session This list is common for all registered databases Next to the object name the database name and the host are displayed Select an object from this list to open it using its editor 6h Create a r Baz A ite COUNTRYNAME EMPLOYEE on serg 3052 s doom_server Ea BUDGET EMPLOYEE on serg 3052 H aeg Ce ADDRESSLINE EMPLOYEE on serg 3052 To change the number of objects that a
163. Projects node and selecting the New Sub Folder context menu item e enter the folder name within the New Folder dialog Adding objects 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 85 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual In order to add a new object to the project folder e extent the Projects node in DB Explorer e drag an object or multiple objects from the database tree to the project folder or e right click the project folder and select the Add Object context menu item or use the Ins key e use the Select Object dialog to specify objects to be added to the project folder ta Select Object O GG D HG HG HG COUNTRY CUSTOMER DEPARTM EMPLOYEE EMPLOYE JOB Hic Dec D PROJECT PROJ_DEP SALARY_H SALES 83 E5 Ey E A Bg w Removing objects from the project In order to remove an object from the project e right click the object and select the Remove lt object_name gt from Project context menu item or use the Shift Ctr Del shortcut e confirm removing in the dialog window Note This operation does not drop the object from the database but only removes its alias from the project tree See also Managing database registration info Connecting to databases Operations with database objects 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 86 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Selecting multiple objects Using tabs for
164. QL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Click the Next button to proceed to the last step of the wizard 9 1 4 8 Start of extraction process This step of the wizard is intended to inform you that all extraction options have been set and you can start the extraction process Load script to Script Editor Check this option to load the result script to SQL Script Editor M Close the wizard after successful completion If this option is selected the wizard is closed automatically when the extraction process is completed The Operations tab allows you to view the log of operations and errors if any amp Extract Database Wizard employee on loopback E X Extract Database Select additional options for destination script and click the Finish button Process completed successfully Operations Preparing Extracting definition for ADDRESSLINE Completed Extracting data For COUNTRY Completed Extracting definition for ADDRESSLINE Completed Converting File charset Converting file charset successfully C Close the Wizard after successful completion If necessary you can save a template for future use Click the Finish button to start the extraction process 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 423 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 9 1 5 Print Metadata Print Metadata allows you
165. QL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual SQL Script Editor Extract Database Wizard Print Metadata HTML Report Wizard Reports management 9 1 8 1 Using Navigation bar The Navigation bar of SQL Monitor allows you to e clear the content of the window e save the content toa txt file using the Save as dialog e search for a string using the Find Text dialog e configure SQL Monitor using the SQL Monitor section of the Environment Options dialog e always show the window on top e restore the default size of the window General a g Clear contents Fa Save to file F Find hy SQL Monitor options A Restore default size 6 Always on Top See also Working with SQL Monitor 9 1 8 2 Working with SQL Monitor The working area of SQL Monitor lists the log of database operations and SQL queries as items each consisting of 3 parts Executed the date and time of the operation Operation SQL statement Result the result of the operation Items of the context menu of SQL Monitor area provide access to various functions for working with the window content The context menu contains standard text processing functions Copy Select All Undo Redo and functions for working with the content as a whole e g you can use bookmarks for quick navigation within the text move the cursor to a particular line configure the tool using the properties item or print the content Most of these operations can be also performed with the correspondi
166. Queries folders in DB Explorer these queries can be stored either locally in the registry nobody but you will have access to them or in a special database table then all or some of your db users will have access to it Improved Visual database designer new objects like comments and virtual relationship added Now it is possible to include Procedures Functions and Views in the diagram One can choose whether only object names or also fields and parameters should be displayed Dependency tree tool can now be run in the background mode so that you could continue working with the program Viewing database statistics ability extended Now you can analyze temporary system 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 16 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 tables must be supported by server Grid View improved Now the data of a sublevel of the Master or Detail table linked with the current table by a foreign key can be displayed automatically The ability to switch between the visual and non visual modes in trigger view and procedure editor is implemented External plugin interface is restored Firebird database alias file support implemented Improved Procedure debugger with the Call Stack feature implemented Now you can navigate your embedded calls of stored procedures easily Improved Tab
167. Query Builder is the diagram area available within the Builder tab Here you can create a query by placing the database tables and views onto the area and edit it by selecting the required data fields and setting links between objects To add an object to the query you can simply drag it from the DB Explorer tree to the diagram area To include a field in the query check the corresponding box located to the left from the field name in the list or just double click it To include all fields of the table view check the box located to the left of the table view caption If you do not check any fields the SQL statement is generated as SELECT FROM lt table view_name gt i e all the fields are included in the query To exclude a field from the query uncheck the respective box In order to remove the entire table view from the query close it by clicking the corresponding cross button at the object caption or select the object and press the Del key To edit the alias of a table view double click the object caption and enter the new name lt Query Builder employee on loopback Jick T Database a Builder Edit L Select v Query 1 8 employee on loopback Query 1 A General a EMPLOYEE A CenILEY ar CUSTOMER X Be Explain query LAST_NAME at Waa PHONE_EXT cusT_No Clear query HIRE_DATE CUSTOMER dp Creste vie DEPT_NO CONTACT_FIRST ti Create procedure PHONE_NO Qs QL help ADDRESS_LINE1
168. S Database Management Solutions 359 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual When you are done click the Next button to proceed to Setting common export options 8 1 5 11 ODF options This step allows you to set options for the target ODF Spreadsheets ods and ODF text odt files Using the Base Styles tab you can set font options for all elements of the ODF document HEADER CAPTION DATA FOOTER You can customize style options such as font and size background and foreground colors text alignment highlight etc for each of them by clicking the corresponding item in the list and setting the options in the right side panel For your convenience the previews illustrating the changes are displayed in the Sample Group area within the Base Styles and the Strip Styles tabs If necessary you can also specify the table name for the target ODF file CR Export Data Wizard employee on loopback Data Wizard Export Data Customize OpenDocument Spreadsheet export options Base Styles Strip Styles Font Border HEADER fi CAPTION DATA Size 10 M FOOTER A EA as sasam am V Background Ba Font T Arial Firebird Aa ZZ Reset Al Sheet Name Sheet1 mra Using the Strip Styles tab you can create a style template set font size background color text alignment highlight options and save them If you have created or loaded more than one
169. SA CFO Waler Steadman 2 09 08 199100000 USA PRel Carol Nordstrom SRep Luke Leung ojj gt 02 10 1991 00090 18 02 1992 00000 USA USA MVRrian dmin Sue nna il 4 Pages Paper Size See also Grid View Form View BLOB View a 4 OU Ne 1909 AANA 215 9 mm x 279 4 mm oe me me o om om ce ce o o eo me amp c e isa Status Ready 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 309 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 7 1 4 BLOB View SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird provides BLOB Viewer Editor to view and edit BLOB fields content The BLOB Viewer Editor can be invoked from the data grid within Table Editor SOL Editor Visual Query Builder etc Navigation within the BLOB Viewer Editor Viewing Editing BLOB field as Hexadecimal dump Viewing Editing BLOB field as plain Text Viewing Editing BLOB field as Rich Text RTF Viewing Editing BLOB field as Image Viewing Editing BLOB field as HTML Applying changes Fields Constraints Indices Triggers Dependencies Data Description DDL i JOB_REQUIREMENT P amp B EN F Hexdecimal Text Rich text Image HTML EMS SQL Manager for InterBase Firebird is a high performance tool for administering InterBase and Firebird It provides an easy to use graphical interface for maintai
170. Selected statement You can change it before compiling UPDATE RDB RELATION FIELDS SET a RDB COLLATION_ID 0 WHERE RDB FIELD NAME DEPT_NO AND RDBSRELATION NAME DEPARTMENT Rollback Rollback and Recompile If necessary you can copy information to clipboard and save it in a text editor afterwards the button is only enabled when a compilation error occurs If you want this window to appear only in case of an error uncheck the Confirm metadata changing Changing Metadata Window option checked by default available within the Confirmations section of the Environment Options dialog 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 591 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 12 7 Tip of the Day This window allows you to see short messages notifying you about interesting particularities and useful features of SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird To open this window select the Help Tip of the Day main menu item Tip Of The Day Did you know You can limit the number of editors that can be opened at the same time by specifying the maximum number in the option windows Objects Count Restricted of the Environment Options dialog Show tips at startup If you check the M Show tips at startup option this window will popup each time you start SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird 2008 EMS Database Management Solutio
171. Shows hides system objects starting with RDB in the DB Explorer tree Search by categories This option determines the search scope when the Find Item feature is used if this option is selected the search is performed within the currently selected category node in the tree only M Use Case Sensitive search This option determines the search scope when the Find Item feature is used if this option is selected the search performed is CASE Sensitive Detect erroneous objects Toggles displaying the objects with broken DDL M Rename objects by editing in place Allows you to edit object names in DB Explorer by selecting any object and clicking its alias one more time Refresh objects on showing in SQL Assistant This option enables disables refreshing objects each time they are displayed in SQL Assistant Recent objects count 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 506 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Defines the number of objects displayed within the Recent tab of the DB Explorer Environment Options X E Confirmations General options B Windows Show hosts in DB Explorer Show table subobjects C Show procedure subobjects SQL Assistant Show view subobjects C Show UDF subobjects S E Object Editors C Sort by aliases E Table Editor C Show system objects System object color E Default ele Er Procedure Editor A MM B sat Editor g SQL Monitor go Use Case Sensitive searc
172. The USER is allowed to make one copy of the REGISTERED SOFTWARE for back up purposes DISTRIBUTION OF UNREGISTERED SOFTWARE The uninstalled UNREGISTERED SOFTWARE may be freely copied and distributed to other users provided the USER complies with the following requirements If the USER offers this uninstalled UNREGISTERED SOFTWARE for download SHAREWARE SITE USER then the SHAREWARE SITE USER agrees to 1 Immediately replace this version of the uninstalled UNREGISTERED SOFTWARE with a new version of this SOFTWARE if a new version is released by EMS or 2 Delete this version of the UNREGISTERED SOFTWARE immediately upon written email notice by EMS TERM OF LICENSE This LICENSE shall continue for as long as the USER uses the REGISTERED SOFTWARE and or distributes the UNREGISTERED SOFTWARE according to the terms of this agreement However this LICENSE will terminate if the USER fails to comply with any of its terms or conditions The USER agrees upon termination to destroy all copies of the REGISTERED and or UNREGISTERED SOFTWARE The limitations of warranties and liability set forth in this LICENSE shall continue in force even after termination ACCEPTANCE OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT By downloading and or installing this SOFTWARE the USER agrees to the terms of this 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 24 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual LICENSE DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY AND LIABIL
173. To remove all correspondences press the Clear button Click the Next button to proceed to the Adjusting data formats step of the wizard 8 2 3 4 XML Datapacket Set correspondence between the source XML columns and the target InterBase Firebird table fields e select a field of the target InterBase Firebird table in the Destination Fields list e select the corresponding column of the source XML table in the Source Fields list e click the F Add button to set correspondence between the selected fields e the pair of fields appears in the list below e repeat the operation for all the fields you need to be included in the import process Use the kd Auto Fill button to set correspondence between the source and target fields automatically on the basis of their order 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 370 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Destination Fields A Source Fields Mesilla be E FIRST_NAME EMP_NO LAST_NAME Auto Fill FIRST_N amp ME PHONE_EXT E LAST_NAME HIRE_DATE Remove S PHONE_EXT DEPT_NO HIRE_DATE S JOB_CODE x E DEPT_NO w Source Fields Destination Fields EMP_NO EMP_NO To remove a correspondence select the pair of fields in the list below and press the Remove button To remove all correspondences press the Clear button Click the Next button to proceed to the Adjusting data formats step of the wizard 8 2 3 5 TXT Set corres
174. UNICODE_FSS character set was specified Fixed bug with the DDL improperly generated for multiple keys definitions Now it is possible to check uncheck fields in the list when creating view or procedure for a table from table editor Fixed bug with conversion exception raised in the Stored Procedure Debug window for DATE parameters if system date format is different from InterBase one Fixed bug with impossibility of setting the Underline option for a font on the Color tab of the Editor Options dialog Fixed bug with improper displaying of the CHECK expression in Domain Editor Fixed bug with generating field descriptions in the HTML Report Fixed bug with displaying system objects in the SQL Assistant if they are in separated node Compare SQL Scripts fixed bug in ALTER TRIGGER syntax Also if two tables have different primary keys the DROP statement will be generated for the current primary key of target table before the CREATE one Some minor corrections and improvements Version 3 2 5 1 February 11 2003 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 41 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 10 11 Visual Database Designer customizing of the color palette and object appearance was added Now it is possible to change the appearance of the designer totally by specifying colors and options on the Visual Database Designer tab of the Environment Options dialog Two new grid options we
175. Z CUSTOMER PO_NUMBER CONTACT_FIRST COUNTRY x Z CONTACT_LAST 5 SALES_REP PHONE_NO A CURRENCY Z ORDER_STATUS ADDRESS_LINE1 ADDRESS_LINE2 4 CITY STATE_PROVINCE POSTAL_CODE ON_HOLD J lt gt Criteria Selection Grouping criteria Sorting All of the following are met 1 SALESPAID y P il 01014991 aE i PO_NUMBER CUST_NO SALES_REP ORDER_STATUS ORDER_DATE SHIP_DATE R v The way the conditions are used is set in the upper string of the area All Any None or Not all of the following are met Click the green link to change it See also 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 276 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 6 2 5 Using Navigation bar Working with diagram area Joining two objects Setting output fields Setting grouping criteria Setting sorting parameters Working with the editor area Query execution Viewing query plan Setting output fields The Selection tab displays the output fields of the query as a grid The grid allows you to edit the names of the query output fields specify their displaying order and set the aggregate functions SUM MIN MAX AVG and COUNT for each field To remove a field from the list right click the field row and select the Delete current row popup menu item To change the input query field double click it and then type the field name on the keyboard or choose it from the drop down list To chang
176. a Default value dh Quick save is _ Not Null ig Quick load Eil Refresh Array Restore default size Lower Bound Upper Bound Availability Windows Professional Yes Windows Lite Yes 5 3 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and a domain for editing within the current window General bar e Compile the current domain definition e Show SQL Manager help system e Print metadata of the current operator e View Dependency Tree for the domain e Perform quicksave quickload e Refresh the content of the active tab e Bring the window to its default size 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 149 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 3 Compile Show SQL help amp Print 2E Dependency tree qy Quick save 2 Quick load Refresh Restore default size 5 3 1 2 Editing domain definition The basic domain parameters name and type are set on the Domain tab See also Domain Editor Show SQL help amp Print j as Dependency tree h Quick save Upper Bound Restore default size Lower Bound 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 150 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 3 1 3 Editing domain check On this Check tab you can set CHECK constraints i e conditions that must be true for inserts and updates to the field based on the current domain e g VALUE gt 10 The
177. a OEN EEE A Baageutteudyeher eG eave arene w COUNTRY VARCHAR 25 Diagram options gt CURRENCY VARCHAR 10 PEAD CODE VARCHAR 5 I Restore default size pet thee ore eee ees GRADE SMALLINT a Refresh COUNTRY VARCHAR 15 efresh RE r TITLE VARCHAR 25 F3 New Page eee SALARY NUMERIC 10 2 ig Delete Page ig Delete All Pages a Print Setup S Print A Print Preview Navigator life ORDER STATUS VARCHAR 7 f gt ORDER DATE TIMESTAMP ATE TIMESTAMP A e oT ORDERED INTEGER f gt TOTAL VALUE DECIMAL 9 2 f gt DISCOUNT FLOAT gt ITEM_TYPE VARCHAR 12 gt AGED BIGINT See also Dependency Tree SOL Script Editor Extract Database Wizard Print Metadata HTML Report Wizard Reports management SQL Monitor 9 1 2 1 Using Navigation bar and context menu The Navigation bar of Visual Database Designer allows you to select the database for the diagram edit diagram options restore the default size of the window refresh the active tab content perform preview print and set up diagram print options manipulate multiple tabs 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 398 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual e use Diagram Navigator e add objects to the diagram using the Database Objects group Database a 8 employee on loopback v General a Diagram options Restore default size a Refresh ah New Page
178. a a aa a BaS ia 466 Start Stop database ccsivccisiscilecsscescascescssvcsectecsecssevsesanesvesvanvesscceesieraveiessesecocencvecstassvatecheetsadcessoievscavetiedsarcssssneaserdsed 467 Shutdown database Options sss rssicon r a aras a aa NEA aai eA ESSEE 468 Bring database onlari sasesdsp eei teenaa a A a a aa areara Aaea EEE AEE EAEra E SET TAER EE AA 469 Rebuild inQices 4 a2cccecaccecisesscccacesecgtsceccsiedics cabs senzetesceccatceatg acess aada iada ia piian aae aadar AERE a deiihias eeeces 470 Selecting database for indices MANAGEMENL eeeeeeceeeeeeceeneeeeeeeeeeeeenececeaeceeeeaeeeaeseeeseeeaeeeeeseeeaeseaeeneeeaees 471 Selecting the action Tor WACO S sisnr speesde add cg is cst ees iaia nava ara aE EEE CEA AEE 472 SS ISCUIMOMINGIC eE A A EAN E T 473 Server TOOIS aaa EEEE EAEE 475 Ure e E E E EEEE E E E E O T A E E E E E E 475 User Manager nirst cgceazesscesucad inaianei AGG aiaiai tev aed dei asd cacgideests easten edia ddh daare 476 USING navigation DAN scssi sanaire a i viai iin a EAE ETS EEE A ni 477 Editing User iNo asdar dedaro T atai oea a e ees edaria 478 PROMS EEE A EEE E AT E E E EEEE E E E E 478 Role Managef ennnen sacsucngs caciesaccncandecsicea id diviu airian yad i udo acodida eiiieaenii diae daia 479 Using navigation DAN aanraai area rAr ka UE aetan a EA aCA E EETA SE SEE eaea ENERE 480 D fining rOle MEMBOIS i223 sccassesseredascecadeetestcensenseneMeaaes cacedteces acdateises tateatieeveaeedleacavsecianes bepeenes
179. a as a whole or partially SQL Query for SQL Server Analyze and retrieve your data build your queries visually work with query plans build charts based on retrieved data quickly and more Data Comparer for SQL Server Compare and synchronize the contents of your databases Automate your data migrations from development to production database m Scroll to top PostgreSQL 89 SQL Management Studio for PostgreSQL EMS SQL Management Studio for PostgreSQL is a complete solution for database administration and development SQL Studio unites the must have tools in one powerful and easy to use environment that will make you more productive than ever before re SQL Manager for PostgreSQL Simplify and automate your database development process design explore and maintain existing databases build compound SQL query statements manage database user rights and manipulate data in different ways Data Export for PostgreSQL Export your data to any of 15 most popular data formats including MS Access MS Excel MS Word PDF HTML and more 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 47 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual a ww wm ai Data Import for PostgreSQL Import your data from MS Access MS Excel and other popular formats to database tables via user friendly wizard interface Data Pump for PostgreSQL Migrate from most popular databases MySQL SQL Server Oracle DB2 Inte
180. ab for this host 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 104 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Click Finish button when done to start working with the selected host in SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 105 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 4 2 Create Database wizard Create Database wizard allows you to create a new database on your InterBase Firebird host To start the wizard select the Database Create Database main menu item or use the Create Database button on the main toolbar e Setting database name e Setting connection properties e Defining database files e Viewing result SOL statement Database Create Wizard Database Create Specify the host where database will be created Welcome to the Database Create Wizard This wizard allows you to create database ee The wizard will help you to create and register new database SQL Host name a doomsever gds_db ly Firebird See also Register Host wizard Register Database wizard Database Registration Info Database Properties Host Registration Info 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 106 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 4 2 1 Setting database name Use this step of the wizard to select the host for the database being create
181. ace with well described wizard system so clear in use that even a newbie will not be confused with it Visit our web site for details http www sqlmanager net EMS SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird Compatibility of Firebird server versions up to 2 1 and of InterBase server versions up to 2007 Unicode support Powerful and easy to use graphical user interface Rapid database management and navigation Easy management of all InterBase and Firebird objects with Unicode support editors Effective security management Excellent visual and text tools for query building Report designer with clear in use report construction wizard Impressive data export and import wizards working in background mode Powerful visual database designer Easy to use wizards performing InterBase and Firebird services in background mode Other useful tools to make your work with InterBase and Firebird as easy as it can be Product information Homepage http www sqilmanager net en products ibfb manager Support Ticket System http www sqimanager net support Register on line at http www sqimanager net en products ibfb manager bu 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 15 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 1 1 What s new SOL Manager for InterBase Firebird 5 0 0 1 January 25 2008 What s new in SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird 1 10 11 12 13 Full InterBase 2007 and Firebird 2 1 s
182. adata gt Automatically load template on run option and select the template file to load on each wizard execution Import Data Wizard now you can log all the SQL commands executed during the import process into a file Use the Enable SQL Log option on the last step of the wizard for this purpose Now you can use CONTAINING and STARTING WITH syntax within the WHERE clause in the Visual Query Builder Fixed bug with Transaction is not active error occurrence on commit in the Import Data Wizard The Visual Query Builder doesn t slow down the system anymore Fixed bugs with creating folder and adding objects to the Project View tree of the DB Explorer Fixed bug with impossibility of saving changes in the SQL Script Now data table list is properly restored from a template in the Extract Metadata Wizard Data exported to MS Access table started to print even if the corresponding option was unchecked Now it is fixed Fixed bug with loading data into the BLOB Editor Viewer using hexadecimal editor s local menu The UPDATE or INSERT mode of the Import Data Wizard imports data properly now Fixed bug with autogrants during creating a trigger Some small corrections and improvements Version 3 3 0 1 March 12 2003 InterBase 7 0 BOOLEAN type is supported by IB Manager now Import Data Wizard a possibility of defining the import mode was added Now you can define how the records from the source file m
183. age of BLOB Filter Editor 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 242 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Object a g employee on loopback v General a amp Compile Show SQL help 44 Quick save if Quick load Eal Restore default size 5 11 1 2 Editing BLOB Filter definition Name Name of the BLOB filter to use in the SQL statements this name can be different from the name of the function specified as Entry Point Entry Point Name of the BLOB filter in the source code as stored in the BLOB filter library Library Name File name identifying the library that contains the BLOB filter the library must be placed in ib_install_dir UDF or the complete pathname to the directory including a drive letter in the case of a Windows server must be listed in the InterBase configuration file From subtype and To subtype options together determine the behavior of the BLOB filter Each filter declared to the database should have a unique combination of input type and output type integer values IB FB Server provides a built in type of 1 for handling text User defined types must be expressed as negative values See also BLOB Filter Editor 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 243 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual g employee on loopback x Name NEW_BLOBFILTER Entry point Library name F Bblob 3 Compile 2 l dh Quick save f Q
184. ager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual SQL Management Studio for SQL Server EMS SQL Management Studio for SQL Server is a complete solution for database administration and development SQL Studio unites the must have tools in one powerful and easy to use environment that will make you more productive than ever before SQL Manager for SQL Server Simplify and automate your database development process design explore and maintain existing databases build compound SQL query statements manage database user rights and manipulate data in different ways Data Export for SQL Server Export your data to any of 15 most popular data formats including MS Access MS Excel MS Word PDF HTML and more Data Import for SQL Server Import your data from MS Access MS Excel and other popular formats to database tables via user friendly wizard interface Data Pump for SQL Server Migrate from most popular databases MySQL PostgreSQL Oracle DB2 InterBase Firebird etc to Microsoft SQL Server Data Generator for SOL Server Generate test data for database testing purposes in a simple and direct way Wide range of data generation parameters Qe dada g DB Comparer for SOL Server Compare and synchronize the structure of your databases Move changes on your development database to production with ease DB Extract for SOL Server Create database backups in the form of SQL scripts save your database structure and table dat
185. ager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 4 4 2 Setting display options Setting default directories Setting log options Setting common database options The Options section of the Database Registration Info dialog allows you to set various options for the database Database Registration Info a System Objects F Login prompt before connection Grid C Autoconnect on startup Data Options Disconnect automatically when disconnecting from host Directories Always capitalize database objects names gt Logs Quote identifiers if they are reserved words Events Support Interbase 6 0 features aR Find Option Refresh objects on connection Test Connect Copy Alias from Customize common database options according to your needs The detailed description is given below M Login prompt before connection Enables SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird to prompt for user name and password each time you connect to the database M Autoconnect at startup Check this option to specify that SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird automatically establishes connection to the registered database at application startup M Disconnect automatically when disconnecting from host When enabled disconnecting from host will automatically disconnect you from the database 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 120 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 4 4
186. also Database Registration Info Host Registration Info SSH tunneling Login Database Database EMPLOYEE on serg 3052 Login info User name SYSDBA Password peveeetess Role admin C Save password SSH login info SSH host name vadsrv SSH port 22 SSH user name tester SSH password ahaarane C Use Private Key for authentication 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 612 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Credits Software Developers Dmitry Schastlivisev Alexey Butalov Alexander Zhiltsov Dmitry Goldobin Nikita Konyuchenko Sergey Sviridov Technical Writers Serge Slobodenyuk Dmitry Doni Olga Ryabova Cover Designer Tatyana Makurova Translators Anna Shulkina Serge Fominikh Team Coordinators Dmitry Schastlivtsev Alexander Chelyadin Roman Tkachenko 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions
187. ame Set the DB trigger name On event Specify the event on occurrence of which the trigger fires Connect Database connection established 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 253 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual A transaction is started Triggers are fired uncaught exceptions rollback the transaction disconnect the attachment and are returned to the client Disconnect A transaction is started Triggers are fired uncaught exceptions rollback the transaction disconnect the attachment and are swallowed The transaction is committed Transaction start Triggers are fired in the newly user created transaction uncaught exceptions are returned to the client and the transaction is rolled back Transaction commit Triggers are fired in the committing transaction uncaught exceptions rollback the triggers savepoint the commit command is aborted and the exception is returned to the client Transaction rollback Triggers are fired in the rolling back transaction changes done will be rolled back together with the transaction and exceptions are swallowed In the lower part of the Database Trigger Editor you can view and edit the definition for current DB trigger The Variables tab provides managing abilities for variables Use context menu items or corresponding items of the Variables pan Navigation bar 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 254 SQL Manager 2008
188. ame purpose e Setting connection parameters e SSH connection settings e Setting specific options Register Host Wizard Register Host Specify the connection parameters Welcome to the Register Host Wizard This wizard allows you to set the connection parameters for the selected host only once giving you the possibility to connect them quickly afterwards This wizard will guide you through the process of setting the connection parameters and customizing specific options Protocol TCP IP x Host name doom_server a Portiservice gds_db User name SYSDBA Firebird Password Rhantes Role Path to client library gds32 dllMbclient cil SE Authentication type Normal traditional IB F B authenticatior Wins2 NTLM authentication only for Mixed See also Create Database wizard 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 100 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Register Database wizard Database Registration Info Database Properties Host Registration Info 4 1 1 Setting connection parameters Use this step of the wizard to set the necessary connection parameters for the new Host using the corresponding boxes and options Host name Authentication User name and Password Register Host Specify the connection parameters Welcome to the Register Host Wizard This wizard allows you to set the connection parameters for the selected host only once giving you the possi
189. anaien fedaisi oai 141 Selecting the source database 141 Selecting object to duplicate 142 Selecting destination database 142 Specifying object details ce eeccesesceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeecaeeeeeeeeeeaeeeaesaeeseeseeecessaeseeeseeeaeseeeseeesaeeneeseeeeaeseeeeeeeeaees 143 Modifying the new object s definition cccseeesseesseeesseeesneessneessaeeeeneeseeeeseeseneeesneessaesesneeseneesseesseneeseenesneneones 144 Domains ssnsd ck Se Sac e Fee ae ace ade natn cect dee nee ec aunt tee pete cnc alee de Saecd enna ee dette teenie Domain Editor Using navigation Darsini sisas EE E a aa aiie RAEI EAEE N a ETE 148 Editing domain definitio Nasserin sns dga ea yeis 149 Editing Gomain Chet Kassisi E E CEEE a E N N ETSA 150 TADIS sunan senccnedeenceensecnsucencectietndeuudeeduestssudecueseuectvuveesdeusveucuedvaseevusyencues endecusvonceses 151 AA E 152 Oege Wilo reion ore eae RST T E A AT 153 Setting table Properties r asisite aae R aa aa a Aa aapa TEE aAa EAEAN ENARE AERA 154 MOPECIIYVING DEL e e E A E A A ETT 155 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 5 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Wabble Tolo Eaa ceca cocoa ceca che E E E AEE EEE 156 Using MAVIQATION Dar sisisiisisnei asin ceced ven cdeb iach acess decade veces dheasd queescee Alas catdisessts ui dsadaicaadeehi ded adiaeete eed 157 IManiaging TieldS 2 3 assisted nina nie ills aaa isin eine aera NAU ii ehinieei dint
190. and location of quicksaving cache For more details see Quick save Quick load Database Registration Info xX Options 4 System Objects Grid Data Options ie Directories gt Logs Events x Find Option Metadata changes F Enable log of metadata changes Metadata log file SQL Editor Fl Enable log of SQL Editor queries SGL Editor log file Quick Save options _ Enable QuickSave every 1 Minute s Default directory for Quick Save nager 2008 for Inter Base_Firebird Quick Save EMPLOYEE on serg_3052 See also Editing connection properties Setting common database options Setting display options Setting default directories 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 128 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 4 5 Host Registration Info You can obtain the information on a registered host via the Host Registration Info dialog Also you can set a number of options for the host The dialog can be called by using the Host Registration Info item from the DB explorer popup menu or using the Database Host Registration Info main menu item e Connection properties e Host options e SSH tunneling e Find Option Host Registration Info x Connection i Options 5SH Tunneling Protocol TCP IP x sg i i as Find Option Host name serg x Port service 3052 User name SYSDBA Password RRRRRRRE Role Path to client library gds32 dllMbclient all C P
191. and the appearance of check boxes and radio buttons 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 560 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Scheme name Office 11 style Bars and menus Check boxes Trees and lists Border style Edit controls Ultraflat i Hot track Buttons a Page controls C Shadow Group boxes Native style Splitters Navigation bar Find Option Sample radio group v Sample check box J Sample radio item 1 Sample radio button Sample radio item 2 See also Bars and menus Trees and lists Edit controls Buttons Page controls Group boxes Splitters Navigation bar Find Option 10 1 3 5 Buttons Use the Buttons section of the Visual options dialog to customize SQL Manager buttons 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 561 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Scheme name Office 11 style Bars and menus Trees and lists Button kind ES Edit controls Ultraflat M Check boxes pas B Native style C5 Page controls O Group boxes 4 gt Splitters Navigation bar x Find Option Sample button 1 Sample button 2 Sample button 3 See also Bars and menus Trees and lists Edit controls Check boxes Page controls Group boxes Splitters Navigation bar Find Option 10 1 3 6 Page controls Use the Page controls section of the Visual options dialog to cust
192. ard Export Data Customize MS word ATF export options Base Styles Strip Styles x yl Strip Styles Font Arial E HEADER E CAPTION Sze 10 E pata 400005 S S E FOOTER ery Manager Highlight Background ie for InterBase Firebird SQL Aa Zz Page orientation Portrait O Landscape Reset All bal When you are done click the Next button to proceed to Setting common export options 8 1 5 3 1 Base Styles The Base Styles tab contains the list of target file entities HEADER CAPTION DATA FOOTER You can customize style options such as font and size background and foreground colors text alignment etc for each of them by clicking the corresponding item in the list and setting the options in the right side panel You can also switch page orientation for the target Word RTF file using this tab 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 346 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Base Styles Stri Styles i E EE Font Tp Arial ha cis Size 10 E c El pata ABQSG geeas H FOOTER ET Highlight Background Aa z Page orientation Portrait O Landscape Reset All You can reset the changes any time using the Reset Item and the Reset All buttons 8 1 5 3 2 Strip Styles Using the Strip Styles tab you can create a style template set font size background and foreground colors text a
193. ard Export List Field Description CONTACT_FIRST 5 4 2 3 Changing fields order You can change the fields order in the Reorder Fields dialog The order can be changed both by using of the corresponding buttons and by drag and drop operations in the field list Click the OK button to apply changes See also Table Editor Field Editor 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 161 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Reorder Fields Column Name E CONTACT_FIRST E CONTACT_LAST E PHONE_NO E ADDRESS_LINE1 E ADDRESS_LINE2 CITY E STATE_PROVINCE E COUNTRY E POSTAL_CODE E on_HOLD 5 4 2 4 Editing table constraints Use Constraint Editor to create or edit a table constraint To add a constraint to the table or to edit a table constraint open the table in the Table Editor open the Constraints tab The table constraints can be of the following types Primary key Foreign key Check or Unique Create them on the appropriate tabs of the editor e Managing primary keys e Managing foreign keys e Managing table checks e Managing unique keys 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 162 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Fields Constraints Indices Triggers Dependencies Data Permissions Description DDL Primary Key Foreign Keys Checks Uniques On Field s Index Name Sorting EMP_NO RDB PRI
194. ary consists of one function at least Create UDF To create a new user defined function e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select UDF in the New Object dialog e Edit user defined function definition within the UDF Editor Hint To create new user defined function you can also right click the UDFs node of the explorer tree and select the New UDF item from the popup menu To create a new user defined function with the same properties as one of the existing user defined functions has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Edit UDF To edit the existing user defined function e Select the user defined function for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the user defined function name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit UDF lt UDF_Name gt item from the popup menu or simply double click the user defined function e Edit user defined function definition and description on the appropriate tabs of the UDF Editor To change the name of the user defined function e Select the user defined function to rename in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Rename UDF lt UDF_Name gt item from the popup menu e Edit user defined function name in the dialog window Drop UDF To drop a user defined function e Select the user defined function to drop in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop UDF
195. ase Firebird User s Manual Fields Fill He Clear All E EMP_NO EE Col Skip FIRST_NAME LAST_NAME Sheet 1 E PHONE_EXT EMP_NO FIRST_NAN LAST_NAMI PHONE_EX 2 HIRE_DATE 01 01 1900 Robert Nelson 250 DEPT_NO 03 01 1900 Bruce Young 233 ae 04 01 1900 Kim Lambert 22 JOB_GRADE 07 01 1900 Leslie Johnson 410 hae sia aid 08 01 1900 Phil Forest 229 SALARY 10 01 1900 K J Weston 34 of To remove a correspondence select the field in the Fields list and press the Clear button To remove all correspondences press the Clear All button Click the Next button to proceed to the Adjusting data formats step of the wizard 8 2 4 Adjusting data formats This step of the wizard provides a number of options for setting common formats for all imported data Date amp Time formats Short date Long date Short time Long time Separators Decimal Thousand Date Time Boolean True Boolean False NULL values For more information refer to the Format specifiers page 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 376 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 8 2 5 Import Data InterBase Firebird Adjust common data formats for import Date amp Time formats Short date Long date Short time Long time Boolean False Null Values Separators dd MM yyyy d MMMM yyyy T h mm h mm ss Decimal Thousand Date Time
196. ata Export S Transactions m Fonts S E Grid Data Options lt amp Print Data Color amp Formats a Advanced Column Options LE Localization 3 Find Option By atau Arey 10 1 1 6 Dependencies M Automatically expand dependencies Expands collapses tree nodes when opening the tab with object dependencies M Don t show empty object categories in dependencies Hides shows empty object categories in dependencies Max number of history items in Dependency Tree Sets the number of history items browsing with the help of Previous Next object items in Dependency Tree 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 523 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Environment Options E Preferences A F Confirmations p F B Windows Automatically expand dependencies Tools Don t show empty object categories in dependencies E DB Explorer T SQL Assistant Object Editors Ezz Table Editor E2 Procedure Editor B SQL Editor a SQL Monitor gt SQL Script Rg Query Builder Style amp Color Palette a Visual Database Designer Color Palette R Extract Database Max number of history tems in Dependency Tree 20 gt SA Print Metadata cR Data Export B Database Monitor p5 et Transactions Fonts 3 Grid By defaut sy 10 1 1 7 Transactions Here you can set the isolation level for data and metadata Isolation level determines ho
197. atabase Management Solutions 49 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual EE DB2 l r Data Comparer for Oracle Compare and synchronize the contents of your databases Automate your data migrations from development to production database Scroll to top SQL Management Studio for DB2 EMS SQL Management Studio for DB2 is a complete solution for database administration and development SQL Studio unites the must have tools in one powerful and easy to use environment that will make you more productive than ever before SQL Manager for DB2 Simplify and automate your database development process design explore and maintain existing databases build compound SQL query statements manage database user rights and manipulate data in different ways Data Export for DB2 Export your data to any of 15 most popular data formats including MS Access MS Excel MS Word PDF HTML and more Data Import for DB2 Import your data from MS Access MS Excel and other popular formats to database tables via user friendly wizard interface Data Pump for DB2 Migrate from most popular databases MySQL PostgreSQL Oracle MySQL InterBase Firebird etc to DB2 Data Generator for DB2 Generate test data for database testing purposes in a simple and direct way Wide range of data generation parameters DB Comparer for DB2 Compare and synchronize the structure of your databases Move changes on your development
198. atabase havig lion ssrin R 60 Working with database objects ccsecccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeseeeeeenneeeeeeeseaeeeenseaeeeenseaeeeenseeeeeenseeeeeenas 62 Using context MENUS ssasssssnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nunnu unnn nn nnnn neunana nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnne na 64 Host CONTEXT MENU so cs ccc os csesececccccteesceseeescecces ctsctecensnederstedice sconces set enceedeedustawezcercneeuessnesacesadtsceevecsuessadsudesecesudeaseeaer ss 64 Database context Men s cccie ccacecceseececsscdicetetecweacidescesteetestoceqst ceuctcezactscadsnescersccenessouveqersiveccssacedeescszantectesuezncesests 65 Object COMTEX Menih ei c5i so accteschel orere ces endccccecctecuecnedeebsei cceeseezeseidiestedae tenet earcedesauedbceausdaesstdcantecosedesuaveccevei cuessbevents 66 SWITCHING WINGOWS aa aee aaa aaar aae ra aaea ae aaae a aaa aa eiaa scnstaaceestucerctactezcareduceeenteterd 68 Database Explorer 70 Managing database registration info cccesseeeseseeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeseeeeneeeeseeneeseseeneeseseeneeeeseeneesnsesnenes 73 Connecting to databases csseccsseceeeseeeseeeeeseeeenseeeceaeseneeeeeseeeenensesaesaseeeeesnaeeneseseaesaseaeenseeeseas 75 Operations with database Objects s ssssusssnnssnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnn nanne 77 Selecting multiple objects scccceecceseeesseeeesneeenseeeeeeesesaeenseeeenseeessaesaseaesasneeeeeeeeseaesesaesasneeeeeeaeas 79 Us
199. ate global to the database upon which actual column definitions in tables may be based If there are columns in the database table or in several database tables having the same properties it is useful to describe such column type and its behavior as a domain and then correspond each of these columns to this domain Create domain To create a new domain e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Domain in the New Object window e Edit domain properties and fields on the appropriate tabs of the Domain Editor Hint To create new domain you can also right click the Domains node of the explorer tree and select the New domain item from the popup menu To create a new domain with the same properties as one of the existing tables has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard The Duplicate Object window allows you to select the database to create the new domain in and to edit the result SQL statement for creating the domain Edit domain To edit the existing domain e Select the domain for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the domain name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit domain lt Domain_Name gt item in the popup menu or simply double click the domain e Edit domain subobjects and data on the appropriate tabs of the Domain Editor To change the name of the domain e Select the domain for editing in the explo
200. atement for creating the object with all its subobjects if any This text is read only If you want to change the object definition use the appropriate editor tabs instead or copy the text to the Windows Clipboard to paste it in the SQL Editor or SQL Script Editor Fields Constraints Indices Triggers Dependencies Data Permissions Description DDL w O JAn AUN trr ee Jane WN FE O 18 19 K3 O CREATE TABLE DEPARTMENT a DEPT_NO DEPTNO NOT HULL DEPARTMENT VARCHAR 25 CHARACTER SET HOHE NOT NULL COLLATE HOHE HEAD DEPT DEPTNO MNGR_NO EMPNO BUDGET BUDGET LOCATION VARCHAR 15 CHARACTER SET HOHE COLLATE HOHE PHONE NO PHONENUMBER DEFAULT 555 1234 ALTER TABLE DEPARTMENT ADD PRIMARY KEY DEPT NO ALTER TABLE DEPARTMENT ADD FOREIGN KEY HEAD DEPT REFERENCES DEPART ALTER TABLE DEPARTMENT ADD FOREIGH KEY MNGR_NO REFERENCES EMPLOYEE ALTER TABLE DEPARTMENT ADD UNIQUE DEPARTMENT Hint If more convenient you can use the Save DDL to file and Open DDL in SQL Editor items available on the DDL pane within the Navigation bar of object editors 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 585 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 12 2 Editing object description The Description tab allows you to view and edit the comment for the object optional Fields Constraints Indices Triggers Dependencies Data Permissions Description DDL
201. atically load template on run B sat Editor E sat Monitor c SaL Script Bg Query Builder Style amp Color Palette gt a Visual Database pi Designer Color Palette B Extract Database B Print Metadata z Data Export Database Monitor oe Dependencies aot Transactions m Fonts S E Grid Data Options B Print Data Color amp Formats E Advanced Column Options E Localization K Find Option By defaut Aeey 10 1 1 5 9 Print Metadata Default Paper Size Define the default paper size for reports created with the Print Metadata tool used 44 210 x 297 mm Letter 8 1 2 x 11 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 520 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Environment Options X Preferences Print Metadata Confirmations B Windows S A Tools 44 210 x 297 mm 2 FS DB Explorer O Letter 172 11 TEJ SQL Assistant Object Editors E Table Editor Es Procedure Editor IF SQL Editor amp SQL Monitor Ei SQL Script Bg Query Builder Style amp Color Palette visual Database H Designer E Color Palette amp Extract Database ER Data Export D Database Monitor Default paper size 2 Dependencies St Transactions i Fonts S E Grid 10 1 1 5 10 Data Export This page allows you to customize formats applied to exported data Edit the format masks to adjust the result format in the way you need or clic
202. b of SQL Editor Saving queries In order to save a query e create a new query or open an existing one e click the Save to file Navigation bar item in SQL Editor or the Save SQL Navigation bar item in Query Builder or use the Ctr S shortcut to save the query using the Save as dialog e click the Save diagram Navigation bar item in Visual Query Builder to save the designed diagram or e use the Save all Navigation bar item in SQL Editor if you need to save all the queries to one file See also Getting started Database Explorer Database management Database objects management Data management Import Export tools Database tools Server tools Personalization External tools 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 258 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 6 1 SQL Editor SQL Editor is the basic tool of SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird for creating and executing queries The tool allows you to create and edit the SQL text of a query prepare and execute queries and view the results of query execution To open SQL Editor select the Tools New SQL Editor Tools Show SQL Editor main menu items or use the corresponding w toolbar buttons You can also use the Shift F12 F12 shortcuts for the same purpose Using Navigation bar Working with SOL Editor area Using the context menu Viewing query plan Using object links Executing queries and viewing results Viewing
203. backup previous settings To start the wizard select the Options Save Settings main menu item e Specifying destination file e Selecting settings e Selecting databases e Saving settings See also Environment Options Editor Options Visual Options 10 1 4 1 Specifying destination file This step of the wizard allows you to specify the location of the destination file Filename Use the button to set the path to the reg file where the application settings are to be saved 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 568 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Save Settings Wizard x Save Settings Select the file name and location Welcome to the Save Settings Wizard This wizard allows you to save program settings into a file The wizard will help you to select file name and settings to save Filename C AiManager Settings req Press the Next button to proceed to the next step of the wizard 10 1 4 2 Selecting settings This step of the wizard allows you to specify the information you need to be saved to the result file Nodes registration info Database registration info Database projects Tabs Environment options Editor options Visual options Keyboard templates External tools list Form placements MRU lists 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 569 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 10 1 4 3 Save Settings Wi
204. bility to connect them quickly afterwards This wizard will quide you through the process of setting the connection parameters and customizing specific options SQL Protocol TCP IP Manager Host name doom_server p Portiservice gds_db _ for User name SYSDBA InterBase Firebird Password RRRRAAE Role Path to client library gds32 dllfbclient dll J Authentication type Normal traditional IB FE Select network protocol specify the host you are going to work with type in the host name in the Host name field or select one in the drop down list and enter valid port service 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 101 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Specify the preferable Network protocol Loca TCP IP NetBEUI Novel SPX at the Host field please type an InterBase Firebird host name in Enter InterBase Firebird port service to connect through in the Port field gds_db for InterBase and port 3050 for Firebird by default Authentication type Specify the type of InterBase Firebird authentication to be used for the connection For successful connection to the server it is crucial to use the appropriate client library the one that is compatible with the server you are using gds32 dll for Interbase and fbclient dll for Firebird Please note that the client library file must be located on your local machine e g in the directory where the utility is installed Press
205. bird Stop retrieving after system tables and indexes statistic 9 2 5 Start Stop database The Start Stop Database wizard allows you to shutdown sometimes you may need to switch to the one user database connection mode and to bring database online back again To call the wizard choose the Services Start Stop Database menu item Operations Select the desired activity shutdown database or bring it online Execution mode Define the means of validation It can be standard services or local utilities only available for Firebird See also Specific DB Tools Using templates 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 468 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Database Start Stop Wizard Bring Online or Shutdown Database Specify the database for bring online or shutdown operation Welcome to the Database Start Stop Withard This wizard allows you to bring online or shutdown specified database The wizard will execute the operation selected below within the database you ve specified Operations Bring database online Database 8 EMPLOYEE on serg 3052 C F B_DB EMPLOYEE FDB Execution mode Use local utilites Use services Availability Windows Professional Yes Windows Lite No 9 2 5 1 Shutdown database options The Shutdown Database window allows you to switch to the one user database connection mode Forced In this mode all the transactions still active by the stated
206. bject of the same type and having the same properties as one of the existing ones To run the wizard select the Database Duplicate Object main menu item or right click an object of the desired type in the DB Explorer tree and use the Duplicate lt object type gt lt object name gt context menu item e Selecting the source database Selecting object to duplicate Selecting destination database Modifying the new object s definition Using templates See also New Object dialog 5 2 1 Selecting the source database This step of the wizard allows you to select the source database containing the source object to be duplicated Duplicate Object Wizard Duplicate Object Select the source database Welcome to the Duplicate Object Wizard This wizard allows you to create a new database object with the same properties as one of the existing objects has This wizard will request the source object the name of the new object generate the SQL statement for creating the new object and execute this statement Source database g unicode_fss on doom_server 3052 C Sharewnicode Rococesoeococeseocosecssesosocsososososoosseossosoooscccocsocseocoococsesosssseocsocoseoecossoososoocosossoseosesccosoesososseocosss p 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 142 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Click the Next button to proceed to the Selecting object to duplicate step of the wizard
207. c_version isc_tpb_nowait O Snapshot Read commited Read only table stability O Read write table stability Note IB Manager will automaticly delete wrong parameters S E Grid 10 1 1 8 Fonts This section of the Environment Options dialog allows you to specify fonts used in the application The box below displays the sample text with the selected font applied 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 525 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Environment Options X a Confirmations B Windows System font name S Tools Tp Arial Unicode MS E E DB Explorer System font size 8 x E SQL Assistant t E Object Editors E Table Editor Er Procedure Editor B SQL Editor amp SQL Monitor Ei SQL Script BS Query Builder Style amp Color Palette a Visual Database H Designer E Color Palette amp Extract Database B Print Metadata eR Data Export D Database Monitor Sample Text 12345 oe Dependencies mt Transactions S E Grid System font name Defines the font used by SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird Select the font name from the drop down list of available system fonts System font size Defines the font size used by SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird Type in or use the drop down list to select the required value See also Preferences Full mode activation Confirmations Windows Tools Grid Lo
208. calization 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 526 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Find Option 10 1 1 9 Grid General options M Striped grids Displays the odd grid rows in a different color defined by the Strip option available on the Color amp Formats page M Show editor immediately Allows editing the cell value right after the cell is clicked Always show editor Set this option to make the cell editors always active Enable auto search in grid If this option is checked the cursor is automatically forwarded to the closest match when you start typing M Row multi selection With this option set multiple rows can be selected in grid M Invert selection Determines whether a single cell within the focused row or the entire row is highlighted when focused M Column auto width With this option set column widths are changed in order to display all columns without using the horizontal scroll bar If the content a column is still too large to display without a need to resize the grid then the column values are truncated and the hidden characters are replaced with an ellipsis at the end MV Cell auto height If the widths of the columns are insufficient to display the full content then text clipping occurs Set this option to prevent this If this option is set the cell content is displayed in multiple lines where necessary You can set the number of lines to display using the C
209. cify the relation between the two conditions whether both of them should be satisfied AND or just any of them OR Use the _ character to represent any single symbol and use the character to represent any series of symbols in the condition string See also Data View Filter Builder Dialog 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 321 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 7 3 7 3 1 Filter Builder dialog The Filter Builder dialog is a powerful filtering tool implemented in Data View for your convenience The dialog is aimed at facilitating the procedure of creating and applying complex filter criteria for data In addition the tool allows you to save filter criteria to an external flt file for future use To open the Filter Builder dialog use the Set filter Y button on the navigation pane available within the Data tab of Table Editor and the Result s tabs of SQL Editor and Query Builder e Invoking the Filter Builder dialog e Adding a new condition to the filter e Setting filter criteria e Setting filter operator e Setting filter criteria values e Adding a new group e Setting group operator e Applying filter conditions See also Data View Custom Filter Invoking the Filter Builder dialog The Filter Builder dialog can be invoked in either of the following ways e ifa simple filter or the Custom Filter is being used click the Customize button on the gray fil
210. click OK to confirm removing the tool and closing the dialog The selected tool has been removed and is no longer accessible from the Tools External Tools submenu See also Getting started Database Explorer Database management Database objects management Query management tools Data management Import Export tools Database tools Server tools Personalization 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 579 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 11 1 External Tools dialog The External Tools dialog allows you to manage the list of external applications which can be easily run from SQL Manager environment To open this dialog select the Options External Tools main menu item Tools Lists all added external applications Add Opens the External Tool Info editor for adding a new tool tothe Tools External Tools submenu Edit Opens the External Tool Info editor for editing the title the hot key the path to the executable file the working directory and execution parameters of the tool currently selected in the Tools list Delete Removes the selected tool from the list of SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird external tools External Tools d Ea Data Import ei Data Comparer Extractor pects Cancel Help qi Hal X Drag n drop to reorder items or use Ctrl Shitt Up Ctrl Shift Down To change the order of tools in the li
211. complete solution for database administration and development SQL Studio unites the must have tools in one powerful and easy to use environment that will make you more productive than ever before SQL Manager for Oracle Simplify and automate your database development process design explore and maintain existing databases build compound SQL query statements manage database user rights and manipulate data in different ways Data Export for Oracle Export your data to any of 15 most popular data formats including MS Access MS Excel MS Word PDF HTML and more Data Import for Oracle Import your data from MS Access MS Excel and other popular formats to database tables via user friendly wizard interface Data Pump for Oracle Migrate from most popular databases MySQL PostgreSQL MySQL DB2 InterBase Firebird etc to Oracle Data Generator for Oracle Generate test data for database testing purposes in a simple and direct way Wide range of data generation parameters DB Comparer for Oracle Compare and synchronize the structure of your databases Move changes on your development database to production with ease DB Extract for Oracle Create database backups in the form of SQL scripts save your database structure and table data as a whole or partially SQL Query for Oracle Analyze and retrieve your data build your queries visually work with query plans build charts based on retrieved data quickly and more 2008 EMS D
212. computed by fields 5 Grid e The Expand All and Collapse All context menu items added e The Save column sorting option is added for the Save and restore layout mode 6 CPU usage significantly decreased 7 SQL Editor e For the queries which allow data insert the ability to import data into the table implemented e The Ctrl Shift Enter shortcut for pointing out the corresponding item in DB Explorer tree worked incorrectly Fixed now e Now it s possible to rename and move query tabs e Query execution time is now displayed in hh mm ss format e Select All command didn t work correctly on text that had very long lines more than 4096 symbols Fixed now 8 Controls at the toolbars now remain after installing a newer version of the product To bring them to their default state you can use corresponding command from Windows menu or corresponding button in Environment Options dialog 9 Data Import wizard When setting column correspondence for import from Excel selecting a new column caused cursor to move to the first column in grid Fixed now 10 Database Registration Info When applying changes the originality of database aliases used not to be checked Fixed now 11 Visual Database Designer Switching to another visual scheme didn t take any effect on context menu style Fixed now 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 28 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 12 L
213. convenience Set the necessary Spell checker mode Highlighting In this mode incorrectly spelled and misprinted words are highlighted in the editor Autocorrection In this mode incorrectly spelled and misprinted words are replaced with the corresponding words from the Substitutions list automatically None In this mode the spelling checker is disabled Use the Add button to add a new item to the Substitutions list the Edit button to alter the selected substitution and the Delete button to remove the selected substitution from the spelling checker vocabulary Astocorrection Case sensitivity C Support case consistency with substitution V Ignore case while spell checking Y Keep the misprint case when replacing 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 554 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Case sensitivity Support case consistency with substitution If this option is selected the spelling checker uses the case of words substitutions when performing a replacement Ignore case while spell checking Check this option to disable case checking Keep the misprint case when replacing Check this option if you do not wish to change the case of the replaced word Misprints Controls of this group allow you to manage the spelling checker vocabulary use the Add button to add a new misprint to the vocabulary the Auto button to use the default list o
214. cords are loaded into grid buffers In this mode opening the tables with many records may take a considerable amount of time But in this case you can make use of some advantages in the filter drop down list the column headers are displayed with the values for quick filtering it is possible to open several sub levels at the same time when viewing data in master detail view etc In case opening and other operations with an object consisting of many records takes sufficient time the Load visible rows mode should be used instead It can be set individually for each table and saved between sessions can be set via the context menu of the grid 10 1 1 9 2 Print Data Save restore following print data properties These options specify which Print Data properties will be saved between work sessions e g if you tick off the Page settings item those settings will be saved and stored between the sessions You can save restore the following Print Data properties Card view representation Detail view representation Expanding Formatting Level options On every page options Pagination Preview options Image options Selection options Report size options Showing grid elements Page number format Page settings Report title 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 531 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Environment Options K B Tatar a E Procedure Editor B SQL Editor E SQL Monitor SQL Sc
215. cription o Restore default size Rr beki ae NEW VAR SMALLINT v Variable a dp Append E CREATE TRIGGER NEW DBTRIGGER2 ACTIVE ON CONNECT POSITION al e insert AS BEGIN Delete UPDATE COUNTER SET CONNECT COUNTER CONNECT COUNTER 1 5 13 1 1 Using Navigation bar The Navigation bar of Database Trigger Editor allows you to Object bar Select a database and a procedure for editing within the current window General bar e Compile current object e Execute the current DB trigger 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 252 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual e Debug the current procedure e Print metadata of the current object e View Dependency Tree for the object e Perform quicksave quickload e Switch between Text and Visual modes of the editor e Refresh the content of the active tab e Bring the window to its default size Variable bar allows you managing DB trigger input parameters Object a EMPLOYEE on serg General a g Compile g Debug Trigger Show SQL help Text editor Ea Restore default size Variable a oP Append a Insert Delete Depending on the current tab selection the Navigation bar expands to one or more additional panes with tab specific actions that can be useful for working with the object lt lt Back to Role Editor 5 13 1 2 Editing DB Trigger definition Use the Database Trigger Editor to specify current DB trigger properties N
216. ctive tab Add new role Edit existing one Edite role members Delete role The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of Role Editor 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 481 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Database a 8 employee on loopback i General a a Refresh amp Add role Edit role members amp Delete role Show SQL help 9 3 2 1 2 Defining role members On this page you can assign the necessary roles to the users Select the user name in the left part of the window Available Users and move it to the Selected Users list at the right using buttons gt lt gt gt lt lt by double clicking or dragging it That will assign the members of current role Note To create edit and delete users and roles you should have the rights of server administrator Members of Role TEST ROLE Available Users Selected Users 8 pustic 8 123 8 syspBa B asa 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 482 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 9 3 3 9 3 3 1 Grant Manager Grant Manager allows you to set the user access grants for certain database objects Global user privileges define the user access rights to all the database objects on the server Granting privileges on the selected database objects allows a user to perform the defined operation over the selected obj
217. ctures e Database statistics Retrieves the statistics on the database selected e Start Stop database Provides the ability to turn a database to a single user mode and switch a database back online e Using templates Facilitates using SQL Manager wizards To obtain detailed information concerning specific SQL Server database maintenance services refer to the official Server documentation See also Common database tools 9 2 1 Backup database This service allows you to create reserve copies of your databases To open the Backup Database Wizard select the Services Backup Database menu item See also Restore Database Specific DB Tools Using templates 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 451 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual r Database Backup Wizard ok Database Backup Specify the database to backup Welcome to the Database Backup Wizard This wizard allows you to backup your databases The wizard will backup the specified database Database 8 IB2007 database C Share For Restore gdb SQL Backup type Manager Ofiilbeckup i Incremental backup InterBase Firebird Backup File Backup file name C AShare ForRestore 2008 1 14 16 54 28 GBK User name Password SYSDBA RRRARAAK C Shutdown database before service start C Bring database online after service finished Compression None Execution mode Store mode Use local utilities Local Use services
218. d Database Create Wizard Database Create Specify the host where database will be created Welcome to the Database Create Wizard This wizard allows you to create database The wizard will help you to create and register new database SQL Host name Vy Manager i for InterBase Firebird Click the Next button to proceed to the Setting connection properties step of the wizard 4 2 2 Setting connection properties Use this step of the wizard to set the necessary connection parameters for the database being created 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 107 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Database Create Wizard Database Create Specify parameters of the database Database file Fully qualified database file path ft ccisharelmydbase gdb Database login SQL User name Password H Manager SYSDBA RARRAREE for Leker Other parameters i irebird Page size 4096 BA Charset WIN 261 ha SQL dialect 1 Single database file Database file A new database file specification including full name of database file E g if you use protocol TCP IP to access server myserver and you want to create database mydatabase in folder bases on disc C you should fill this edit field like is shown c bases mydatabase gdb User Name Checks the user name against valid user name and password combinations in the security database on the server where the database
219. d Node name Text EmployeelD NationallDNu ContactiD A Employee 1 14417307 3 H Tiie Employee 2 253022876 6 E BirthDate a f Employee 3 509647174 5 S MaritalStatus Employee 2 112457891 7 E Gender SE HireDate Employee 5 480168528 9 SalariedFlag Employee 6 24756624 16 VacationHours Employee 7 309738752 13 E SickLeaveHours Employee 8 690627818 1 ee CurrentFlag Employee 9 695256908 25 M E ro I lt Lo gt To remove a correspondence select the field in the Fields list and press the amp Clear button To remove all correspondences press the Clear All button Click the Next button to proceed to the Adjusting data formats step of the wizard 8 2 3 9 MS Excel Word 2007 ODF Specify ranges in the grid for the target and source fields e select a field of the target InterBase Firebird table in the Fields list e proceed to the Sheet grid click a column to assign the column to the selected target table field e the selected column of the source file gets gray highlight e repeat the operation for all the fields you need to be included in the import process If the source file and the destination InterBase Firebird table have the same order of columns you can use the H Auto Fill button to set correspondence between them automatically If necessary you can choose to skip a defined number of the source file rows using the Skip spin edit 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 375 SQL Manager 2008 for InterB
220. d more e Grouping data within the grid e Filtering records e Using the context menu e Working in multi level mode e Viewing data in card view e Associating columns 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 290 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Fields Constraints Indices Triggers Dependencies Permissions Description i 4 4 gt mY X OOK Pe Find Drag a column header here to group by that column EMP_N FIRST_NAME LAST_NAME Pri HIRE_DATE I peim ucim JOB_GF j E E i i o Click here to add a new row E E Young 28 12 1988 0 00 00 2 Lambert 106 024 989 0 00 00 2 Johnson 105 04 1989 0 00 00 3 Forest 4 7 04 1989 0 00 00 3 Weston h 7 01 1990 0 00 00 SRep 4 Lee 01 05 1990 0 00 00 O00 Admin 4 Hall 227 04 06 1990 0 00 00 Roger Reeves 6 sorsom 120 saes 8 HR N3 NR 1001 ANANNNN RI Ena A Mm See also Form View Print Data BLOB View 7 1 1 1 Grouping data If necessary you can group the data in grid by any of the columns This operation is performed by dragging the column header to the gray Group by box area at the top In order to display this area select the M Show Group by box option available in the Grid section of the Environment Options dialog 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 291 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual When grouping by a column is applied to
221. dd to primary key Field based on Domain Standard data type Field type Type VARCHAR Autoincrement value Field dimension Field character set Length Charset Scale e 3 Collate NONE ix Availability Windows Professional Yes Windows Lite Yes 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 182 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 4 3 1 1 Setting field name and type Use the Column name edit box to set the field name Note that the name of the field must be unique among all the field names in the table Field based on Select the source type for creating the field It can be one of the existing domains a standard data type e g INTEGER DATE or CHAR or a COMPUTED BY expression if you want to calculate the field value using other fields values Field based on Description Domain Makes the field based on the existing domain Select the domain name from the Domain drop down list on the Domain tab You can also create a new domain using the New domain button or edit the selected domain with the Edit domain button see Domain Editor to learn how to create edit domains Standard data type Makes the field based on the standard SQL datatype Select the data type from the Type drop down list on the Raw Data Type tab For NUMERIC and DECIMAL data types set 1 15 digit precision and scale in the appropriate boxes for CHAR and VARCHAR
222. dded MV Always show on top Displays the SQL Monitor window always on top 10 1 1 5 5 SQL Script VM Abort script on error If this option is checked script execution is aborted if an error occurs M Rollback on abort This option is only available if the Abort script on error option is checked This option evokes automatic rollback when script execution is aborted 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 513 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual M Enable parsing With this option checked SOL Script Editor parses the loaded script to enable fast navigation in the Script Explorer tool M Show message when done Displays a message box on finishing script execution Show info messages Select this option to enable information messages when working with scripts Don t clear error list on selected text execution If this option is checked the error list is not cleared upon execution of the selected statement Environment Options EE Pretererces 2 OOOO E Confirmations Abort script on error out CONNECT DATABASE and CREATE DATABASE B Windows statement errors abort execution anyway S A tools Rollback on abort E E Explorer Enable parsing SQL Assistant te ee Show message when done 2 44 Object Editors BB Table Editor Register the databases mentioned in CREATE DATABASE or CONNECT statements if needed ET Procedure Editor Toggle AutoDDL off by default B SQL Editor J Exec
223. de activation Confirmations Windows Tools Fonts Grid Localization Find Option 10 1 1 2 Full mode activation Note that when using the FREE Lite version of SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird which contains functional limitations you can activate a 30 day period of fully functional usage During this period you will get the splash screen displaying the number of days left every time you start the application After the period expires you will be able to continue using the Lite version 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 500 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual To activate the 30 day Full version mode please enable the M Show Full Version features option of the Preferences dialog R SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird Lite edition Version 5 0 0 1 E You are using the Lite version of the program You can enable all features of Full version for 30 days by checking this box 30 days left Learn difference between Lite and Full versions 1999 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions Inc All rights reserved See also Preferences Confirmations Windows Tools Fonts Grid Localization Find Option 10 1 1 3 Confirmations M Confirm saving the object or document upon closing the editor If this option is on the program requires confirmation each time you want to save changes in a database object or document M Confirm dropping of object If
224. ding items 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 551 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual You can choose UPPER lower Capitalize Default case means that the name of the identifier keyword remains AS IS M Space before bracket Adds a space character before the opening bracket and after the closing one Space into brackets Adds a space character after the opening bracket and before the closing one Indent in list Sets the size of indent relatively to the previous string See also General Display Color Quick Code Key Mapping Spell Checking Find Option 10 1 2 6 Key Mapping For your convenience key mapping is provided in SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird On this page you can set the shortcuts for various commands operations according to your needs Use the Commands list on the right to select the command for which you need to make a shortcut then place cursor into the Key editor and press the key combination you find useful use Ctr Alt Shift buttons After setting the shortcut press the New button to add it to the list of existing Key combinations 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 552 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Editor Options X E General am Display T Quick Code E SQL Formatter commande i 2 Key Mapping Move cursor to last char of line Rau Add is Spell Checking Move cursor left and u
225. displaying the step depends on the type of object to be duplicated It allows to specify whether the source object details should be duplicated in the target object 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 144 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Duplicate Object Specify object details E Triggers S V DEPT_VIEW_BD_NEW1 S V DEPT_VIEW_BI_NEW1 S V DEPT_VIEW_BU2_NEW Firebird 5 2 4 Modifying the new object s definition This step of the wizard allows you to browse the result SQL statement If necessary you can edit the definition of the new object 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 145 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Duplicate Object Check the new object definition and click the Finish button to create the object New object definition CREATE TABLE DEPT NEW1 DEPT _ID SMALLINT DEPT NUM SMALLINT DOMAIN DEPT NAME VARCHAR 30 CHARACTER SET UNICODE update rdbfrelation fields set rdb description ed where rdb relation_ name DEPT_NEW1 and rdb field name DEPT_ID update rdb relations set rdb description desc Bync where frahsrelation name DEPT NEM1 and irr mA Click the Finish button to start the process 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 146 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 3 Domains A domain is a column definition templ
226. dit drop the selected trigger or set it inactive by selecting the corresponding context menu item 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 178 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual _Eields Constraints Indices Triggers Dependencies Data _ Permissions Description DDL Trigger Name Position Active Description 8 employee on loopback x CUSTOMER x lA Refresh amp Grants on table amp Print qy Quick save is Quick load Show SQL help Table Editor options Restore default size 5 3 Compile Active Trigger Edit Trigger Before Insert Enter Rename Trigger Before Insert Drop Trigger Before Insert Del You can edit trigger properties within the table editor in this case the window like one shown below occurs or select the trigger in the DB Explorer tree and edit within the Trigger editor 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 179 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Name SET_CUST_NO var Variables Messages For table CUSTOMER E Description On event DDL Insert C Update Type Position la ls active Before l See Triggers for details 5 4 3 Fields Table fields are managed on the Fields tab of the Table Editor Add Field To add a field to the table e Open the table in the Table Editor e Open the Fields tab e Right click and select the New Field item f
227. diting tools SQL Editor SQL Script and more Visual Options Customizing program interface bars trees menus etc Besides the Options dialog allows you to export all program settings toa reg file for future use e g when you need to move the settings to another machine see Save Settings for details See also Localization Keyboard Templates Find Option dialog Environment Options Environment Options allow you to customize general options of the SQL Manager application To open the Environment Options window select the Options Environment Options main menu item or use the Environment Options button on the main toolbar Preferences Full mode activation Confirmations Windows Tools DB Explorer Object Editors SOL Editor SOL Monitor SOL Script 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 498 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 10 1 1 1 Query Builder Visual Database Designer Print Metadata Data Export Database Monitor Dependencies Transactions Fonts Grid Data Options Print Data Color amp Formats Advanced Column Options Localization e Find Option See also Editor Options Visual Options Save Settings Preferences Show splash screen at startup Displays the splash screen of SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird at the application startup M Restore desktop on connect This option determines whether the previously opened w
228. do Shift Ctrl Z Cut Copy Paste Select All Find Replace Search Next Incremental Search Load Ctrl L Save Ctrl S Save as Favorite Query Shift Ctrl S Preview Print Quick Code Properties See also Using Navigation bar Working with SOL Editor area Viewing query plan Using object links Executing queries Viewing query logs Favorites editor 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 264 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 6 1 4 Viewing query plan Using SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird you can view the plan for each of the queries created and executed in the application The query plan is available within the corresponding Plan tab To view the Plan of a query open the query in SQL Editor and use the Show estimated execution plan item of the Navigation bar The Plan tab allows you to view the sequence of actions performed by the database server in the process of the query execution and the amount of system resources used for the query execution Note that this tab only appears after you have executed the query Edt Plan Results Performance Analysis Logs O lt FE PLAN JOIN NATURAL INDEX RDB FOREIGNS Operation Object type Object name Alias Fields PLAN JOIN NATURAL Table DEPARTMENT PHONE_LIST DEP INDEX Table EMPLOYEE PHONE_LIST EMP RDB FOREIC Index RDB FOREIGNS DEPT_NO If nece
229. don t repair it Read Only mode of validation By default validating a database updates it if necessary Check this option to prevent updating M Ignore Checksum A checksum is a page by page analysis of data to verify its integrity A bad checksum means that a database page has been randomly overwritten for example due to a system crash M Kill all unavailable shadow files If this option is checked server drops the shadows which cannot be used 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 464 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Prepare a corrupt database for backup Performs total cleaning of the corrupt database preparing the database for backup MV Perform a database sweep Removes all outdated records M Validate the database structure Repairs corrupt or misallocated structures M Validate record fragments Releases unassigned record fragments gt Database Validation Wizard Database Validation Validation options Options C Return a list of limbo transactions C Validate the database but dont repair it C Ignore all checksum errors C Kill all unavailable shadow files a Prepare a corrupt database for backup _ Perform a database sweep Validate the database structure C Validate record fragments Cee Cees When you are done you can return to the previous page by clicking Back or start the process by clicking Finish at the next step Progress results page
230. dow you can view and edit the description of the selected parameter Using the Export List item of the popup menu you can also export the parameter list to a file To append insert remove a parameter please use the corresponding context menu items 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 218 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Stored Procedure Description Dependencies Operations Permissions Name ADD_EMP_PROJ Input Output Variables Default Value Parameter Type Description SMALLINT CHAR CHARACTER SET NONE Move Down Export List The Parameter Editor window allows you to define parameter type Note that creating parameters based on a domain can is only available for Firebird 2 0 and later Parameter based on Domain Standard data type Input Parameter Type eee V Length 1 f Scal 1 Charset x Collate T C Use default value Default See also Procedure Editor 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 219 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 7 1 4 Executing procedure Procedure Editor provides an ability to execute current procedure Click the Execute item of the navigation bar to execute the procedure The result of the successfully executed procedure as well as the error message in case of execution failure appears in the message panel at th
231. e you can set the cell format e set the font borders and fill properties using the corresponding tabs Data format Extensions Advanced r Base Font Borders Fill X Hyperlinks Col o Row o Note_1 Value m Charts Formats Chart 1 29 series ee Series_1 S E cells EE Cell Col 0 Row 0 imi Merged Cells 8 1 5 1 2 5 Merged Cells If you want to merge two or more cells set the range of cell coordinates First col Last col First row Last row Data format Extensions Advanced f z la a Hyperlinks First col OM First row OM XS Hyperlink_1 E Notes Last col 0 Last row 1s Ca Note_1 f Charts chart_s o series ey Series_1 Cells Cell Col 0 Row 0 fai Merged Cells ai 8 1 5 1 3 Advanced The Advanced tab allows you to set a number of advanced options to be applied to the result MS Excel file 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 343 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 8 1 5 2 Page header If necessary enter some text for the page header Page footer If necessary enter some text for the page footer Sheet title Specify the sheet title for the target file Page background If necessary use the Ellipsis lal button to browse for a graphical file to be applied as the page background Data format Extensions Advanced Page header
232. e Duplicate Object Wizard Edit exception To edit the existing exception e Select the exception for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the exception name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Exception lt Exception_Name gt item from the popup menu or simply double click the exception e Edit exception definition and data on the appropriate tabs of the Exception Editor To change the name of the exception e Select the exception to rename in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Rename Exception lt Exception_Name gt item from the popup menu e Edit exception name in the dialog window Drop exception To drop a exception e Select the exception to drop in the explorer tree 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 230 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual e Right click and select the Drop Exception lt Exception_Name gt item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 5 9 1 Exception Editor The Exception Editor allows you to define exception properties It opens when you create a new sequence or edit the existing one see Create Exception and Edit Exception for details To open a view in the Exception Editor double click it in the Explorer Tree e Using navigation bar e Editing exception definition e Browsing object dependencies 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 231 SQL Manager 2008 for Inter
233. e Grid Level wizard Working in card view mode Column Summary 7 1 1 5 Create Grid Level wizard Create Grid Level Wizard allows you to add a new detail level to the grid in order to get master detail representation of your data To start the wizard right click the grid select the Grid Levels context menu group and proceed to the Add Grid Level item within this group e Specifying master level e Selecting source table e Binding master and detail levels e Query parameterization e Setting additional parameters See also Grouping data Filtering records Using the context menu Working in multi level mode Working in card view mode Column Summary 7 1 1 5 1 Specifying master level Use the drop down list to select the table of the master level to which a new level will be added Source of new level data Select the source type of the new level data Table or Query 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 299 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Create Grid Level Wizard Create Grid Level Wizard Specify master level and the data source of new level Welcome to Create Grid Level Wizard This wizard allows you to add a new detail level to a grid in order to get master detail representation of your data This wizard will quide you through the process of choosing destination master level to which a new level will be added specifying source of the new level data and bi
234. e Management Solutions 402 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Using Navigation bar Diagram Navigator Adding objects to diagram Creating new table Creating relationships Working with multiple pages Reverse engineering Printing diagram Saving Loading diagram Setting diagram options 9 1 2 5 Creating new table To create a new table using Visual Database Designer e press the Create table button on the toolbar e click the desired point on the diagram to place the new table at e create a new table using the Table Editor Navigator 9 EMP_NO SMALLINT 2 CHANGE DATE DATE 2 UPDATER_ID VARCHAR 20 9 OLD_SALARY NUMERIC 15 2 gt PERCENT_CHANGE DOUBLE PRECISION NEW_SALARY DOUBLE PRECISION o DEPARTMENT VARCHAR 25 o HEAD_DEPT CHAR 3 SR_NO SMALLIN Hint To create a new table you can also use the corresponding item of the context menu See also Using Navigation bar Diagram Navigator Adding objects to diagram 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 403 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Removing objects from diagram Creating relationships Working with multiple pages Reverse engineering Printing diagram Saving Loading diagram Setting diagram options 9 1 2 6 Creating relationships To establish a new relationship which is the foreign key in terms of database press the Create relation button on the
235. e Navigation bar at the left allows you to e select a desired database at the Database bar e set monitoring options e pause resume monitoring The information collected is split into sections and can be obtained at the corresponding tabs See also Server Tools Database monitor BAX Database MA 20952 Transactions Statements Users Procedures Relations Triggers Memory usage O Database tui i a te2007detabase v Database path C ASHAREIF ORRESTORE GDB General N Database ID 2 Sweep interval 20000 amp Options Sweep active N Ji Pause Monitor Sweep relation Sweep records State Page reads 121 Page writes 0 Page fetches 260983 Page marks 62080 tic Record selects 21042 Record inserts 16239 Record updates 0 Record deletes 16239 Record purges 0 Record expunges 16239 m lt M gt 9 3 9 Plugins options On this tab the installed plugins are displayed They are divided into the Common tools that are plugins performed for working with the program as a whole and Tools for objects performed for working with database objects At the bottom of the window the description of the selected plugin is displayed To install a new plugin click button Add 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 493 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual plugin and select a file where the plugin is stored Using button Remove plugin you can unins
236. e Restore Specify the database restore options General C Deactivate indexes C Dont recreate shadow files C Dont enforce validity conditions C Commit after each table C Replace existing database C Use all space Page size Database validation The Database Validation Wizard allows you to validate the database for verifying the integrity of data structures To activate the wizard choose the menu item Services Database Validation You should validate a database e Whenever a database backup is unsuccessful e Whenever an applcation receives a corrupt database error e Periodically to monitor for corrupt data structures or missallocated space e Any time you suspect data corruption Note As a rule database validation requires exqlusive access to the database See also 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 462 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Shutdown database Specific DB Tools Using templates gt Database Validation Wizard Database Validation Specify the database to validate Welcome to the Database Validation Wizard This wizard allows you to validate the specified database The wizard will validate the specified database Database C Shutdown database before service start Firebird C Bring database online after service finished Execution mode Use local tiltes Use services Availability Windows Professional Ye
237. e Show Hosts option is checked on the Environment Options DB Explorer page the host nodes are also displayed in the tree alternatively you can use the Show Hosts item of the Database context menu or the drop down menu of the View Mode AT toolbar button for the same purpose If necessary you can also specify that empty schemas should be hidden in the tree use the corresponding option available on the DB Explorer page of the Environment Options dialog To connect to a database simply double click its alias or select the database alias in DB Explorer and press Enter If the connection is successful the database node expands into a tree of objects To select the types of objects to be expanded upon successful database connection you can use the Expand on connection group of the Environment Options DB Explorer page Now you can navigate within the database objects Use SQL Assistant to get extended information about the currently selected object For your convenience objects having different status e g enabled disabled are displayed with different icons in Database Explorer I EMPLOYEE on serg 3052 Domains 15 Tables 10 H E COUNTRY H E CUSTOMER H E9 DEPARTMENT S E EMPLOYEE 25 Fields 11 Primary Keys 1 Foreign Keys 2 Uniques Checks 1 Indices 1 Triggers 2 S SAVE_SALARY_CHANGE S SET_EMP_NO H E EMPLOYEE_PROJECT errr See also Selecting style and lanquage
238. e View mode panel at the bottom of the Results area of the window The form displays the current record field names on the left and the corresponding values on the right If the fields are available for editing you can edit the record directly on this form The navigation pane at the top of the form allows you to browse the data quickly to insert update and delete records and to set a filter for the records using the Filter Builder dialog 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 307 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Fields Constraints Indices Triggers Dependencies Data Permissions Description DDL I A 4b Aa X CK H Fina ap EMP_NO FIRST_NAME LAST_NAME PHONE_EXT HIRE_DATE DEPT_NO JOB_CODE JOB_GRADE JOB_COUNTRY VARCH SALARY FULL_NAME C Nul C Mult C Null C Null C Null C Null C Mult Ga 25 Robert Nelson 250 28 12 1988 i 600 VP a 2 G USA 105 900 00 Nelson Robert Grid view Form view Print Data Records fetched 42 Each field has a Null checkbox which allows you to clear the field value and set it to NULL if the field is nullable See also Grid View Print Data BLOB View 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 308 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 7 1 3 Print Data Using the Prin
239. e a new procedure e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Procedure in the New Object dialog e Edit procedure within the Procedure Editor Hint To create new procedure you can also right click the Procedures node of the explorer tree and select New Procedure item from the popup menu To create a new procedure with the same properties as one of the existing procedures has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Editing Procedure To edit an existing procedure e Select the procedure for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the procedure name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Procedure item from the popup menu or simply double click the procedure e Edit procedure definition in the editor area of the Procedure Editor To change the name of a Procedure e Select the procedure to rename in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Rename Procedure item from the popup menu e Edit procedure name in the dialog window Executing Procedure To execute a procedure e Select the procedure in the explorer tree type the first letters of the procedure name for quick search e Right click and select Edit Procedure item from the popup menu or simply double click the procedure e Execute procedure by clicking on the Execute Procedure item in the Procedure Editor 2008 EMS Database Management So
240. e bottom of the Procedure Editor See also Procedure Editor 5 7 1 5 Viewing perfomance analysis This tab displays the perfomance analysis for the query on which the current procedure is based See also Procedure Editor 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 220 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Object Triggers Description Plan Data Dependencies Performance Analysis Permissions DDL Query Performance Analysis Indexed reads vs non indexed reads i i eL e aneauoeanunbannnnanndascncannbosennsoedaaunanasocbhaocoasondonsasacobkoonoeane i DEPARTMENT EMPLOYEE wa 42 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 B Non ndexed reads Indexed reads Updates Deletes Inserts Summary PLAN JOIN DEPARTMENT NATURAL EMPLOYEE INDEX RDBS FOREIGNS PLAN JOIN DEPARTMENT NATURAL EMPLOYEE INDEX RDBS FOREIGNS Adapted plan PLAN JOIN DEPARTMENT NATURAL EMPLOYEE INDEX INTEG 28 5 7 2 Procedure Trigger Debugger To fix the errors in the procedure code and to optimize the procedure work you can debug the procedure step by step before compilation using the Stored Procedure Debugger To activate the debugger open the procedure in the Procedure Editor then click the Debug Procedure button on the toolbar At the top area you can view and edit the procedure text The blue spots at the left of the window indicate the statements executed by th
241. e button to specify the path to the output directory for the result HTML files using the Browse for Folder dialog 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 427 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual ag HTML Report Wizard IB2007 database m m X HTML Report Select the source database and the destination folder Welcome to the HTML Report Wizard This wizard allows you to create a detailed HTML report about your database Source database Output directory CAEMSib Manager _5001 HTMLReport lB2007database Firebird Click the Next button to proceed to the Selecting object types step of the wizard 9 1 6 2 Selecting object types Use this step of the wizard to select the types of objects to be included in the result HTML report 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 428 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual SHTML Report Wizard IB2007database Joe HTML Report Select database components to extract Reported objects Domains UDFs Tables BLOB Filters Views Indices Procedures Foreign Keys Triggers Checks Generators Roles Exceptions Firebird Check all Uncheck all For your convenience the Check All and Unckeck All buttons are implemented at the bottom of the objects list area Click the Next button to proceed to the Specifying CSS step of the wizard 9 1 6 3 Specifying CSS This step of the wizard allows you
242. e field then set its length to indicate where next file should be started or starting at value if you haven t set the previous file length and click the Add button The file is added to the file list Now you can add more files in the same way or remove files from the list clicking Delete 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 109 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 4 2 4 Database Create Wizard ey Database Create Specify parameters of the database files Primary database file File length 1000 Secondary database files File name SQL dbfile01 JP Manager 02 ie for InterBase File name dbfiled2 Firebird C Secondary file length 1000 or starting at 1000 Viewing result SQL statement View the result CREATE DATABASE statement issued for the new database creation You can alter the script manually if necessary For more information see Changing Metadata window 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 110 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual abase Create Wizar Database Create Click Finish button to create the database CREATE DATABASE doomsever gds db c share myca USER SYSDBA PASSWORD masterke PAGE SIZE 4096 DEFAULT CHARACTER SET WIN1251 ramm Register the database after creating If the M Register the database after creating option was checked the Database Registration I
243. e hour without a leading zero 0 23 hh Displays the hour with a leading zero 00 23 n Displays the minute without a leading zero 0 59 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 599 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual nn Displays the minute with a leading zero 00 59 s Displays the second without a leading zero 0 59 ss Displays the second with a leading zero 00 59 z Displays the millisecond without a leading zero 0 999 zzz Displays the millisecond with a leading zero 000 999 t Displays the time using the Short Time Format tt Displays the time using the Long Time Format am pm Uses the 12 hour clock for the preceding h or hh specifier and displays am for any hour before noon and pm for any hour after noon The am pm specifier can use lower upper or mixed case and the result is displayed accordingly a p Uses the 12 hour clock for the preceding h or hh specifier and displays a for any hour before noon and p for any hour after noon The a p specifier can use lower upper or mixed case and the result is displayed accordingly ampm Uses the 12 hour clock for the preceding h or hh specifier and displays the contents of the TimeAMString global variable for any hour before noon and the contents of the TimePMString global variable for any hour after noon Displays the date separator character using the Date Separator Displays the time separato
244. e procedure the green arrow indicates the current statement To start executing the procedure step by step press F8 To reset executing the procedure press Ctrl F2 To add a breakpoint to the current statement press CtrI F8 You can trace into a procedure which is called from the current procedure by pressing the Trace Into button Also you can run the current procedure until return to the up level procedure by pressing the Run Until Return button Stored Procedure Debugger Tabs Parameters and Variables 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 221 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 7 2 1 Displays the list of input and output procedure parameters indicated by the proper icon with their values and types Results Displays the list of RETURNS variables After executing the procedure it also displays their values Last Statement Displays the last executed statement the statement execution plan and the execution time Breakpoints Displays the procedure breakpoints the breakpoint line statement and the number of its passes You can add a breakpoint to the current statement by pressing Ctrl F8 Messages Displays various Stored Procedure Debugger messages Call Stack Displays the stack log of the procedure calls a Stored Procedure Debug ADD_EMP_PROJ employee on loopback Joe Commit Retaining Dd E Ea Dll lg we d ma E CREATE PROCEDURE ADD EMP PRO
245. e result PDF file 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 351 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Base font name Helvetica v Font encoding WinAnsiEncoding v Font size 10 iy Font color Sample Page options Page size A w i Mag A Left Width Right om Height oy i Top 02 Units Inches e ewe Bottom Orientation Portrait v Grid options Col spacing 3 5 Row spacing 175 Line width 12 When you are done click the Next button to proceed to Setting common export options 8 1 5 6 TXT options This step allows you to set options for the target text txt file Set the Calculate column width option on if you want each column of the target file to be adjusted to the maximum number of characters in it The Spacing option specifies the number of spaces between columns in the target file 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 352 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Er Export Data Wizard employee on loopback mX Data Wizard Export Data Customize TXT export options TXT options Calculate column width Spacing Firebird When you are done click the Next button to proceed to Setting common export options 8 1 5 7 CSV options This step allows you to set options for the target CSV csv file M Quote strings Check this option to apply quoting for string values in the target file Specify the col
246. e result file This text will appear at the beginning and at the end of the result file respectively 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 335 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Data Wizard Export Data Define headers and footers for the result files Header text Employee List Footer text Generated by EMS IB FB SQL Manager sss gt Click the Next button to proceed to Setting format specific options 8 1 5 Setting format specific options This step of the wizard allows you to customize Format specific options Excel Options Access Options Word RTF Options HTML Options PDF Options TXT Options CSV Options XML Options MS Excel 2007 options MS Word 2007 options ODF options To get more information about the file formats see the Supported file formats page 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 336 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 8 1 5 1 Excel options This step allows you to set options for the target MS Excel x s file You can customize Data format Extensions and set Advanced options available within the corresponding tabs e Data format e Extensions e Advanced Data Wizard Export Data Customize MS Excel export options Data format Extensions Advanced Fields Options Styles Font Borders Fill Aggregate Font T Arial xl ES FIRST_NAME
247. e select the corresponding item from the Journals node context menu Databases ia Journals 6 l 17 12 2007 15 19 47 JOURNAL seq 1 l 04 12 2007 10 08 04 DATABASE seq 1 gel 1112 isl 17 12 i 17 12 gl Reports 5 Favorite ES Query Projects amp a loopback amp 8 employee o H 6 Domains S Tables New Backup Sweep Until Script to New SQL Editor Script to Clipboard Refresh Journals F5 Database Registration Info Database Operations Find tem On selecting the new backup item the Backup Database Wizard window will appear 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 249 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual with all the needful parameters set Database Backup Specify the database to backup Welcome to the Database Backup Wizard This wizard allows you to backup your databases The wizard will backup the specified database Database Backup type Full backup Incremantal backup Backup File Backup file name User name Password SYSBBA RRRAAAAK Backup Level Database backup Journals backup Execution mode Use local utilites Use services 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 250 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 13 Database Triggers Use database triggers only for centralized global operations that should be f
248. e the first letters of the role name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Role lt Role_Name gt item from the popup menu or simply double click the role e Edit role definition and data on the appropriate tabs of the Role Manager To change the name of the role e Select the role to rename in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Rename Role lt Role_Name gt item from the popup menu e Edit role name in the dialog window Drop role To drop a role e Select the role to drop inthe explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Role lt Role_Name gt item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 9 3 2 1 Role Manager The Role Editor allows you to define user properties and its members It opens when you create a new role or edit the existing one see Create Role and Edit Role for details e Using navigation bar e Defining role members See also User Manager Grant Manager 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 480 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual SYSDBA EE PUBLIC SYSDBA Refresh Add role Edit role members amp Delete role Show SQL help Availability Windows Professional Yes Windows Lite Yes 9 3 2 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and a role for editing within the current window General bar e Refresh the content of the a
249. e the output query field name set the cursor at the corresponding column and type the required field name To set an aggregate function for a field click the field row within the Aggregate column and then type in the function name or select one from the drop down list The Grouping column displays the grouping state for each of the output fields M Select only unique records If you check this option the duplicate records if any are not included into the query result i e the DISTINCT keyword is added to the SQL query text 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 277 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Builder Edit Result CUST_NO vi SALES CUSTOMER PO_NUMBER CONTACT_FIRST COUNTRY X CONTACT_LAST SALES_REP PHONE_NO CURRENCY ORDER_STATUS _ ADDRESS_LINE1 ADDRESS_LINE2 CITY STATE_PROVINCE COUNTRY OSTAL_CODE ON_HOLD Aa eT Criteria Selection Grouping criteria Sorting Select only unique records CUSTOMER CONTACT_ CUSTOMER CONTACT_ COUNTRY COUNTRY COUNTRY CURRENCY CUSTOMER CUSTOME CUSTOMER CUST_NO i ORDER_DATE SALES ORDER_DATE B ORDER_STATUS SALES ORDER_STATU See also Using Navigation bar Working with diagram area Joining two objects Sett
250. e to restore the database structure and or data e Print Metadata Creates powerful metadata reports in the WYSIWYG mode ready for printing e HTML Report Creates powerful metadata reports in the HTML format e Report Designer Allows you to build and print database reports e SQL Monitor Displays all the SQL statements executed while working in SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird e Using templates Facilitates using SQL Manager wizards See also Specific database tools Dependency Tree The Dependency Tree tool allows you to view all the object dependencies in one diagram To callthe Dependency Tree window select the Tools Dependency Tree menu item or use the Dependency Tree 2E button on the main toolbar To view dependencies of an object click the Select object Navigation bar item Then select the required object in the Select Object dialog window The dependency tree will appear in the main area of the window 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 394 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 8 Select Object employee on loopback C Program Files Borland InterB E COUNTRY COUNTRY COUNTRY COUNTRY COUNTRY CUSTOMER CUSTOME EMPLOYEE EMPLOYEE EMPLOYE EMPLOYE EMPLOYE JOB_SYNC PROJECT PROJECT 1 GG 6G D PROJ_DEP PROJ_DEP SALARY_H SALARY_H SALES v The root object is marked out with a blue frame The objects t
251. ears in the area set the database name and authorization parameters within the Properties Inspector double click the ADOQuery1 icon to open the SQL window input the SQL query that returns the required dataset and click the wil button repeat the operation if you wish to add other query components to the report 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 442 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual E Joe Dae a as amp 4a 5 i m 88 tae h Code Data Pagel DialogPage1 A pesceucsdsovesscscsecccsosccscsusccoonsscsscsdsosssscscsessone i 100 i 200 1 300 i 40 1 Report e te a T E Data E _I ES J FiBDatabase1 5 FIBQuery1 FIBDatabase1 i as D _ Pagel alts EE DialogPage1 2 2 FIBQuery1 sot aax 1 xXxSA SELECT FROM EMPLOYEE sucucacecssessessccccsscossccosccessccecccsccccsssesseccssces a RE FIBQuery1 TfrxFIBQuery x hi Properties Events CloseDataSourc True y al Database FIBDatabase1 Description oa FieldAliases TStrings 3 ae Filter b lt Pixels i 20 00 56 00 3 1 28 00 28 00 Note The Properties Inspector panel that allows you to edit report object properties can be shown hidden by pressing the F11 key Using the above given steps you can create as many queries as you need In order to select a dataset returned by a query select the Report Data main menu item of Report Designer to call the Select Repo
252. ebird 2 1 and later Parameter based on Domain Standard data type Input Parameter Type eee Length 1 ft Scale Charset Collate C Use default value Default 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 210 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual See also Trigger Editor 5 6 1 3 Editing trigger messages On the Messages tab you can add and edit the appropriate trigger messages All operations with trigger messages appending deleting etc can be performed whether with the help of the Messages bar or by selecting the corresponding item of tab context menu See also Trigger Editor a ee omen 24 new record was inserted 8 employee on loopback x i e ee S coms Insert Ins Messages 8 i Delete eP Append Move Up a Insert Move Down I Delete Move up 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 211 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 7 Procedures A stored procedure is a self contained program written in InterBase procedure and trigger language and stored as part of a database s metadata Stored procedures can be invoked directly from applications or can be substituted for a table or view in a SELECT statement Stored procedures can receive input parameters from and return values to applications and can execute on the server Creating Procedure To creat
253. ebird User s Manual 12 12 Using templates For your convenience the ability to use templates is provided by SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird Instead of performing a long chain of routine steps all the time you can save all the options of the wizard for future use as a template file Select the Templates Save Template drop down menu item specify the template file name and set an optional comment for the template file When starting the wizard next time you can load the template by selecting the Templates Load Template drop down menu item Note that saving loading of templates is possible at any step of the wizard 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 602 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 12 13 Supported file formats Ms Excel The most popular e table format used by Microsoft Excel x s The result files are fully compatible with Microsoft Excel versions 97 2000 2003 and XP MS Access File of Microsoft Access format mdb with an ADO connection used MS Word One of the most popular text processing formats used by Microsoft Word doc The result files are fully compatible with Microsoft Word versions 97 2000 2003 and XP RTF Rich Text Format rtf supported by many text processing programs e g WordPad HTML Hyper Text Markup Language file format htm htm complete compatibility with HTML 4 0 specification P
254. ecasssscessescescacsaceacstersnseesvasssansvsenrsaicndenicexeeciececeanersaseancesess 120 Setting grid and data Options csecsiccpcccccccecceccecccscceeceescaescendeccuctieecuescesseencsscegeersoessuectersacrsciecueecascuugeegsnaeeceaevedvens 122 Defining Events sissiscccsssscisaisccecsseacsessassesusnvonsiausevecsesndicancsoenc secapiadieieasensiuaruersuussusdeeausanuapevadadsauseasadeeadreabessenvensnd 124 Setting default directories si ccs ccccscascecccsesceeesccntecceseue ceaesaesastectentesiuegddenddcserscedusesousstastesacescdenuretueamegeusaneseedeuaeecrsns 125 Setting OG OPtlONs zeccesctsccescarces cess sanansa sectescerecescedecesstenceeucasscesdescaezanesceshes secnchiascedteyGupediocobzstcsezascedstensersanestdscs 126 Host Registration Info ciecciseccccdccetcccacee cectdat Ceeeet lececcddceteccecus ceccdcersecdeuae ceccduereeutaneycesccbae nnmnnn nnne 128 GOMNMECTION PrOpeMtieS EE A a NA A E E A E E E 128 HOST OPtiONS ANENE ENEE EE E E A A EEE 130 aTe e E AE EN ER E E NA E ET 131 Database Properties cccccsseeceeeseeeceeesneeeeeesneeeeeesneeseeesneesesesneeseeeaneesesesneesesesneesesesneesesssneeeeeesne 133 GMO A cio ccc ect EE E E EAE EE T cestdences secsud ace eteectaeunesctesencs E A 134 Active users 135 Description 135 Part V Database objects management 138 New ODjeCt isi tec ete cee eee eas ee eee cee eee eee 140 Duplicate Object Wizard sccicce ccsctesecegetees naan aa riara hae da anrea parapare A aaa aa aerae aaae iaaa irae
255. eccedveesed ctesstesecpeccenstceiestezsceiece Setting export options Exporting as SQL Script Part IX Database tools Common DB TOONS sccssccccscdcsctescocnicoscussatdeceencctecuedececuscabestvndendeceencd aE 393 Dependency Tree rra esasa andea ecsncitertecesesectectcduceettestedensedscecectcecteses saad eecusedvebeatecateadaesad sae stadteesedecduesixdteedsesees 393 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 9 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Using Navigation bar 395 Visual Database Designer 396 Using Navigation bar and Context MONU ceceeeceseceeeceeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeesaeseeecaeeeaeseeesaeeeaeseeeseeeeaeeeeeseeeeeneeeeeeaees 397 Diagram NaViQatoncrccvescccsearcs ants aeen tare t eee tina tan dent ra ousia ae ae ediad renner 399 Adding objects to diagrami arassa EEE NEE ENTENEN EENE Reuse aa 400 Removing objects irom diagrams sisi wiarcgiieee dices dane eal juean Alda alas geiaio dsini 401 Creating New table iarria aia iae denna aud aare pi EERTE aE 402 Creating relati ShipSnsisiienisureanen neadan Aa bAi 403 Working with multiple pages 404 Revers CNGINGSNING ce2cecidssscat cet scseces oven vecsdanede eieeesy Giwateued ened adovsaed dass catdiueasd Wud eeaianevee cata mnuenesy 404 Printing diagramas aisanana aaa aas aa Aaea a E ANa E aie SEENEN E AS EAEE 405 Print Proview dial0g cucaina eaaa datid ritiri narini 406 Print Setup Gialogis ct isccs teers aaea a A
256. ecssieesaterheeivadcedsoderseavessncstessvsnvaversees 102 Create Database wizard s sccccssssecsenssceceenseceenensceeeenseceeeenseceensnssceeesnseaeensnssaeensnsaeenenseaeenenss 105 Setting database NAME aeaaeae arrar a earar raa aaa a Ea r aar Ea Aea a Aaa ra ae Aaa a Aapee AKE A Ae Ea A dencextesdesnesncasdnecanceceed 106 Setting connection properties tees ccsceccisescwecsocedeccesceesecesaesas rectus ceccusacdseaccnesseeducesouestecteesccesetecuretocnsugcesstesadeuereneeed 106 Defining database files eseesesssensrsnneesecesseneensorsaeneneerseneesecesseneeneetsaeessnensanensenessenenseneenseesseenensersecensenen 108 Viewing result SQL statement ca 2c2 socccceccecccceccecccsceecteesaeecsiecueetectuesaesserancesceguerscuesnactosuacdecdsaueederauuseesanesvereuetenret 109 Register Database wizard Setting connection parameters Registering DB ona NOW NOSE ieiieccezescesset cca csececeeecctaceeesececestcenes teceetesteaceractecaesndeneisicsadescuedetdatdendersedeescesccesduteaeis 113 Setting specific options Database Registration Info Editing connection properties seeeeeeeseesseesseeeeeneesseeessneeseeeeseeesseeeesneeseneseseesseeeesaessseessnesaenessseessaneeseeeseeens 118 Setting Common database Options jess ccsccecteccccsceecensveesess cetentescuesecssdi cieescesdgvcstesbecteecaessedeadvcteeaseecesstededevuneeceue 119 Setting system Objects Options j ccsiesicsscsssescsinaiseceneiecs
257. ects To open Grant Manager select the Tools Grant Manager main menu item e Using Navigation bar and context menu e Managing database specific privileges e Managing column permissions Managing grants To define grants on database objects e select the Tools Grant Manager main menu item or use the corresponding oe toolbar button to open Grant Manager e select the object type using the drop down list on the toolbar e select a Useror Role from the Privileges for pane of the Navigation bar e edit user role privileges using Grant Manager Using Navigation bar and context menu The Navigation bar of Grant Manager allows you to select the database for grants management refresh the content of the window grant all privileges on all objects revoke all privileges on all objects select an existing database user role to grant privileges for view the legend restore the default size of the window 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 483 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual gt Database E employee on loopback General 2 Refresh Eal Restore default size Grant All on All Revoke All on All Privileges for a g Users v 8 pustic 123 B asa 8 syspBa Legend Revoked not set Granted Granted with grant option Has grants for columns The context menu is aimed at facilitating your work you can perform a variety of operation
258. ecution E DB Explorer Substitute constraints in query plan TE SQL Assistant Object Editors Ezz Table Editor O Show result for each query a Execute selected text separately v Write only successfully executed queries to database og file v Write onl sfull uted ies to datab SQL log fil Ed i C Show results on Edit tab fa SQL Monitor A F A A G Always save changes in Favorite Queries before closing SQL Script bg Query Builder F Refresh DB Explorer upon successful DDL statement execution Style amp Color g Toggle AutoDDL off by default ss Transaction confirmation E Visual Database Disable transaction confirmation Designer Color Palette Default action on closing the editor Commit v R Extract Database SA Print Metadata cR Data Export Database Monitor oe Dependencies mh Transactions Fonts Grid By defaut sary Always save changes in Favorite Queries before closing This option enables disables saving changes in SQL queries marked as Favorite automatically upon closing the editor Refresh DB Explorer upon successful DDL statement execution If this option is selected the content of DB Explorer is refreshed each time a DDL statement is executed successfully in SOL Editor Transaction confirmation M Disable transaction confirmation If this option is checked no transaction confirmation will be required on closing Visual Query Builder and SQL Editor Specify the default action Comm
259. ed color from the palette 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 545 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Editor Options X E Display Color Suker S Quick code C Show line numbers Display line state Width so TE sat Formatter Gutter auto width Use code folding Color Buttor ml Key Mappin bia y appre Right margin Code staples i Spell Checking i Can a SE Find Option V Visible Position s0 M Misibe Offset 2 C Word break Color B Gray ll Single color Color D cray kl Fonts C Show only fixed width fonts Set editor font Set line numbers font Background color Color l Numbering style Default x Courier New Besetto defauts 7 ape Code staples M Visible Makes the code staples visible in the editor window M Single color Check the option to apply a single color for code staples M Offset Specify the offset value for code staples Color Defines the code staples color in the editor window if the Single color option is deselected Select an item from the drop down list or click the ellipsis ual button to select a color using the Color dialog where you can specify the required color from the palette Fonts Use these options to set the fonts style size and color used in the editor If the Show only fixed width fonts option is checked only fonts with fixed width are displayed in the Font dialog See also General 2008
260. editor B Windows S Toos Confirm dropping of object E DB Explorer O Confirm exit from SQL Manager Ey SQL Assistant Object Editors EEn Table Editor Confirm successful compilation Confirm transaction commit E2 Procedure Editor Confirm transaction rollback a SQL Editor Confirm addition into spell checking dictionary E sal montor C Show client library warnings gt SQL Script l 3 Query Builder Show refresh database warnings Style amp Color Show NONE charset connection warnings Palette os Visual Database Designer Color Palette R Extract Database SA Print Metadata ER Data Export D Database Monitor Dependencies et Transactions Fonts gt E Grid By defaut sy 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 502 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Transaction confirmation in SQL Editor and Query Builder M Disable transaction confirmation on closing the editor If this option is checked no transaction confirmation will be required on closing SOL Editor and Query Builder Specify the default action Commit or Rollback and this action will be performed automatically each time when you exit Query Builder or SQL Editor See also Preferences Full mode activation Windows Tools Fonts Grid Localization Find Option 10 1 1 4 Windows Environment style This switch allows you to define the basic window environment MDI like Microsoft Office or
261. eld Editor for editing the field A right click displays the popup menu allowing you to create new edit or drop the selected field Using this menu you can also change the field order or create a copy of the field F compile Edit Field Ctrl Enter Restore default size Insert Field Ctrl Ins Delete Field Ctrl Del Move Up a New feid Move Down Column Name for the table column must be unique among column names in the table See Field Editor for getting information on creating a table field 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 156 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Add New Field 99 Field Ca Array 8 Check Column FIELD1 E Description C Not Null C Add to primary key Field based on Domain Standard data type COMPUTED BY expression Field type SMALLINT ml Field dimension Field character set Length D Charset Scale D collate C Field Defautt Default a See also Table Editor Field Editor 5 4 2 Table Editor Table Editor is the basic SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird tool for working with tables It allows you to create edit and drop table s fields indices foreign keys and other table subobjects manage table data and much more To open a table inthe Table Editor just double click it in the Explorer Tree see Edit Table for details Using navigation bar Managing table fie
262. elects an extra column line in column line selection modes Keep selection mode Enables selection for caret movement commands like in BRIEF M Select search result Determines whether the search result should be selected M Smart paste When this option is enabled the editor gets both Unicode and ANSI content from the clipboard converts them using the selected character set and selects the best text to be pasted This allows getting correct text copied from both ANSI and Unicode applications disregarding the currently selected keyboard language Disable all code features This option disables code completion code folding highlight and all options that are set on the Quick Code page For options that are set on the Color page the defaults will be applied Collapse level Specifies the level of text ranges that will be affected by the Collapse all command Undo limit Defines the maximum number of changes possible to be undone Tab mode Specifies the way the TAB key is processed Possible values are Use tab character inserts a tab character Insert spaces inserts space characters Dialog behaviour when the edit control is in a dialog the focus is switched to the next control Smart tab tabs to the first non white space character in the preceding line Tab stops Defines the tab length used when editing a text Comment symbols Defines the symbols which will be used to comment code fragments Block indent Specify the
263. ell max line count option 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 527 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual windows 5 k Tools ts DB Ext General options Grid layout preference H E aa Striped grids Autofit column widths S E Object Editors L Show editor immediately Save and restore layout E Table Editor C Always show editor C Restore sorting except SQL sort 344 Procedure Editor g Enable auto search in grid B sat Editor Row mutti selection Root level options E sal Monitor een SRAC Show Group By box Ci SQL Script C Column auto wicth Show indicator eke maid ne i C Cell auto height Show navigator yle amp Color Palette Cell max line count V Show New tem Row visual Database H Designer Detail level options C Show Group By box Show indicator Color Palette B Extract Database lt gt Print Metadata C Show navigator ER Data Export C Show New tem Row Database Monitor _ Hide tabs for single detail 2E Dependencies Et Transactions Data Options Sa Print Data FEEL Color 2 Formate By default wn Grid layout preference Autofit column widths Use this option to shrink the grid columns so that the longest visible column value fits Save and restore layout Use this option to keep the original grid width Check the Restore sorting opti
264. emove one See also UDF Editor 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 228 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 54 New U loyee on loopt Jes D eyes cnc I ome a oe 3 Compile Show SQL help gy Quick save amp Quick load Restore default size dP Append Insert Delete Move Up 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 229 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 9 Exceptions Exceptions are user defined errors and messages to use in stored procedures and triggers When raised by a trigger or a stored procedure the exception terminates the trigger or procedure in which it was raised and undoes any actions performed directly or indirectly by it returns an error message to the calling application Exceptions may be trapped and handled with a WHEN statement in a stored procedure or trigger Create exception To create a new exception e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Exception in the New Object dialog e Edit exception definition within the Exception Editor Hint To create new exception you can also right click the exceptions node of the explorer tree and select the New Exception item from the popup menu To create a new exception with the same properties as one of the existing exceptions has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of th
265. emplate any time for future use To start the wizard right click the object in DB Explorer select the Data Manipulation context menu group and proceed to the Export Data as SQL Script item within this group Alternatively you can open the Data tab of Table Editor View Editor or the Result s tab of SQL Editor Query Builder right click the grid there then select the Data Manipulation context menu group and proceed to the Export lt object_name gt as SQL Script item within this group or use the Export as SQL Script item of the Navigation bar e Defining the type of destination server Setting destination file name Setting BLOB options Selecting field to export Editing the result table definition Setting export options Exporting as SQL Script Using templates See also Export Data Wizard Import Data Wizard Defining the type of destination server This step of the wizard allows you to define the type of destination server you need to export data for The result script will be generated in compliance with the specifications of the selected server type DB2 InterBase Firebird Microsoft SQL Server MySQL oracle PostgreSQL 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 383 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual cy Export as SQL Script Wizard employee on loopback Export as SQL Script Choose type of destination server Welcome to the Export as SQL Sc
266. en the editor gets focus M Hide selection on losing focus Determines whether the visual indication of the selected text remains when the editor loses focus Memo editor options M Inserting Return characters Specifies whether a user can insert return characters into text M Inserting Tab characters Specifies whether a user can insert tab characters into text Word wrap in grid Determines whether long strings are wrapped in grid MV Popup memo editors Turns on popup memo editors for text BLOB type fields 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 536 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Environment Options O aaaa a B Fay SaL Assistant 7 Ly Sen Editors Common options EB Table Editor E E R E7 Procedure Editor open ae ee v Hide selection on losing focus BM sar editor a amp SQL Monitor E gt sat Script S S Query Builder Style amp Color Palette EN Visual Database H Designer Color Palette amp Extract Database B Print Metadata oR Data Export Database Monitor E Dependencies Memo editor options Inserting Return characters C Inserting Tab characters Word wrap in grid Popup memo editors Spin editor options im Use Ctrl Up instead of Up to increase value C Show large increment buttons la ica Increment Large increment 10 w at Transactions m Fonts S E Grid Spin editor buttons position Vertical O Hor
267. ena 159 Changing fields Order cisissccostesccecs staesteswseen iaieiiea adai e aeiiaaie Nd Ripene 160 Editing table constraints aiia arasen a eE Ee EAEE E EENE ia TASE E EETA 161 USING NAVIGATION Dales lt 5 lt 2i2ccas 8 ietsceacedts Wescicicede cedeyeeecad eaetegiateans fidpii a dene ae eiiie radiadi ra 162 Managing primary key Sisirin nan aaa a ai aa aAA Eia RAA 163 Primary Key Ed OT eisssnsnsnenenravvas aaaeaii ninne aE EN 165 Editing primary key definition 165 Managing foreign Key Sis iiccai 0 ceseretecce eer dnc aeeenarad alana beeailai arenes 166 Foreign Key Editon cissie avaa aaaea ined Aida india anda 168 Editing foreign key Cetinition siscvsczdiees coves seseze se neeiyeeeeste cab acea utes siao yea a Ed 169 Managing Che ckSisirs ictcc ieecctact isc ceiieainedivi nae Ainiei net crusades mained tein 170 Gheck Editor 2sccesisd niiina id aea da nile eed daard Eoia owed ad 172 Editing check detinitioniss 4 i i sitar ieaiadiacnsastieari medina sirveestiiivathettin Grea dain 172 Matiaging Unique Key Si sraideau aeiaai tates ected eel deca 173 Uniques Editor asiingie E cenit EEEE TIE E ENE RNE 175 Editing unique key definitiOMs isisingit aei 176 IManaging INdiCOS ws asaiitientiancedeiiaaediih EEA EE 176 Managing ThOQEISi e2s c ce eoeestysece a tataestese eae adest diuidi ai levees ascaisiieshuriela ss aadeate deanna 177 FIGIAS E E EEE E E ecceancesdecteeatesueysadeececuseceyheseaed EE EE E E EE 179 Field EGON dinaanan
268. ending on whether you have checked the M Extract all metadata and data of the database option at the Selecting source database step upon pressing the Next button you will either proceed to the next step of the wizard or you will be immediately forwarded to the Setting BLOB options step and then to the Customizing script options step of the wizard 9 1 4 3 Setting extraction mode This step allows you to specify the extraction mode choose whether structure only data only or both are to be extracted 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 417 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual C Extract Database Wizard employee on loopback Extract Database Select database components to extract You can select to extract either database structure or table data only or both Which components would you like to extract Extract both of structure and data Extract structure only Extract data only Click the Next button to proceed to the Setting BLOB options step of the wizard 9 1 4 4 Setting BLOB options BLOB options In this group of options you can determine whether BLOB fields are not to be extracted extracted as strings or extracted into a separate file If the latter is selected you also need to specify the File name the b o file where the BLOB data are to be stored and the location of the file on your local machine using the Save as button M Compress file Check thi
269. eneneeeeneseeeseeeseeseseeseeneneeeseesseeseerseesenseanees Excel options Data format Fields Options Styles Extensions Hyperlinks drepinn rr a E E EE Aai E TIN ea unanininenn 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 8 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Notes Charts Gell E EE E ineess 341 Merged Cells svsecsstescevecectencevvonsseevecnecneseseeeetaeiy aagi peniad peii aAA E des 342 Advanced sarmer SE EEE ENA ASETA 342 JACCOSS OPON Snap ietie odidi eia a reap araarida eaaa a geia erated adiada eda eae 343 Word RTF OPUONS csse iiiaae divin a aa ad ENE ai EEA EN 344 Base Siles scesesissedet Qaeda eeeena aren ie Oraa a iaei ea eaa TS Ere daaa 345 Strip Styles HTML OPON S oiei ces sieeadd cates a tacnecee eee anaes awa teted nad plqnans clad citaiseaits Wieavnaisene inet eet Preview Basic Multi file Advanced PDF OPON Snia didn ae AEE EE aAa EEN aia ded TXT Optom ii cecea tne awea aigada dedo e ea E e e AEE ENEA ENE n CSV OptlONS prins A A E E EEEa a TE AS aera XML OPON Seron hadlari hastan aneian aeaa e aaa iaasa rate adiada dh wera NE Eri MS Ex el 2007 OptOM Sesiinae aasre i destin deni a EAA E EATER RAES LSN Sa EA AES 354 MS Word 2007 OPON S ficccrcisscceas astern ie iiien Taea aA AEE EA Ge NP Eia 356 ODF OION leepeeereerpreeree eee errr a aaa EEE ETE NA E Ea eaaa AENA EAE a EAS EEE EAA 359 Setting COMMON export OPTIONS 2 c ceescecceseeeeeeeneeseecneeeneeneeenee
270. ent Center td Capitalization Unchange Besettodetauts y ey When setting colors select an item from the drop down list or click the ellipsis t button to select a color using the Color dialog where you can specify the required color from the palette See also 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 547 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 10 1 2 4 General Display Quick Code SOL Formatter Key Mapping Spell Checking Find Option Quick Code Select an object in the Completion list of objects and set quick code parameters for the selected object For your convenience the preview area to the right of the Completion list illustrates the changes being made to each of the objects Repeat this procedure for each of the objects M Code completion If this option is checked then on typing the first word characters in the SQL text editor you will be offered some variants for the word completion in a popup list an analogue of the Code Insight feature in Delphi IDE The popup list will appear after a period of time defined by the Delay option Sensitivity This option allows you to set the number of characters to be typed before code completion is activated Specify whether items of the code completion list should be sorted by type or by name and check the M Sort field names option to apply sorting for field names as well M Code parameters If th
271. ent all C Program Files Firebird Firebird_2 1 ihinto Detect Automatically Authentication type Normal traditional IB FB authentication with security database O Win32 NTLM authentication only for FB 2 1 or above Mixed Path to server security database isc4 gdb admin ib security fab CAProgram Files Firebird Firebird_2 1betaisecurity2 fdb Path to database utilites CProgram Files Firebird Firebird_2_1 Bin Host options Specify the location of client library and server security database set some specific options for registered host Click Finish button when done to start working with the selected host in SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird Login prompt before connection Enables SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird to prompt for user name and password each time you connect to the database M Autoconnect on startup Check the option to set the automatic connection to the host on startup M Connect to the host automatically when connecting to any its database When checked automatically connects to the host when trying to connect to any of its databases M Don t show client library warnings 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 131 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Turn this option on to skip the message of client library version incompatibility See also Database Registration Info Host Registration Info M Connection
272. ent library gds32 dllbclient dil for InterBase C Program Files Borland Inter Base binigds32 d Je Detect Automatically Firebird Authentication type Detect Automatically Setting specific options This step of the wizard allows you to set the database registration options using the corresponding tabs General database options Log settings Database name Select the database name to register from the drop down list Database Alias Any database alias that is convenient for you e g Customers or My Test Database This alias will be displayed in the DB Explorer window Charset Specify an active character set to use for subsequent database attachments Get Default button chooses the default charset which was set on creation of database Test Connection button allows you to check whether you are connected to the database at the moment 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 115 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Register Database Wizard Register Database Set some specific options for registered database s and click the Finish button Database name C Program Files Firebird Firebird_1_5 Database alias employee on localhost Charset NONE v Get defaut Test Connection n General Logs Eont charset DEFAULT_CHARSET p Refresh objects on connection Fi Autoconnect on startup C Create new tab for this database Edit aliases file only Firebird Fi Lo
273. ent process design explore and maintain existing databases build compound SQL query statements manage database user rights and manipulate data in different ways Data Export for MySQL Export your data to any of 15 most popular data formats including MS Access MS Excel MS Word PDF HTML and more Data Import for MYSQL Import your data from MS Access MS Excel and other popular formats to database tables via user friendly wizard interface Data Pump for MySQL Migrate from most popular databases MySQL PostgreSQL Oracle DB2 InterBase Firebird etc to MySQL Data Generator for MySQL Generate test data for database testing purposes in a simple and direct way Wide range of data generation parameters DB Comparer for MySQL Compare and synchronize the structure of your databases Move changes on your development database to production with ease DB Extract for MySOL Create database backups in the form of SQL scripts save your database structure and table data as a whole or partially SQL Query for MySQL Analyze and retrieve your data build your queries visually work with query plans build charts based on retrieved data quickly and more Data Comparer for MySQL Compare and synchronize the contents of your databases Automate your data migrations from development to production database d D da o am E Scroll to top Microsoft SQL 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 46 SQL Man
274. er processor recommended Microsoft Windows NT4 with SP4 or later Microsoft Windows 2000 Microsoft Windows 2000 Server Microsoft Windows XP Microsoft Windows 2003 Server Microsoft Windows Vista 64MB RAM or more 128MB or more recommended 50MB of available HD space for program installation Super VGA 800x600 or higher resolution video adapter and monitor Super VGA 1024x768 or higher resolution video adapter and monitor recommended Microsoft Mouse or compatible pointing device InterBase Firebird client Possibility to connect to any local or remote InterBase Firebird 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 18 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 1 3 Feature Matrix The FREE Lite version of SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird does not include all features of the Full version and has some limitations concerning the number of the databases that can be registered and a number of data manipulation and server maintenance tools The detailed feature matrix is given below Note that when using the FREE Lite version of SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird you can activate a 30 day period of fully functional usage After the period expires you will be able to continue using the Lite version For more information on activating the Full version features see Full Mode activation 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 19 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird Us
275. er s Manual 1 4 Installation If you are installing SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird for the first time on your PC download the SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird distribution package from the download page available at our site unzip the downloaded file to any local directory e g C unzipped run IbManagerFull exe from the local directory and follow the instructions of the installation wizard after the installation process is completed find the SQL Manager shortcut in the corresponding group of Windows Start menu If you want to upgrade an installed copy of SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird to the latest version download the executable file of SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird from the download page available at our site unzip the downloaded file to any local directory e g C unzipped close SQL Manager application if it is running replace the previous version of SQL Manager by copying the unzipped executable file to the C program_directory location run SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird using its shortcut in the corresponding group of Windows Start menu Also you can use the full distribution package to upgrade your current version of SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird In this case you should repeat the steps you have made for the first time installation Note that the full distribution package is larger than a single executable file See also License agreeme
276. ery1 L ReportSummary ReportSummary1 Pagel TfrxReportPage Properties Events BackPicture Not assigned Qe BackPicturePrint True BackPictureVisib True BottomMargin 0 Color Mi cione Columns 0 DataSet Not assigned m BackPicture The background page picture GSEX DEB BE hA pR 13 31 0 00 Centimeters Note The Object Inspector that allows you to edit report object properties can be opened by pressing the F11 key See also Create Report Wizard Report Viewer 9 1 7 2 1 Adding dialog form To add a dialog form select the File New Dialog main menu item in Report Designer The new dialog appears within the DialogPagel tab of the designer Use the available RAD tools to add necessary interface elements to the dialog 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 440 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual File Edit Report View Help MITTERET CEE 00 CI TTo 7 BIu z 4 ml 100 I Report B Data Paget DialogPage1 A EJ ES ao DialogPaget TfrxDialogPaar v nanna Properties Events BorderStyle sSizeable mla Caption Color C clBtnFace la TFont x r DialogPage1 To call the dialog proceed to the Code tab and supply the corresponding statement PascalScript e g begin DialogPage1 ShowModal
277. es 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 296 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Fr Copy Cell C Paste Cell Copy All Records Shift Ctrl C Copy Selected Records Paste Records Shift Ctrl Vv Data Manipulation Quick Fitter Disable Fitter Clear Sorting Set Value mee Edit BLOB Save BLOB to File Expand All Collapse All eee Next Tab Ctrl Alt N 489 Previous Tab Ctrl Alt P Show Linked Details Grid Levels Visible Columns Fit Columns Widths Ctrie i Grid Mode amp Properties See also Grouping data Filtering records Working in multi level mode Create Grid Level wizard Working in card view mode Column Summary 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 297 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 7 1 1 4 Working in multi level mode One of unique features of SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird is the ability to work with data in multi level mode to view and modify data in several related tables simultaneously To manage grid levels right click the grid and select the Grid Levels context menu group Items of this group allow you to e add a new grid level using Create Grid Level Wizard e delete the current grid level e switch between the ordinary Table View and the Card View modes Fields Constraints Indices Triggers Dependencies Data Permissions Description a lt gt M a X
278. es os Rebuild Index Wizard Rebuild Indices Specify the database to recompute or rebuild indices Welcome to the Rebuild Indices Wizard This wizard allows you to rebuild or recompute the specified indices The wizard will recompute the selectivity of a specified index or activates deactivates an index reactivating a deactivated index rebuilds and rebalances an index Database 8 EMPLOYEE on serg 3052 C F B_DB EMPLOYEE FDB Shutdown database before service start Execution mode lise Use services See also Specific DB Tools Selecting database for indices management Database Use the drop down list of all registered databases on the selected host to specify the database to manage indexes in Optionally you may set that the database should be switched into a single user mode before indices management and select it to be brought back online on finishing the operation with the help of appropriate options Execution mode The group defines whether services or local utilities FB will be used to perform backup 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 472 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 9 2 6 2 os Rebuild Index Wizard ax Rebuild Indices Specify the database to recompute or rebuild indices Welcome to the Rebuild Indices Wizard This wizard allows you to rebuild or recompute the specified indices The wizard will recompute the selectivity of a spec
279. es Version 4 0 January 27 2006 Latest InterBase and Firebird versions support Compatible with any InterBase server version up to 7 5 Trigger messages support 1 e Compatible with any Firebird server version up to 2 0 e e e Support of BLOB Filters 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 31 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 2 Significantly improved user interface e Office 11 and Windows XP visual schemes support e New well described Wizard System e New useful Navigation Bars in most of the windows e New Windows Toolbar to switch between windows easily like in Windows Task Bar 3 Improved Database Explorer e Creating tabs for any tree node to access it in one click e Work with multiple selected objects at a time e Much more convenient toolbar and context menu 4 Completely remade Visual Database Designer e Obvious new look e Two diagram notations IDEF1x and IE e Improved diagram navigation e Several pages in one diagram to divide diagram into different subject areas e A lot of visual customization options 5 New powerful data management tools e Plenty of useful tools such as data grouping summarizing fast searching and filtering e Master Detail View to work with two linked tables at the same time e Table and Card Views to see data the way you like e Ability to copy and paste selected records e Advanced printing system e Fully customizable interface 6 New and
280. es See Using tabs for database navigation section for details See also Managing database registration info Connecting to databases Operations with database objects Selecting multiple objects Using tabs for database navigation Recently opened objects Creating projects Searching within the tree SQL Assistant Configuring Database Explorer 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 96 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 4 Database management SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird provides a number of tools you may need to manage your InterBase Firebird databases Find the list of common database management operations for working in SQL Manager below Registering Hosts In order to register a Host in SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird e select the Database Register Host main menu item or use the corresponding Register Host amp toolbar button or e right click the Host and select the Register Host context menu item in the DB Explorer tree e set all the necessary options using Register Host wizard which guides you through the entire process of Host registration Unregistering Hosts In order to unregister a Host in SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird e select the Host to unregister in the DB Explorer tree e select the Database Unregister Host main menu item or use the corresponding Unregister Host E toolbar button or e right click the Host and select the U
281. et custom font Editor Options Color Set custom font Editor Options Quick Code C inoan Jp The Available options area lists all options of the Editor Options category according to the specified name Select the required option in the list and click Show Option to open the corresponding dialog where you can view edit the value of this option See also General Display Color Quick Code SQL Formatter Key Mapping Spell Checking 10 1 3 Visual Options Visual Options allow you to customize the application interface style to your liking To open the Visual Options window select the Options Visual Options main menu item or use the Visual Options button on the main toolbar Use the Scheme name box to select the interface scheme you would like to be applied 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 556 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual MS Office 11 style MS Office XP style MS Office 2000 style Windows XP native style or Classic style Bars and menus Trees and lists Edit controls Check boxes Buttons Page controls Group boxes Splitters Navigation bar Find Option For your convenience the previews illustrating the changes are displayed in the Sample Group area at the bottom of each section within the Visual options dialog It is also possible to create one s own interface scheme if necessary e set your preferences within the available sections of the Visual Options dialog Bar
282. etween child windows Enjoy your work with SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird EE SOL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird EMPLOYEE on serg 3052 C FB_DB EMPLOYEE FDB fer i Database View Tools Services Plugins Options Windows Help ee ee ee Pee fe i E create gt ia J a E Table CUSTOMER EMPLOYEE on sere 3052 i Search d z a Fields Constraints Indices Triggers Dependencies Data Permissions Description DDL Databases a 14 gt Ha X a k a F Find ET j 8 enor serg 3052 is J EMPLOYEE on serg 3052 E customer x 8 Domains 15 iee as CUST_N CUSTOMER CONTACT_FI CONTACT_LAST M PHONE_NO 53 Tables 10 Genta J 6 FS Views 1 1 001 Signature Design Dale J Little fe 9 530 2710 S Procedures 10 E Refresh 1 002 Dallas Technologies Glen Brown let 4 980 2233 UDFs Go Grants on table 1 003 Buttle Griffith and Co James Buttle 617 488 1864 E Triggers 4 amp Print g 1 004 Central Bank Elizabeth Brocket ist 211 99 88 E POST_NEW_ORDER i oe g 1 005 DT Systems LTD Tai Wu 852 8604398 Sl save_SALARY_CHAN S ser CUST Noon Export Data Wizard EMPLOYEE on serg 3052 SET_EMP_NO on EM i z nep Data Wizard Export Data E ES Exceptions 5 a o Ui Generators 2 u BLOB Fitters i Compile Welcome to the Export Data Wizard Roles i te wel This wizard allows you to export table data to most popular data
283. ey columns from the Available columns list to the Selected columns list The Key columns area allows you to select the fields of the table to be used as the key fields for the import process To select a field you need to move it from the Available columns list to the Selected e lisa eale columns list Use the buttons or drag and drop operations to move the fields from one list to another Click the Next button to proceed to the Customizing common options step 8 2 7 Customizing common options Use this step of the wizard to set common import options The detailed description of these options is given below 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 380 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual oy Import Data Wizard Import Data Customize common import options Commit Commit when done Commit after each block Commit changes manually Block size 100 y Record count Import all records O Import only Commit Commit when done Commits the transaction when all records are imported Commit after each block Inserts the COMMIT statement after a defined number of records Commit changes manually Select this option if you intend to commit the transaction manually Block size Use the spin edit box to define the number of records in each committed block Record count Import all records Specifies that all records of the source file will be i
284. f misprints the Edit button to change the selected misprint the Delete button to remove the selected misprint from the vocabulary and the Clear button to empty the list of misprints for the currently selected substitution It is also possible to exclude a misprint from spell checking without deleting the misprint This misprint will therefore remain in the vocabulary but it will be ignored by the spelling checker To mark a misprint as excluded you need to move it from the Check list to the Ignore 5 R list Use the buttons or drag and drop operations to move the misprints from one list to another See also General Display Color Quick Code SOL Formatter Key Mapping Find Option 10 1 2 8 Find Option The Find Option section allows you to search for options available within the Editor Options dialog easily and quickly Option In this field you can enter the name of the option to search for within SQL Manager Editor Options 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 555 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Editor Options X E General am Display Color Option font a Quick Code Available Options Option Kind Category Group SaL Formater Set line numbers font Editor Options Display Fonts E Key Mapping s l AD Set editor font Editor Options Display Fonts Vv Spell Checking F i BuU EEEN Show only fixed width fonts Editor Options Display Fonts an Dee S
285. f the available formats HTML file Excel file Text file RTF file CSV file HTML file BMP image Excel table OLE JPEG image TIFF image i lolx Sa6H4 08 2 ox Qoa BuU a gt gt i Close Date Time 14 Sewape 2008 Logn SYSOBA Database C Shared TestDB s db fdb Tabk BUDGET1 ie le BUDGET1 Fie Name Type Computed Not Null Def al ROD se ATID ATE Rd a ee 30 Re Tava 0 F200 CNUMERIC I5 2 E Fas NUMERIC IS 2 TT F4CNUMERIC IS 2 o o FS CNUMERIC IS 2 o y o Fe mercas 2 oo o Page 1of2 See also 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 426 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 9 1 6 9 1 6 1 Using Navigation bar HTML Report Wizard HTML Report wizard allows you to generate a detailed HTML report of the selected database objects To start HTML Report Wizard select the Tools HTML Report main menu item or use the HTML Report az button on the main toolbar e Selecting database and directory e Selecting object types e Specifying CSS for HTML report e Setting additional report options e Creating HTML report e Using templates See also Dependency Tree Visual Database Designer SOL Script Editor Extract Database Wizard Print Metadata Reports management SOL Monitor Selecting database and directory At this step of the wizard you should select the source database for the report Output directory Type in or use th
286. field types is eliminated 5 Extract Metadata We have added the showing CHARACTER SET property for input and output parameters of the stored procedures 6 Extract Metadata Eliminated showing COLLATE and NOT NULL properties for domain based fields 7 Search in Metadata Fixed the bug with hanging up the program on trying to start search with an empty string 8 The Access Violation arose when closing database if the connection to the server was lost The problem is fixed 9 Main Menu DataBase Disconnect from DataBase now works fine Version 3 8 0 1 August 23 2004 1 Duplicate Table With this version you can copy the table data just as the table structure 2 Print Data View Now you can customize column widths using the new dialog that is accessible through the Tune Column Widths button on the toolbar of the Print View tab 3 Reports With this version you can save your reports to XLS RTF HTML JPEG BMP and TIFF files We have added the new save filters for this purpose 4 Print Data View Now the program saves page settings 5 Print Data View Now the program displays the table name on each page of the report 6 Print Data View Fixed a bug that caused incorrect showing of the table report after 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 35 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual changing page parameters Now the program correctly shows printable reports for tab
287. fine the template expression In the upper right area of the window you can change the case of the template expression You can deactivate an existing template by selecting it from the list on the left and removing the Active flag of the template Keyboard Templates Active Template Add Template Case of Templates Edit Template Gah a Uppercase Delete Template O Lowercase ji Old style O First upper i EA l p lat CREATE TABLE in emplate Edit Template F2 Delete Template Del IV IV SEL SEL TT v M u laaj gt Reset to deft conce _ Ciee If necessary you can also edit the template name using the Edit Template button delete the template using the Delete Template button or edit the template expression within the Expansion area of the window For faster editing you can use the Cursor Author Time Date Clipboard Marker buttons Once you have defined the templates you can use them in SQL Editor First of all make sure that the M Auto launch keyboard templates option is selected on the Quick Code page of the Editor Options dialog When editing SQL text in SQL Editor type a template name and use the Ctr J shortcut the text associated with the template Expansion will be inserted automatically 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 575 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual See also SOL Manager Options L
288. for InterBase Firebird User s Manual A io B Enrovee on sel M Connect C Disconnect C Transaction Start _ Transaction Commit _ Transaction Rollback g Debug Trigger Show SQL help Text editor Default Value Variable Type Description Restore default size dP Append e Insert Delete BEGIN UPDATE COUNTER SET CONNECT_COUNTER CONNECT _COUNTER 1 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 256 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 6 Query management tools When using SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird you are provided with two basic tools you may need to manage your SQL queries SQL Editor for editing SQL query text directly and Visual Query Builder for building queries visually Find the list of common SQL query management operations below Creating new queries In order to create a new query in SQL Editor e select the Tools New SQL Editor main menu item or use the corresponding toolbar button e click the Add new query item of the Navigation bar e edit the query text within the Edit tab of SOL Editor In order to create a new query in Query Builder e select the Tools New Query Builder main menu item or use the corresponding toolbar button e build the query visually within the Builder tab of Visual Query Builder Editing queries In order to open a query in SQL Editor e select the Tools Show SQL Editor main me
289. for connecting to the database server Password Password for connecting to the server Role Specify the role that you adopt on connection to the database You must have previously been granted membership in the role to gain the privileges of that role 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 113 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Register Database Wizard Register Database Specify the connection parameters i User name SYSDBA i Password io for InterBase Firebird RARKRAAK Click the Next button to proceed to the Setting specific options step or to the Registering DB on a new host step of the wizard depending on whether the Database is located on a new host has been selected or not 4 3 2 Registering DB on a new host Note this step is skipped if you chose Database is located on a new host in the beginning Set the connection properties in the corresponding boxes protocol host name user name password and misc For more details see Register Host wizard SSH connection settings and Setting specific options 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 114 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 4 3 3 Register Database Wizard Register Database Specify the connection parameters Protocol Local WI V75 1 80 InterBase Host name localhost x Port service gds_db User name SYSDBA Password KEENER Role Path to cli
290. for empty details E An visual Database 3 B 4 Designer Card width 200 Vertical Color Palette g Form view Show edit buttons Extract Database v i Eo Large memo editor oneer Sa Number of lines n E2 ER Data Export D Database Monitor E Dependencies t Transactions m Fonts S E Grid Data Options Print Data coor amp Formats By default For focused record C Word wrap in memo editor C Word wrap in string editor O Always Form view M Large memo editor Sets the number of lines for text typed fields when viewing data in Form view M Word wrap in memo editor Determines whether long strings are wrapped within the memo editor area M Word wrap in string editor Determines whether long strings are wrapped within the string editor area Grid lines Determines whether to display verticaland horizontal lines between cells Detail tabs position Specifies the position of the tabs in detail level views topor left Card layout direction Specifies the direction of cards in Card View mode horizontalor vertical Show edit buttons 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 535 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Indicates when the edit buttons are displayed never for focused record or always 10 1 1 9 5 Column Options Common options M Auto select text Determines whether all text within an editor is automatically selected wh
291. format for transaction parameter block 4 Total messages 2937 9 3 4 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Open messages file Find text in the messages file loaded jump to a certain message by number Perform export import operations Bring the window to its default size The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of IB Messages Editor gt General AB Open messages file Find text S Go to message cR Export to text file Of Import from text file Restore default size 9 3 4 2 Go to message dialog The dialog allows to jump straight to the message with a certain number decimal or hexadecimal The Go To Message Number dialog can be called by selecting corresponding items either Server Messages navigation bar or context menu 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 488 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 9 3 4 3 9 3 5 Message number 190046 Search type Hexadecimal Decimal See also Server Messages Editor Editing Server Messages IB Messages Editor allows you to view an edit system messages of InterBase Firebird server It may be useful for finding the exact message you need editing standart server message to you likings or simply translating it messages into your native language Original text information type inappropriate for object specified Total chars
292. formats such as MS Reports Ms J B Excel MS Access HTML XML PDF and much more Favorite Queries H Destinationiformat T Projects A e cy tree S Q MS Excel O Text file O DEF j OMS Access O csv file OMS Excel 2007 OMS Word ODF file OMS Word 2007 ORTF OSYLK file ODF Spreadsheets Ls OHTML O LaTex ODF Text SET TERM O PDF OxmL Drag a column header here to group by that column Specify destination file name and format for exporting your data CREATE TRIGGER SET ENP Field Name Destination file name INACTIVE BEFORE INSERT 5 El country CAEMStibManager_S001 CUSTOMER xls POSITION 0 5 cuRRENCY as l BEGIN Ks if nev emp_no is te Ie SA DELETE_EMPLOYEE E 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 53 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual See also Database Explorer Database management Database objects management Query management tools Data management Import Export tools Database tools Server tools Personalization External tools 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 54 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 2 1 Selecting style and language Before you start SQL Manager for the first time you have to choose the environment style and the interface language You can always change these settings using the Environment Options dialog Opti
293. ful security management e Excellent visual and text tools for query building e Impressive data export and import abilities e Powerful visual database designer e Powerful stored procedure debugger e Easy to use wizards performing InterBase Firebird operations mi Grid View Form View Print Data Blob View Records fetched 31 Modifie See also Navigation within BLOB Editor Editing as Hexadecimal Editing as Text Editing as Rich Text Editing as Image 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 319 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Editing as HTML 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 320 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 7 2 Custom Filter The Custom Filter dialog is one of the filtering facilities implemented in Data View for your convenience To open the dialog click the Arrow Down button next to the column caption and select the Custom item from the drop down list Select a logical operator for checking the column values like is less than is greater than etc and set a value to be checked by this operator in the corresponding box on the right Custom Filter Show rows where JOB_CODE like vi MNGR O AND OOR like w SRep Use _to represent any single character Use to represent any series of characters If necessary you can set the second condition and spe
294. g E SALARY E FULL_NAME Allow captions Tenpltes_Jv If you leave all the fields in the Available fields list all fields of the table except BLOBs will be exported M Allow captions Check this option if you need to export the field captions as well Click the Next button to proceed to the Adjusting data formats step of the wizard 8 1 3 Adjusting data formats This step allows you to customize formats applied to exported data Edit the format masks to adjust the result format in the way you need Integer Float Date Time DateTime Currency Boolean True Boolean False NULL string Decimal separator Thousand separator Date separator Time separator For more details refer to Format specifiers 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 334 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual a Export Data Wizard employee on loopback og Data Wizard Export Data Adjust formats for exported data if necessary Data formats Integer format Float format Date format MM ddyvyyy Time format h mm SQL a Manager DateTime format MM dd yyyy h mm for urrency form f c format InterBase Firebird Boolean False Null string Decimal Separator Thousand Separator Date Separator l l Time Separator Click the Next button to proceed to the Setting header and footer step of the wizard 8 1 4 Setting header and footer Set Header text and Footer text for th
295. g Sirsa e Aid werd ee Aa Ae ee elisa RA SPOSCIYING MANGIA ws cece cedess ctecesessenae aces adeeenusneateeeusiein e apaa aiaa Ey a aE d Ea eN Specifying other page settings Report Desigher issia crete ccstcteig eed teielint dees daw aeeeedee al eaaa taad db eueaedaicaneedl aac awed Adding dialog TOM sisirin aeaa aiaa aa N Adding database and query COMponents cscceceeeeeeeeeeeeseceeeeeeeaeeeeesaeeeaeeaeeeaeseeeeeeeaeeeeeseeeaeeeeeeeeeeaeees 441 Adding report data aiiis pig E a EE E A 442 Viewing the ropottisienuniteitoressnainen iener da aiite e raa aed akitia ide MoE ae 444 Saving the report sssrini ta tial tia iia AAE E ENI NE aAA IAA a EE OAOE a annie 445 Report Vio Wen esisiini aieeaii ianiai ainas A E eiad gei Draai 446 Using Navigation Dar sisii aaae ETE E AEA E EA AA ASEE SEE EASE ania 447 SQL MONON aeann a E E E E A E A EE T 447 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 10 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Using Navigation bar 448 Working with SQL Monitor 448 Specifi DB TOOS aieiaa anara a eae ra Gece ok beac eat co eae es aa e E peas ce nuaucesnandlvat essberetenceceetty 450 Backup database canara aaar era na aae EAEn aAa aaae Ae NSA Sna aAa ran a Eaa EA EAE OTAS EA AES 450 Selecting database to bAackuPs scecivicccdeceasetsscdacescevacendenchesscpadessaensccsethiicauesuoessccivunse csacgisnaicdvscndessecdhcoeceesatediads 451 Setting backup GO PtlO
296. gement Solutions 605 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual To modify a task select the task in the list and click the Edit Item link of the Navigation bar or select Edit Item in the context menu You can also use the Enter key for the same purpose To remove a task select the task in the list and click the Delete Item link of the Navigation bar or select Delete Item in the context menu You can also use the Del key for the same purpose To remove all tasks from To Do List click the Delete all link of the Navigation bar or select Delete all in the context menu You can also use the Ctr Del shortcut for the same purpose 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 606 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 12 15 Starting process Viewing results At the last step of the Wizard when all necessary options are set press Finish to begin the process The progress and its results will be displayed on screen and if needed can be copied to the clipboard Database Backup Click Finish to start backup Process completed successfully Operations Result SQL gbak writing privilege for user SYSDBA anager gbak writing privilege for user SYSDBA M gbak writing privilege for user SYSDBA for gbak writing privilege for user SYSDBA InterBase gbak writing privilege for user SYSDBA Firebird gbak writing privilege for user SYSDBA gbak writing privilege f
297. ger To drop a DB trigger e select the DB trigger to drop in the DB Explorer tree e right click the object and select the Drop DB Trigger lt DB trigger_name gt context menu item e confirm dropping in the dialog window Note If more convenient you can also use the following shortcuts Ctrl N to create a new DB trigger Ctri O to edit the selected DB trigger Shift Del to drop the object from the database 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 251 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 13 1 Database Trigger Editor Database Trigger Editor allows you to define role properties and membership It opens automatically when you create a new DB trigger and is available on deleting existing one To open a DB trigger in Database Trigger Editor double click it in the DB Explorer tree e Using Navigation bar Editing DB Trigger definition Browsing object dependencies Editing object description Viewing object operations Viewing DDL definition New Database Trigger EMPLOYEE on serg 3052 BAX Object 2 Database Trigger Messages Dependencies Description Operations DDL 8 EMPLOYEE on serg im Name NEW _DBTRIGGER2 On event General 2 Connect C Disconnect g C Transaction Start _ Transaction Commit _ Transaction Rollback Compile g Debug Trigger Position o la Is active S atthe bin Variables EJ Text editor Name Default Value Variable Type Des
298. ger 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual script With IF statements Check this option to add the IF keyword to the DROP statements in the result script M Create empty procedures This option specifies whether procedures with empty bodies are included in the result script or not M Extract dependent objects This option determines objects dependencies usage in the extraction process Check the option to extract all objects that the selected objects depend on i Extract Database Wizard employee on loopback Extract Database Select additional options for destination script and click the Finish button Script Options erate ATABASE tatemer C Include Password in CONNECT and CREATE DATABASE statements tate erator d Include object descriptions d Include trigger messages Include privileges Firebird C Use dependencies Data Options Records in a block 600 C Insert COMMIT statement after each block Abort extraction on error Data options Records in a block M Insert COMMIT statement after each block These controls allow you to define whether the COMMIT statement is added to the script or not and to specify the number of records in each block to be supplemented with this statement M Abort extraction on error This option determines whether the extraction process should be stopped or forced to continue if an error occurs 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 422 S
299. gin prompt before connection The General tab Font charset Specify the character set to be used to display data in the grid M Refresh objects on connection This option allows you to enable disable refreshing objects on connection to the database It is highly recommended to uncheck this option if your database contains many objects or if connection to the database is slow M Login prompt before connection Enables SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird to prompt for user name and password each time you connect to the database M Autoconnect at startup With this option set connection to the registered database is established automatically at 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 116 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual application startup M Edit aliases file only Firebird Allows changing local Firebird server aliases file General Logs Enable log of metadata changes Log file cLogs meta log Enable log of SQL Editor queries Log file ciogs sql log The Logs tab allows you to set log options for the database MV Enable log of metadata changes Check this option if you wish to log metadata changes of your database in a file Log file This field is enabled if the Enable log of metadata changes option is selected Type in or use the Save as button to specify the path to the sq file to store the metadata logs Enable log of SQL Editor queries Check this
300. h i G SQL Script Detect erroneous objects akg Query Builder Style amp Color Palette Refresh object on showing in SQL Assistant ai Visual Database ry Designer E Color Palette amp Extract Database B Print Metadata ER Data Export D Database Monitor 2 Dependencies mh Transactions m Fonts S E Grid By atau Aeey Fl Search by categories Erroneous object color Window Bg C Rename objects by editing in place ka Recent objects count 10 10 1 1 5 1 1 SQL Assistant Tables Details in SQL Assistant Switches the SOL Assistant mode for displaying table fields indices foreign keys table status definition or description Also you can set the mode for displaying views UDF s procedures exceptions and generators 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 507 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Environment Options E Preferences E Confirmations B Windows Tools Eza Table Editor E2 Procedure Editor B SQL Editor a SQL Monitor gt SQL Script bg Query Builder Style amp Color Palette a Visual Database Designer Color Palette R Extract Database SA Print Metadata cR Data Export D Database Monitor oe Dependencies et Transactions Fonts Grid By default Table details in SQL Assistant Fields O Primary keys O Uniques Views details in SQL Assistant O Fields O Foreign keys
301. hat the root object depends on are situated to the left of the root object The objects that depend on the root object are situated to the right of the root object You can switch between objects by selecting them in the diagram The selected object becomes the root object To show hide subobjects click the Show Subobjects Hide Subobjects link on the Navigation bar 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 395 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Dependency Tree Table EMPLOYEE employee on loopback BAX la Database N Ea BUDGET 8 employee on loopback x 85 DEPTNO General a ee EMPNO Refresh 65 PHONENUMBER ga Print BF Print set _ AER DEPARTMENT EB INTEG_17 on DEPARTMENT rint se up 5 GG Save as picture j ER EMPLOYEE gt INTEG_31 on DEPARTMENT Restore default size 83 COUNTRYNAME Enes Object A Previous object amp Select object 65 COUNTRYNAME EB INTEG_11 on JOB To inne lt ill gt Process completed successfully The history of selected root objects is available you can move back and forward through this history using the Previous object and the Next object links on the Navigation bar See also Visual Database Designer SOL Script Editor Extract Database Wizard Print Metadata HTML Report Wizard Reports management SOL Monitor 9 1 1 1 Using Navigation bar The Navigation bar of the Dependency Tree
302. he DB Explorer tree allows you to e access server objects and common services available in the Tasks submenu view edit the selected host properties within the Host Registration Info dialog create a new database at the selected host register a new database using Register Database Wizard register a new host using Register Host Wizard unregister the selected Host configure representation of hosts and databases in Database Explorer create a new tab for the selected Host to access it through this tab quickly and or manage the existing tab e search for an object within the tree 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 65 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual w Disconnect from Host Shift Ctri D Host Registration Info g Create Database Register Database Shift Alt R Database Monitor Database Operations gt Register Host Shift Ctrl R Unregister Host Doe EF Show Hosts Sort by Aliases Hide Disconnected Databases Refresh F5 A B New Tab from Here Find tem Ctrl F See also Database context menu Object context menu 2 6 2 Database context menu The context menu of a registered database in the DB Explorer tree allows you to connect to the selected database if connection to the database is not active yet disconnect from the selected database if connection to the database has been already activated access database
303. he Extensions tab provides an ability to add hyperlinks and notes and to any cell of target file to specify a value of a cell to create a chart and to merge cells Click the Plus F button to add an element click the Minus button to delete an element e o o o o O y fed mi nn 8 1 5 1 2 1 Hyperlinks If you need to create a hyperlink set the cell coordinates Co and Row specify whether this is a ocal link or URL enter the title of the hyperlink specify the target file location or address OO Data format Extensions Advanced jo Style J tote 0 I Hy x URL Qi Row 0 OLocalfile n Notes Title ene Hyperlink _1 Cells Target E Merged Cells 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 340 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 8 1 5 1 2 2 Notes If you need to create a note e set the cell coordinates Co and Row e enter text of a note for the cell e set the font and fill properties using the corresponding tabs Data format Extensions Advanced d Base Font Fill NY Hyperlinks l Col 0 a A Hyperlink_1 J La Notes ce x Note_4 fia Charts text Cells E Merged Cells 8 1 5 1 2 3 Charts If you need to create a chart e enter the chart title e select the chart style Column Column 3D Bar Bar 3D Line Line Mark Line 3D etc set the legend position Bottom Top Left Corner or Right specify if you wan
304. he Next button to proceed to Creating HTML report 9 1 6 5 Creating HTML report This step of the wizard is intended to inform you that all necessary options have been set and you can start the process Show report after generating This option opens the result report in your default browser after generating M Close the wizard after successful completion If this option is selected the wizard is closed automatically when the creating HTML report process is completed The Operations tab allows you to view the log of operations and errors if any 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 431 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual a HTML Report Wizard IB2007 database HTML Report Click the Finish button for creating report Process completed successfully Operations Generating report for TABLE1 Process completed successfully Firebird Fi Show report after generating C Close the Wizard after successful completion Click the Finish button to start the process 9 1 7 Reports management SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird provides several tools for efficient reports management e Create Report Wizard This tool is used to simplify the process of creating reports e Report Designer It is a basic tool for creating powerful reports e Report Viewer Allows you to view created reports Reports can be stored either in the database table
305. he database to collect statistics Welcome to the Database Statistics Withard This wizard allows you to collect statistics of the specified database The wizard will prepare the database statistics Database _ for InterBase C Shutdown database before service start Firebird C Bring database online after service finished Execution mode Use local utiltte Use services Database statistics options Step two set the database statistics options to retrieve and press the Finish button Select to retrieve all the database statistics stop retrieving after header page statistics log pages statistics user indices statistics data tables statistics or system tables and indices statistics by selecting the one of the appropriate Options items When you are done you can return to the previous page by clicking Back or start the process by clicking Finish at the next step Progress results page will be activated where the course of the progress will be displayed 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 467 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual dl Database Statistic Wizard Database Statistics Specify the statistics collection options Options Retrieve all statistic Stop retrieving after header page statistic Stop retrieving after log pages statistic Stop retrieving after user indexes statistic Stop retrieving after data tables statistic _ for Fire
306. he default grid mode settings Database Registration Info LY Connection Ei Options 45 System Objects Data Options Enable boolean fields support E Data Options C Set required fields in grids Directories Set calculated fields as read only gt Logs i Get default values for fields Events M Be Find Option C Get record count beforehand V Trim Char Fields in Grids C Auto Commit Transactions F Protected edit block record while editing Test Connect Copy Alias from M Enable boolean fields support If this option is checked boolean fields are supported M Set required fields in grid If this option is checked you have to set values for all the NOT NULL table fields M Set calculated fields as read only If this option is checked you calculated field values can t be edited Get default values for fields If this option is checked SQL Manager will automatically get the default field values from the database server M Get record count beforehand If this option is checked SQL Manager automatically calculates the number of records in table or query The according information is displayed in the status bar 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 123 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Trim Char Fields in Grids If this option is checked the final spaces in fields of the CHAR type are trimmed during the editing process M Aut
307. he text toa txt file or load text from a file Additionally you can use the Cut Copy Paste Select All Undo Word Wrap context menu items for editing the text efficiently and the Print context menu item to print the content of the Text tab Note that encoding of the text can be selected at the toolbar Fields Constraints Indices Triggers Dependencies Data Permissions Description DDL MAULAMAA X a k Pe F Find ap ANSI UTF 8 UNICODE 16 Aich text Image HTML Firebird server versions up to 2 1 and of InterBase Unicode support Powerful and easy to use graphical user interface Rapid database management and navigation Easy management of all InterBase and Firebird objects with Unicode s Effective security management Excellent visual and text tools for query building Report designer with clear in use report construction wizard Impressive data export and import wizards working in background mode Powerful visual database designer Easy to use wizards performing InterBase and Firebird services in badi lt wo fal n Fas Modified Insert Grid View Form View ll Print Data Blob View See also 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 314 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 7 1 4 4 Navigation within BLOB Editor Editing as Hexadecimal
308. ices of Table KNE Recompute All Indices of Database Data Manipulation Script to New SQL Editor gt Script to Clipboard gt Grants for Table COUNTRY Dependent Objects Search in Metadata Create SIUD procedures Shift Ctrl P Create Updatable View Shift Ctrl V Refresh Tables F5 TEER Om F Database Registration Info Database Operations gt Find tem Ctrl F See also Node context menu Database context menu 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 68 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 2 7 Switching windows The Windows Toolbar of SQL Manager allows you to switch between child windows easily like in Windows Task Bar To activate the window you need simply click one of the window buttons To perform some additional actions with the window right click its tab and select the corresponding menu item from the popup menu Minimize CI Maximize amp y PHONE_LIST Gf SQL Editor EMPLOYEE on ser If you have multiple windows opened you can also switch between them using the Ctril Tab shortcut See also Selecting style and lanquage First time started Using Desktop Panel Database navigation Working with database objects Using context menus 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 70 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Database Explorer
309. ields and the source CSV file columns e select a field of the target InterBase Firebird table in the Fields list e proceed to the source grid viewer area click a caption to assign the column to the selected target table field e the selected column of the source file gets gray highlight e repeat the operation for all the fields you need to be included in the import process If the source CSV file and the destination InterBase Firebird table have the same order of columns you can use the M Auto Fill button to set correspondence between them automatically Note that the CSV delimiter is specified at the Selecting source file name and format step of the wizard If necessary you can choose to skip a defined number of the source file rows using the Skip spin edits 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 372 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Fields Auto Fill 3 Clear All FIRST NAME Skip Cols 0 Rows of LAST_NAME EFA Column 1 Column_2 Column_3 Column_4 A PHONE_EXT i _ EMP_NO FIRST_NAN LAST_NAMI PHONE_EX HIRE_DATE 72 2 Robert Nelson 250 DEPT_NO EE JOB CODE 4 Bruce Young 233 Jon GRADE 5 Kim Lambert 22 JOB COUNTRY 8 Leslie Johnson 410 A SALARY 9 Pr Windows default v 11 K J Weston 34 49 Terri leo JER M lt gt To remove a correspondence select the field in the Fields list and press the Clear button Click the Next button to proceed to
310. ields list to the Selected fields list Use the buttons or drag and drop operations to move the fields from one list to another 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 386 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual a Export as SQL Script Wizard employee on loopback bs o X Export as SQL Script Select fields to export Available fields Selected fields E PHONE_EXT E EMP_NO E HIRE_DATE EF FIRST_NAME E DEPT_NO E LAST_NAME E JOB_CODE SQL E JOB_GRADE Manager 0s_country E salary x 7 oe 6 6 6 Firebird Cee Cassone Click the Next button to proceed to the Editing table definition step of the wizard 8 3 5 Editing table definition This step is available only if the Add CREATE TABLE statement option was checked on the Setting destination file name step of the wizard It allows you to edit the SQL script for creating the table 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 387 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Ee Export as SQL Script Wizard employee on loopback mX Export as SQL Script Edit the table definition CREATE TABLE EMPLOYEE O2 EMP NO EMPNO NOT HULL FIRST NAME FIRSTNANE HOT HULL LAST_NANE LASTNANE NOT NULL E SQL Manager for InterBase Firebird Click the Next button to proceed to the Setting export options step of the wizard 8 3 6 Setting export options Specify com
311. iew Details Show drop down menu item or use the context menu of SQL Assistant Possible values are Show Fields Show Foreign Keys Show Checks Show Indices Show Triggers Show Table Info Show DDL Show Description for tables Show Fields Show Indices Show Triggers Show DDL Show Description for views If you select a procedure ora user defined function in DB Explorer SQL Assistant lists its parameters by default Use the Procedure and UDF Details Show context menu item within the SQL Assistant area to define the content of SQL Assistant when a procedure or a user defined function is selected in DB Explorer Possible values are Show Parameters Show DDL Show Description Selecting other objects in DB Explorer displays the definition in SQL Assistant by default Use the Other Objects Details Show context menu item within the SQL 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 91 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Assistant area to define the content of SQL Assistant when an object is selected in DB Explorer Possible values are Show DDL Show Description You can also use SQL Assistant to work with your queries quickly You can drag and drop object aliases to the SOL Editor Visual Query Builder or SQL Script Editor working area in the same way as this operation is performed in Database Explorer See also Managing database registration info Connecting to databases Operati
312. ified index or activates deactivates an index reactivating a deactivated index rebuilds and rebalances an index SQL Manager Database 8 EMPLOYEE on serg 3052 C F B_LDB EMPLOYEE FDB for InterBase i Shutdown database before service start Firebird a Use services Selecting the action for indices Options Recompute indices Recompute the selectivity of all indices Rebuild indices Rebuild all the indices and reset the statistics for each This usually will increase performance significantly Optionally you may select to deactivate indices and activate them again 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 473 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 9 2 6 3 ys Rebuild Index Wizard Joe Rebuild Indices Specify options Options Recompute indices Deactivate indices Activate indices Firebird Selecting indices This step of the wizard allows you to select indeces for management To select an inex you need to move it from the Available list to the Selected list Use the buttons or drag and drop operations to move the indices from one list to another 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 474 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Rebuild Indices Select indices to recompute or rebuild Available indices Selected indices EF RDBSINDEX_32 EF NEEDX EF RDBSINDEX_38 EA atx EA RDB INDEX_8 EA RDB
313. igh Create view h Create procedure gt gt Fields Bp New Field Ea Edit Field CUST_NO Ed Drop Field CUST_NO lt lt Explorer The Fields tab is intended for managing table fields Double click a field to open the Field Editor for editing the field A right click displays the popup menu allowing you to create new edit or drop the selected field Using this menu you can also change the field order or create a copy of the field You can also copy the list of field names to clipboard by selecting the appropriate context menu item The Export list item provides you exporting current list of the fields to any format by means of the Export Data Wizard dialog See also Table Editor Field Editor 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 160 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Fields Constraints Indices Triggers Dependencies Field Name 7 O E STATE_PROVINCE VARCHARMIS RDB 20 POSTAL_CODE WARC HAR 2 RDB 21 PHONE_NO VARCHAR 20 PHONENUMBER ON_HOLD CHAR 1 RDB 22 CUST_NO INTEGER CUSTNO CUSTOMER lyvARC HAR 25 RDBS18 COUNTRY VARCHAR I5 COUNTRYNAME CONTACT_LAST VARCHAR 20 LASTNAME Domain CITY ap New Field ADDRESS_LINE2 Edit Field CONTACT_FIRST Enter ADDRESS_LINE1 Rename Field CONTACT_FIRST Drop Field CONTACT_FIRST Del Duplicate Field Shift Ins Reorder Fields Copy List of Field Names to Clipbo
314. ilder Advanced Query Builder is a powerful component suite for Borland Delphi and C Builder intended for visual building SQL statements for the SELECT INSERT UPDATE and DELETE clauses P S Advanced Excel Report Advanced Excel Report for Delphi is a powerful band oriented generator of template based reports in MS Excel Advanced Localizer Advanced Localizer is an indispensable component suite for Delphi for adding multilingual support to your applications 3 amp Source Rescuer EMS Source Rescuer is an easy to use wizard application for Borland Delphi and C Builder which can help you to restore your lost source code Scroll to top 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 52 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Getting started SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird provides you with an ability to contribute to efficient InterBase Firebird administration and development using a variety of available tools easily and quickly The succeeding chapters of this document are intended to inform you about the tools implemented in SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird Please see the instructions below to learn how to perform various operations in the easiest way Selecting style and lanquage How the application looks when you start it for the first time Using Desktop Panel Database navigation Working with database objects Using context menus Switching b
315. ility to re connect when Database Properties window was opened The bug is fixed Completely remade Restore Database service Stored Procedure Debugger Solved the problem with not returning the output procedure parameter when running EXECUTE PROCEDURE RETURNING_VALUES Stored Procedure Debugger Pressing the Reset button doesn t cause erasing breakpoints now Stored Procedure Debugger Incorrect results were shown in case of existence FOR SELECT clause Fixed now Stored Procedure Editor The output procedure parameter wasn t returned if the procedure was run without SUSPEND Now it is solved View editor It was impossible to edit simple views Fixed now Window size and position were set incorrectly by default in SDI mode on multimonitor systems Now the bug is fixed 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 34 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 24 Export Data An exception arose when trying to export data to CSV Fixed now 25 Other small improvements Version 3 8 5 1 December 7 2004 1 Script Editor We have added the possibility of executing the construction CREATE OR ALTER 2 Eliminated the error with changing the field type from INTEGER to BIGINT when working with FireBird server 3 Extract Metadata Disabled generation of SQL statements for indices that correspond to the constraints 4 Extract Metadata The error with limiting precision to 5 in NUMERIC
316. in drop down menu B Windows om Toos SOO i C Show only connected databases for services 2B pe Explorer Allow using of parameters in query text TE SQL Assistant S E Object Editors E Table Editor Es Procedure Editor B SQL Editor amp SQL Monitor gt SQL Script oh Query Builder Style amp Color Palette 5 Visual Database 7 Designer Color Palette R Extract Database B Print Metadata cR Data Export D Database Monitor 2 Dependencies St Transactions Fonts S E Grid By defaut wy F Asynchronous query execution See also Preferences Full mode activation Confirmations Windows Fonts 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 505 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Grid Localization Find Option 10 1 1 5 1 DB Explorer M Show hosts in DB Explorer Shows hides database hosts in the DB Explorer tree M Show table subobjects Shows hides table subobjects fields indexes etc in the DB Explorer tree M Show procedure subobjects Toggles displaying stored procedure subobjects input output parameters in the DB Explorer tree M Show view subobjects Shows hides view subobjects fields triggers etc in the DB Explorer tree M Show UDF subobjects Toggles displaying UDF subobjects in the DB Explorer tree M Sort by aliases Use this option to apply sorting registered databases by their aliases in the DB Explorer tree Show system objects
317. indows and their positions should be restored upon connection to the database Disable multiple instances Checking this option prevents one from running multiple instances of SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird Encrypted passwords Encrypts passwords for connecting to databases in Windows registry M Show desktop panel for MDI Environment style only Displays Desktop Panel when no child windows are open M Show Full Version features This option is available in the Lite version of SQL Manager When selected a 30 day period of fully functional usage is activated 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 499 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Environment Options X Pretereces a Confirmations B Windows D Tools Restore desktop on connect for refreshed on connect databases Show splash screen at startup E DB Explorer Fi Disable multiple instances TEJ SQL Assistant S E Object Editors E Table Editor ET Procedure Editor B SQL Editor E SQL Monitor amp sar Script amp bg Query Builder Style amp Color Palette amp Visual Database Designer Color Palette B Extract Database lt Print Metadata x Data Export D Database Monitor 2E Dependencies wh Transactions m Fonts H E Grid 15 Localization H Find Option Reset all toolbars and menus By defaut Apoy a Encrypted passwords Show desktop panel for MDI environment only See also Full mo
318. ing criteria Setting grouping criteria Setting sorting parameters Working with the editor area uery execution Viewing query plan 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 278 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 6 2 6 Setting grouping criteria The Grouping criteria tab allows you to set conditions for grouping query records The grouping condition pattern fields are set in the same way as those of the Criteria pattern Builder Edit Result Select v Quen 1 Query 1 CUSTOMER x CUST_NO SALES X CUSTOMER PO_NUMBER v CONTACT_FIRST CONTACT_LAST SALES_REP PHONE_NO v ORDER_STATUS ADDRESS_LINE1 ADDRESS_LINE2 v CITY S POSTAL_CODE ON_HOLD lt Criteria Selection Grouping criteria Sorting All of the following are met als Add condition Make composite condition R Delete condition These conditions will be included in the HAVING statement of the generated SQL query See also Using Navigation bar Working with diagram area Joining two objects Setting criteria Setting output fields Setting sorting parameters 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 279 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 6 2 7 Working with the editor area Query execution Viewing query plan Setting sorting parameters The Sorting tab allows you to set sorting parameters for the
319. ing tabs for database navigation cccseeccsesseeseseeeeeseseeeeeseseeneeseseenenseseeneeseseeneeseseeneeseneenanes 81 Recently opened objects sessnnesnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn annen na 83 Creating ProjeCtS nncccsccccsseseccsccecceccesncectteeececeecasepsceeecesteccuerusesacheceecttecevesuntsneteeuecteouuedeaievausteeeeuerecue 84 Searching Within the tree cccseeeeseeesseeeeseeenseeeeeaeeesaaeenseeeenseeessaesasaeesaseaeeeeeeescaesasaesnsneeenenaeas 87 SQL ASSISTANL senie a the ara eh errana ae a Aaaa a e a ea e aaaea Ea se EA Ea AEAEE aea EEKE AAEE AEN 90 Configuring Database Explorer sssssssusssunsnunsnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnannnnnn ennnen 92 Managing Favorite queries ccccsseccceseeeceseeeeeeeeeeneeseeeeneeseseeneesesesneeseseeneesesesneeseseeneeseseeneeseseenenes 94 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 4 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Part IV Database management 96 Register Host Wizard ccceseeecsseeseeeeseeneeeesenneeeesenneeeeseeneeeesenneesesenneeseseneeeseseneeeeaseeneeseseeneesnseeseees 99 Setting connection parameters 100 SSH connection Settings iiien aeaea aaraa teed ateccnthlvcedesccasbasiasabaiestetediesacestensccessetanenences 101 Setting specific Options siscsssecsssscancsscesessecveossessecensctestessanscsncetseteraverecces soceris
320. ion Field character set Length D Charset Crs Scale D Collate To create a generator open the Generator subtab check the Create Generator option then set the generator name and the initial value 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 187 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Generator amp 5 Autoincrement a Generator name CUSTOMER_FIELD_GEN 85 Trigger Initial value o ae i Ea Procedure B Check Description 4 ppt To create a trigger open the Trigger subtab check the Create Trigger subtab and edit the SQL statement for creating a trigger 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 188 i Field Trigger iC Autoincrement Trigger name Al_CUSTOMER_Field 8 Generator B BEGIN IF NEW Field IS HULL THEH GEH_ID CUSTOMER FIELD GEN 1 i 5 Procedure Fi Ho BY Check NEW Fiela E Description LB vo Procedure wrapper returns new generator value and can be used instead of GEN_ID for a specific generator 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 189 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Field Procedure G js Autoincrement S Generator i fy Trigger Procedure name CUSTOMER_Field_AUTOINC 85 Procedure RETURNS NEW_VALUE INTEGER 55 Check i 45
321. ions 124 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 4 4 5 Set this option to switch to Load visible rows mode when number of records in dataset exceeds specified number String fields width chars Using this option you can limit string fields width that may improve performance on large datasets Default Grid Mode defines grid mode which will be used by default With the Load all rows option enabled when loading data all the records are loaded into grid buffers In this mode opening the tables with many records may take a very long time But in this case you have some advantages e g in the filter drop down list the column headers are displayed with the values for quick filter it is possible to open several sublevels at the same time when viewing data in master detail view etc Because opening and other operations with an object consisting of many records takes sufficient time the Load visible rows mode should be used instead It can be set individually for each table and is saved between sessions can be set via grid context menu e Load all rows The grid loads all records from a dataset This option increases the grid performance by reloading only changed dataset records when updating In this mode all features automatic sorting filtering and summary calculations are available e Load visible rows The grid loads only a fixed number of dataset records into memory This option minimizes dataset loadi
322. ions 4 Find Option Default directory Choose program language Environment Options X CAEM Siibmanageri Languages Default M Auto scan languages on startup Available Languages Language Name Default Portuguese Brazilian Spanish English German Hungarian Italian Japanese Polish Romanian ANSI Charset Romanian EE Charset Russian Language File none C Program Files EMS IB Manager Lanquages brazilian Ing C Program Files EMS IB Manager Languages dutch Ing C Program Files EMS IB Manager Languages english Ing C Program Files EMS IB Manager Lanquages german Ing C Program Files EMS IB Manager Languages hungarian Ing C Program Files EMS IB Manager Languages italian Ing C Program Files EMS IB Manager Languages japanese Ing C Program Files EMS IB Manager Lanquages polish Ing C Program Files EMS IB Manager Languages romanian_ansi Ing C Program Files EMS IB Manager Languages romanian_east_europe C Program Files EMS4IB Manager Lanquages russian Ing See also Preferences Full mode activation Confirmations Windows Tools Fonts Grid Find Option Find Option The Find Option section allows you to search for options available within the Environment Options dialog easily and quickly Option In this field you can enter the name of the option to search for within SQL Manager 2008 EMS Database Management Sol
323. ird User s Manual 7 3 3 Setting filter criteria values Adding a new group Setting group operator Applying filter conditions Setting filter criteria As we need to apply the filter criteria to the HireDate field we click the column box next to the ellipsis button to open the drop down list displaying the available column names and select the HireDate item F Filter builder untitled ftt AND lt root gt See also Invoking the Filter Builder dialog Adding a new condition Setting filter operator Setting filter criteria values Adding a new group Setting group operator Applying filter conditions 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 324 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 7 3 4 Setting filter operator Since we need the list of employees hired after 10 1 2007 we need to select the IS GREATER THAN operator from the corresponding drop down list E Filter builder untitled ft AND lt root gt equals press the button to add does not equal is less than is less than or equal to is greater than is greater than or equal to See also Invoking the Filter Builder dialog Adding a new condition Setting filter criteria Setting filter criteria values Adding a new group Setting group operator Applying filter conditions 7 3 5 Setting filter criteria values Next we need to specify value 10 1 2007 for the IS GRE
324. ired for the triggering statement regardless of which user or database application issues the statement Creating DB Trigger To create a new DB trigger e select the Database New Object main menu item e select DB Trigger in the Create New Object dialog e define DB trigger properties using the appropriate tabs of DB Trigger Editor Hint To create a new DB trigger you can also right click the DB Triggers node or any object within this node in the DB Explorer tree and select the New DB Trigger item from the context menu To create a new DB trigger with the same properties as one of existing DB triggers has e select the Database Duplicate Object main menu item e follow the instructions of Duplicate Object Wizard Alternatively you can right click a DB trigger in the DB Explorer tree and select the Duplicate DB Trigger lt DB trigger_name gt context menu item Duplicate Object Wizard allows you to select the database to create a new DB trigger in and to edit the result SQL statement for creating the DB trigger Editing DB Triggers To edit an existing DB trigger e select the DB trigger for editing in the DB Explorer tree type the first letters of the DB trigger name for quick search e right click the object and select the Edit DB Trigger lt DB trigger_name gt context menu item or simply double click the DB trigger e edit DB trigger properties using the appropriate tabs of DB Trigger Editor Dropping DB Trig
325. is option is checked the Delphi like hint for functions is enabled Delay Using this option you can change the time after which completion variants popup M Auto launch keyboard templates Allows you to use keyboard templates for faster typing frequently used expressions see Keyboard Templates 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 548 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Editor Options X Ei General Quick Code am Display Color Completion list object E Tables A Automatic features fiat SE a Ed UDFs Code completion 3 Quick Code Tables A f aj SOL UDFs 5 Fields L Sensitivity char 205 amp Key nbn Fields a 5 Procedures O Sort by type Sort by name Procedures amp Views AB 3 E Sort field names Vv Spell Checking Views 8 Roles j gt ue f Roles Show information hints As Find Option Generators Generators E i Code parameters Triggers Triggers Ga Domains 5 Domains Delay sec 15 Pererin y A Exceptions O Auto launch keyboard templates Disable element PLORi IERTA Iv Aat alnan Tre teres se a 7 Style Custom font a Foreground color Borders Set custom fort a Windo Ge a Pratt Pi a E ele Fort style Background color Us lv a Pm Boa C Underline W none v C Defaut Right y EN sack 55 i Bottom v ag Black C talic C Strike out Read only T Hidden i Multiline border Vertical alignment Center Ca
326. is option is selected the report will be saved asa fr3 file Specify the path to the report on your hard drive using the Save as dialog 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 433 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Create Report Wizard Create Report Wizard Choose your report options Welcome to the Create Report Wizard This wizard will guide you through the steps of creating a data aware report The finished report will be saved to your database and can be edited later Database 2 Report creation method New report Import from file Save options Firebird Report name report Save to database Save to file fr3 Click the Next button to proceed to the Selecting report bands step of the wizard 9 1 7 1 2 Selecting report bands This step of the wizard allows you to select the bands to be included in the report To select a band you need to move it from the Available Bands list to the Report Bands list Use the buttons or drag and drop operations to move the fields from one list to another Use the Edit button to create datasets for data bands using Query Builder 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 434 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Create Report Wizard Create Report Wizard Select the bands which you need for your report Available Bands Report Bands Ej Page header F 9 Report_t
327. ist of 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 200 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual the fields is formed on the corresponding tab of the editor After processing the view definition by precompiler the results are displayed at the bottom of View Editor See also View Editor Object Triggers Description Dependencies Performance Analysis Permissions 8 employee on loopback C Name PHONE_LIST iy PHONE_LIST Filas General E el Name Field Type Domain Description FIRST_NAME VARCHAR S FIRSTNAME F compile LAST_NAME VARCHAR 20 LASTNAME Sp Grants _ ES PHONE_EXT VARCHAR CH RDB 7 Show SQL help E LOCATION VARCHAR I5 C RDB 6 Q Print E PHONE_NO VARCHAR 20 PHONENUMBE SI Dependency tree 2 h Quick save 2 SELECT i Quick load 5 emp_no first_name last_name phone_ext location phone_nec ia Refresh FROM employee department Ea WHERE employee dept_no department dept_no Text editor ee Restore default size 5 5 1 3 Viewing fields The Fields tab is provided for viewing fields represented in the view A right click displays the popup menu allowing you to rename view fields See also View Editor 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 201 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Object Trigge
328. it or Rollback and this action will be performed automatically each time when you close the editor 10 1 1 5 4 SQL Monitor SQL log This group of options allows you to enable logging of all SQL Monitor events to a file 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 512 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Check the Log SQL Monitor events to file option specify the path to the log file using the button and enter a name for the sq file To clear the log file after it reaches some definite size check the Clear log file when it is greater than option and set the maximum file size in Kilobytes Environment Options E Preferences A Confirmations z l Operations D oer Connect Rollback F Tools Disconnect Rollback Retaining E DB Explorer i v TEJ SQL Assistant Start of transaction Execute query Object Editors Commit Prepare Query EF Table Editor Commit Retaining Fetch Record ES Procedure Editor SQL Editor SQL log ISOL Monitor C Log SQL Monitor events to file i SQL Script bg Query Builder Style amp Color Palette 4 Show time of operation i Visual Database a Designer C Always show on top Color Palette amp Extract Database SA Print Metadata eR Data Export D Database Monitor oe Dependencies et Transactions Fonts 2E Grid By defaut sy M Show time of operation If this option is checked the execution time of logged operations is a
329. itial state if the assigned database closes User Manager window behaviour was changed It is not a modal window now and it looks like other child windows of the application Print Metadata window has also changed its style Visual Database Designer amp Visual Query Builder these two windows were redesigned to avoid undesirable toolbar behaviour Login prompt dialog appears now if password is not specified in the database registration info FDB file extension became a registered file type Now you re able to register open FireBird databases by starting a database file from Windows shell Some corrections were applied to the User Manager Adding role and some other functionality is now available Fixed bug with List index out of bounds error in the Search In Metadata function Several minor bugs were also fixed Compare Scripts Wizard fixed bug with CHAR VARCHAR fields which have default values containing more than one word DB Explorer fixed bug with disappearing object names in the SQL Assistant after switching from the Databases tab to the Windows tab and back again Some minor bugfixes and small improvements 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 44 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Version 3 0 December 16 2002 1 New features new name QuickDesk changes its name to IB Manager 2 New modern and fully customizable user interface See Visual Options for de
330. itle El Page footer E A E Master header Report_summary fa Master footer E Detail data ubdetail for EJ Group header InterBase Grovet Firebird Brief information about bands functionality is listed below See FastReport Help for more information Name Functionality Report title Prints once at the beginning of report Report summary Prints once at the end of report Page header Prints at the top of each page Page footer Prints at the bottom of each page Master header Prints at the beginning of master list Master data Data rows of master list Master footer Prints at the end of master list Detail header Prints at the beginning of detail list Detail data Data rows of detail list Detail footer Prints at the end of detail list Subdetail header Prints at the beginning of subdetail list Subdetail data Data rows of subdetail list Subdetail footer Prints at the end of subdetail list Group header Prints at the beginning of each group Group footer Prints at the end of each group 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 435 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Click the Next button to proceed to the Selecting report style step of the wizard 9 1 7 1 3 Selecting report style Select the report style by clicking one of the images illustrating the styled available for the report Create Report Wizard ey Create Report Wizard Select the report style HITTITE OU
331. izard e The ARRAY type data can be saved to an external file now e An option is added which allows to extract metadata of the objects on which the current object depends e The object dependency handling is improved 8 Restore Database Interface improved Now it s possible to register the server on which the backup copy will be restored 9 Export as SQL Script The ARRAY type data can be saved to an external file now 10 Duplicate Object Wizard Now when duplicating table data the BLOB and ARRAY type fields can be duplicated 11 SQL Script e A script can now be executed from cursor execution of the selected fragment is also possible e String comments beginning with are recognized correctly now e The ARRAY type data can now be imported from an external file when executing SET BLOBFILE statement 12 Stored Procedures Debugger e When performing input for the DECIMAL and NUMERIC type parameters the decimal delimiter used to change with the localization applied Fixed now e The value of the empty string was treated as NULL Fixed now e The FIRST statement is recognized correctly now 13 UDF Editor BLOB Filter Editor Now there s no need to take an object s dependencies into account when changing its parameters 14 Procedure Editor The support of BLOB type parameters for Firebird is implemented 15 Code Completion The Code Completion feature is implemented for table aliases 16 Dependencies Dependency Tree When analy
332. izontal left and right Data Options S Print Data Color amp Formats E advanced O Horizontal right wn By default Spin editor options M Use Ctrl Up instead of Up to increase value Allows you to use Ctr Up and Ctr Down key combinations for editing spin values for INTEGER field values M Show large increment buttons Determines whether fast buttons for large increment are visible within the editor Increment Specifies the increment value for the spin editor Large increment Specifies the fast increment value for the spin editor Spin editor buttons position Specifies the position of spin editor buttons vertical horizontal left and right or horizontal right 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 537 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 10 1 1 10 Localization The Localization section of the Environment Options dialog is provided for managing the localization files of SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird You can create your own ng files similar to those available in the program_directory Languages folder add them to the list of available languages and set the new language as the program interface language Default directory Use the Explorer button to specify the directory where the ng files are to be stored by default Choose program language Use the drop down list of available languages to select the interface language to be ap
333. journal archive directories To drop the journal please select the Journals node in DB Explorer tree and choose the Drop Journal context menu item Databases 5l 17 12 la Refresh Journals i 17121 Reports Favorite Database Operations Es Query 9 New Tab from Here in dl Projects z a loopback Database Registration Info Find tem i a employee on loopback 8 Domains 15 E Tables 23 If you allow it the archive will grow in storage size infinitely as the database and the most current journal files are continually archived To garbage collect archive items less than an archive sequence number select the desired archive sequence number and choose the Sweep until context menu item 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 248 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Databases a Journals 5 es 17 12 2007 15 19 47 JOURNAL seq 1 is 04 12 2007 10 08 04 DATABASE seq 1 S E loopback G employee Script to New SQL Editor Script to Clipboard Refresh Journals F5 Database Registration Info Database Operations As the number of journal files grows in the archive when you have not created more recent archived database dumps the time that you will need to recover a database from the archive also grows Therefore it is a good practice to periodically create additional database dumps in the archive To create a new backup you pleas
334. k the Next button to proceed to the Adjusting data formats step of the wizard 8 2 3 8 XML Generic In order to set mapping of a Generic XML document you should enter the relative XPath the path must be specified in the XPath format Press the Fill Grid button to get the grid filled with text and attribute values of the selected node Note if the source XML document contains huge amount of data building the tree may take a long time Set correspondence between the source XML file columns and the target InterBase Firebird table fields e select a field of the target InterBase Firebird table in the Fields list e proceed to the source grid viewer area click a column to assign the column to the selected target table field e the selected column of the source file gets gray highlight e repeat the operation for all the fields you need to be included in the import process You can use the M Auto Fill button to set correspondence between the source and target fields automatically according to their order mapping is started from the first attribute value in this case If necessary you can choose to skip a defined number of the source file lines using the Skip spin edit 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 374 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Fields a Auto Fill He Clear All ae Empioyeot Coj Ski es E NationallDNumber 7 Go _ Skp x XPath list employee Fill Gri
335. k the Set defaults button if you wish to apply default data formats See Format specifiers for details 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 521 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual E Table Editor Data Export ES Procedure Editor SQL Editor poe Integer format A REO E Sal Monitor Float format sat script SBS Query Builder Date format dd MM yyyy E Style amp Color Time format h mm Palette DateTime format del MM yyy h mm Visual Database Designer EE Color Palette Boolean True amp Extract Database Boolean False gt Print Metadata Null string bascoot Database Monitor Auto save format strings 2E Dependencies mt Transactions m Fonts Grid Data Options gt Print Data EE Color amp Formats riz Advanced Column Options it Localization 3K Find Option Currency format 10 1 1 5 11 Database Monitor Current tab allows you to set the refresh interval for the Database Monitor tool 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 522 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Environment Options X T Tatar a E Procedure Editor E SQL Editor Refresh interval in seconds 53 E SQL Monitor SQL Script SBS Query Builder Style amp Color Palette g Fi Visual Database pi Designer Color Palette B Extract Database B Print Metadata a D
336. lds Changing fields order Managing primary keys Managing table foreign keys Managing table checks Managing table indices Managing unique keys Managing table triggers Viewing table data 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 157 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Browsing object dependencies Setting object permissions Editing object description Viewing DDL definition Editing object description Viewing DDL definition See also New Table Field Editor Index Editor Editing table constraints Fields Constraints Indices Triggers Dependencies Data Permissions Description DDL Field Name Vv Field Type Domain Not Null Defau Computed Source Descriptiol STATE_PROVINCE VARCHAR S RDB 20 POSTAL_CODE VARC HAR 12 RDB 21 PHONE_NO VARCHAR 20 PHONENUMBER ON_HOLD CHAR RDB 22 CUSTOMER VARCHAR 25 RDB 18 COUNTRY VARCHAR I5 COUNTRYNAME CONTACT_LAST VARCHAR 20 LASTNAME CONTACT_FIRST VARG HAR 15 FIRSTNAME CITY VARC HAR 25 RDB 19 ADDRESS_LINE2 VARCHARGO ADDRESSLINE ADDRESS_LINE1 VARCHAR 30 ADDRESSLINE 8 employee on loopback x E CUSTOMER x Senra A Refresh Grants on table amp Print h Quick save Quick load Show SQL help Table Editor options Restore default size 3 Compile oo o ag Dependency tree E Create view h Create procedure poogogogogoakKrnOnnn
337. le Editor Now like in other object editors the scripts that are connected with the changes made at the Editor window are accumulated and can then be executed at a time during compilation A user can also select the scripts to be executed The options added that allow the relevant services stop start and open a database automatically The Find option function is added to SQL Manager settings form as well as to the database and host registration info forms The Recompute All service has been added which allows rebuild all database indices or just selected ones or recalculate their statistics The search for an object in DB Explorer is enhanced Now you can perform incremental search by names as well as define the search area For users convenience the Windows List function is implemented as a separate DB Explorer tab with the search ability In DB Explorer hosts are now named in accordance with the selected connection type SSH tunneling or direct connection SQL Script Ability to execute selected statements and statements under cursor added Improved report building system Lots of other improvements and bug fixes 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 17 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 1 2 System requirements System requirements for SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird e 300 megahertz MHz Intel Pentium II compatible or faster processor 600 megahertz MHz or fast
338. les 7 DB Explorer Duplicate Object fixed a bug that appeared when trying to duplicate an object if the program established connection with two databases at once 8 Export to Excel We have added an ability to set values of the defined cells merge cells and define the page background 9 Export Data Fixed a bug with appearing of the dialog window when clicking the file name in the edit field 10 A bug with displaying and editing bigint fields is fixed Version 3 7 0 1 January 19 2004 1 We have significantly improved the Export Dialog Now you can add notes hyperlinks and charts based on exported data to Excel documents You can also define graphical styles for column captions data footer and header on export to RTF documents A possibility to define strip styles is also included 2 We have implemented the Dependency Tree tool Now you can view all the object dependencies in one diagram To call this tool use the Tools Dependency Tree menu item or the proper button in the toolbar of any object editor 3 Now the Register Database dialog supports fdb files 4 We have implemented the BIGINT fields support for Firebird 1 5 5 Edit Field Now you can add the primary key using the Edit Field dialog if the table has no primary key 6 Extract Metadata We have added a possibility of extracting views in a user defined order 7 Editor Options We have added a new option allowing you to define if keyboard templates apply
339. lick and select the Drop User lt User_Name gt item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 9 3 1 1 User Manager The User Manager allows you to define user properties and membership It opens when you create a new user or edit the existing one see Create User and Edit User for details e Using navigation bar e Editing user info See also Grant Manager Role Manager 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 477 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Servers A User Name First Name Middle Name Last Name loopback General 8 A Refresh 8 pustic 2y Add user Bz Edit user Be Delete user Restore default size Columns Edit User Delete User Export List Availability Windows Professional Yes Windows Lite Yes 9 3 1 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a host and a user for editing within the current window General bar e Refresh the content of the active tab Add new user e Edit existing one e Delete user e Bring the window to its default size The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of User Editor loopback x a Refresh 2y Add user Bz Edit user amp Delete user Restore default size 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 478 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual
340. lignment highlight and save them If you have created or loaded more than one style template they can be ignored or used co umn by column or row by row it depends on the Strip type selection Base Styles Strip Styles a Font Arial p 00PH Size 10 A STYLE pone A s 40 o e geje s D gt abv Highlight Background Aa iz Strip type Onne Oca Com You can reset the changes any time using the Reset Item and the Reset All buttons 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 347 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 8 1 5 4 HTML options This step allows you to set options for the target HTML htm file e Preview e Basic e Multi file e Advanced Br Export Data Wizard employee on loopback Data Wizard Export Data Customize HTML export options Preview Basic Multifile Advanced Default text Template Classic iw Save template Load template Firebird When you are done click the Next button to proceed to Setting common export options 8 1 5 4 1 Preview The Preview tab allows you to customize the style that will be applied to the target HTML file using a number of built in templates provided in the Templates combo box You can select any of these templates and customize it by clicking objects in the preview panel and save the settings as a custom template using the Save template but
341. ll containing clipped text M Focus cell on cycle Determines whether the focus moves to the next row after it reaches the right most cell within the current row M Focus first cell on new record Determines whether the focus moves to the first cell of a newly created row Next cell on pressing Enter Determines whether the current view columns can be navigated by using the Enter key M Show navigator hints Indicates whether a hint box is displayed when hovering over navigation buttons M MRU list in column filter Enables showing of Most Recently Used items when filtering columns Expand buttons for empty details Specifies whether to display expand buttons within master rows that do not have associated details Card width Defines the width of the card used in Card View mode 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 534 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Environment Options X TE SQL Assistant le amp Object Edi Advanced options Grid lines H a C Cell hints for clipped text Horizontal E Table Editor l 3 Procedure Editor C Focus cell on cycle ynia Eil SQL Editor Fi Focus first cell on new record Detail tabs position SQL Monitor C Next cell on pressing Enter Top SQL Script Show navigator hints O Left Go bg Query Builder Style amp Color MRU list in column fitter Card layout direction Palette Expand buttons
342. lorer tree and select the New Generator item from the popup menu To create a new generator with the same properties as one of the existing generators has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Edit generator To edit the existing generator e Select the generator for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the generator name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit Generator lt Generator_Name gt item from the popup menu or simply double click the generator e Edit generator definition and data on the appropriate tabs of the Generator Editor To change the name of the generator e Select the generator to rename in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Rename Generator lt Generator_Name gt item from the popup menu e Edit generator name in the dialog window Drop generator To drop a generator e Select the generator to drop in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Generator lt Generator_Name gt item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 235 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 10 1 Generator Editor The Generator Editor allows you to define generator properties It opens when you create a new generator or edit the existing one see Create Generator and Edit Generator for details T
343. lter To create a new default e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select BLOB Filter in the New Object dialog e Edit BLOB Filter definition within the BLOB Filter Editor Hint To create new BLOB Filter you can also right click the BLOB Filters node of the explorer tree and select the New BLOB Filter item from the popup menu To create a new BLOB Filter with the same properties as one of the existing BLOB Filters has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the instructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Edit BLOB Filter To edit the existing BLOB Filter e Select the BLOB Filter for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the BLOB Filter name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit BLOB Filter lt BLOB Filter_Name gt item from the popup menu or simply double click the BLOB Filter e Edit BLOB Filter definition and data on the appropriate tabs of the BLOB Filter Editor To change the name of the BLOB Filter e Select the BLOB Filter to rename in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Rename BLOB Filter lt BLOB Filter_Name gt item from the popup menu e Edit BLOB Filter name in the dialog window Drop BLOB Filter 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 240 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual To drop a BLOB Filter e Select the BLOB Filter to drop in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Dro
344. lutions 212 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Dropping Procedure To drop a Procedure e Select the procedure to drop in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Procedure item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 213 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 7 1 Procedure Editor The Procedure Editor allows you to create new procedure execute the existing procedure or edit its definition It opens when you create a new procedure or edit the existing one see Create Procedure and Edit Procedure for details Using navigation bar Editing procedure definition Executing procedure Viewing perfomance analysis Browsing object dependencies Viewing object operations Setting object permissions Editing object description Viewing DDL definition See also Stored Procedure Debugger 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 214 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 8 employee on loopback ADD_EMP_PROJ x Description g Debug procedure o Grants 3 Autogrants Show SQL help amp Print as Dependency tree gy Quick save Quick load oo BEGIN EX Text editor BEGIN a Restore default size INSERT INTO employee project emp_no proj_id H SQLCODE 530 DO EXCEPTION unknown emp id dP Append SUSP
345. lutions 195 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual D employee on opback Ej CUSTOMER x Refresh o Grants on table amp Print dh Quick save i Quick load Show SQL help d Table Editor options Restore default size 3 Compile as Dependency tree gh Create Ty h Create prockdure E New Field Edit Field CUST_NO E Drop Field CUST_NO 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 196 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 5 Views Views are useful for allowing users to access a set of relations tables as if it were a single table and limiting their access to just that Views can also be used to restrict access to rows a subset of a particular table Create view To create a new view e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select View in the New Object dialog e Edit view definition within the View Editor Hint To create new view you can also right click the Views node of the explorer tree and select the New View item from the popup menu Or you can click the Create View button on the toolbar of Table Editor Another way to create a view is building a query in the Visual Query Builder tool click the Create View button on the toolbar after finishing building To create a new view with the same properties as one of the existing views has e Select the Database Duplicate Object menu item e Follow the ins
346. lutions Inc All rights reserved IMPORTANT PLEASE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY BEFORE USING THE SOFTWARE END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT EMS Database Management Solutions Inc EMS agrees to provide the user USER with a copy of this software product SOFTWARE and grants the USER a limited license to use the SOFTWARE This LICENSE AGREEMENT LICENSE defines what the USER may do with the SOFTWARE and contains limitations on warranties liabilities and remedies This LICENSE may be revoked by EMS at any time without notice if the USER fails to comply with the terms of this LICENSE The copyright and all other rights in the SOFTWARE shall remain with EMS LICENSE OF UNREGISTERED SOFTWARE An unregistered copy of the SOFTWARE UNREGISTERED SOFTWARE may be used by the USER for evaluation purposes for a period of thirty 30 days following the initial installation of the UNREGISTERED SOFTWARE At the end of the trial period TRIAL PERIOD the USER must either register the SOFTWARE or remove it from his system The UNREGISTERED SOFTWARE may be freely copied and distributed to other users for their evaluation LICENSE OF REGISTERED SOFTWARE A registered copy of the SOFTWARE REGISTERED SOFTWARE allows the USER to use the SOFTWARE only on a single computer or network and only by a single user at a time If the USER wishes to use the SOFTWARE for more than one user the USER will need a separate license for each individual user
347. made within current copy of SQL Editor will be ignored See also Using Navigation bar Working with SOL Editor area Using the context menu Viewing query plan Using object links Executing queries Viewing query logs 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 270 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 6 2 Visual Query Builder Visual Query Builder is implemented in SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird for building queries visually The tool allows you to create and edit queries without deep knowledge of SQL You can also prepare and execute queries and view the results of their execution To open Visual Query Builder select the Tools New Query Builder Tools Show Query Builder main menu items or use the corresponding b toolbar buttons Using Navigation bar Working with diagram area Joining two database objects by fields Setting the selection criteria Setting output fields for selection Setting the grouping criteria Setting parameters of sorting Working with editor area Executing queries and viewing results Viewing query plan See also SOL Editor uery parameters 6 2 1 Using Navigation bar The Navigation bar of Visual Query Builder allows you to select a database for the query execute the current query view estimated query execution plan clear the query create a view create a procedure display SQL help reference configure Query Builder using the Que
348. me to the Export Data Wizard This wizard allows you to export table data to most popular data formats such as MS Excel MS Access HTML XML PDF and much more Destination format MS Excel O Text file DBF OMS Access csv file OMS Excel 2007 OMS Word DIF file MS Word 2007 ORTF SYLK file ODF Spreadsheets O HTML LaTex ODF Text O PDF O XML Destination file name CAEMS ibManager_5001EMPLOYEE xls Firebird Destination format Specify the format of the destination file For details refer to Supported file formats Click the Next button to proceed to the Selecting fields for export step of the wizard 8 1 2 Selecting fields for export This step of the wizard allows you to select the table field s to be exported To select a field you need to move it from the Available fields list to the Selected fields list Use the buttons or drag and drop operations to move the fields from one list to another 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 333 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Export Data Wizard employee on loopback Data Wizard Export Data Select fields for exporting If none of fields are selected all of them except BLOB will be exported Fields for exporting Available fields Selected fields E PHONE_EXT EMP_NO E HIRE_DATE E FIRST_NAME E DEPT_NO a LasT_NAME SQL E JOB_CODE _ Manager E JOB_GRADE for E JoB_COUNTRY _ oe er
349. mon export options according to your needs If necessary you can choose to replace non print characters in strings with spaces Records in block Use the spin edit box to define the number of records in each committed block M Insert COMMIT after each block Check this option to add the COMMIT statement after a defined number of records 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 388 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual CR Export as SQL Script Wizard employee on loopback Export as SQL Script Set export options and click the Finish button E Replace non print characters in strings with spaces Data options Records in a block 500 d Insert COMMIT after each block Click the Next button to proceed to Exporting as SOL Script 8 3 7 Exporting as SQL Script This step of the wizard is intended to inform you that all export options have been set and you can start the export as SQL script process M Load generated script into Script Editor Check this option to load the result script to SQL Script Editor M Close the Wizard after successful completion If this option is selected the wizard is closed automatically when the export process is completed The Operations tab allows you to view the log of operations and errors if any 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 389 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Extracting data for EMPLOYEE_02
350. mported Import only record s Specifies the number of records to be imported 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 381 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual When you are done click the Next button to proceed to the last step of the wizard 8 2 8 Importing data This step of the wizard is intended to inform you that all import options have been set and you can start the import process M Close the Wizard after successful completion If this option is selected the wizard is closed automatically when the import process is completed ay Import Data Wizard E X Import Data Click the Finish button to start Import process Import finished successfully Processed Inserted 42 Updated Deleted 0 Errors Commited 42 Time 27 12 2007 18 34 Importing data InterBase Be 34 i l Firebird 27 12 2007 18 34 Import finished successfully C Close the Wizard after successful completion If necessary you can save a template for future use Click the Finish button to start the import process 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 382 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 8 3 8 3 1 Export as SQL Script Export as SQL Script Wizard allows you to export data from a table view or from a query result to SQL script as a number of INSERT statements You can save your settings asa t
351. n the Visual Database Designer now Fixed bug with improper behavior of child windows in MDI environment mode Some small improvements and corrections 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 43 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 10 11 12 13 14 Version 3 1 January 06 2003 Dutch localization was added to IB Manager distribution package Now six languages are supported English German Italian Spanish Dutch and Russian This list will expand from version to version You can change the program language by the Options Select program language menu item IB Manager also allows you to select your language preference at first startup See Select Program Language Visual Query Builder was updated to the latest version of EMS QueryBuilder suite http www ems hitech com querybuilder A lot of small improvements and corrections Database Tools e g SQL Editor Visual Query Builder Visual Database Designer now switch to the active database automatically each time when the tool window becomes active Visual Database Designer a possibility to hide show grid in database objects was added This option is available in the Visual Database Designer window through the Show Grid In Objects item of the Display Mode button drop down menu SQL Script now the database drop down list updates itself in compliance with the databases currently active and reverts to its in
352. nage database objects To obtain detailed information concerning InterBase Firebird database objects refer to the official documentation Note before working with database objects in SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird you should connect to the database first Creating Database Objects To create a database object e select the Database New Object main menu item e select the type of object within the New Object Dialog e follow the steps of the wizard which guides you through the entire process of creating the object or set the object properties using its editor depending on the selected object type Note that you can also create a database object by selecting the appropriate context menu item of the DB Explorer tree or using the Ctr N shortcut Dropping Database Objects To drop a database object e select the database object in the DB Explorer tree e right click the object to call its context menu and select the Drop lt object type gt lt object name gt context menu item e confirm dropping in the dialog window Editing Database Objects To edit a database object e select the database object in the DB Explorer tree e right click the object to call its context menu and select the Edit lt object type gt lt object name gt context menu item or double click the object to open it in its editor When using an object editor you can benefit from tabs To switch between tabs click on their respective tabs at
353. ncy Tree for the user defined function Perform quicksave quickload Refresh the content of the active tab Bring the window to its default size The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of UDF Editor Object a g employee on loopback v General a 3 Compile Show SQL help 44 Quick save if Quick load A Restore default size Input Arguments oP Anpend a Insert Delete Move Up Editing UDF definition The UDF tab allows you to view and edit the definition for the user defined function Name Name of the UDF to use in the SQL statements this name can be different from the name of the function specified as Entry Point Entry Point Name of the UDF in the source code as stored in the UDF library Library Name File name identifying the library that contains the UDF the library must be placed in ib_install_dir UDF or the complete pathname to the directory including a drive letter in the case of a Windows server must be listed in the InterBase configuration file Returns Return value data type 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 227 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual By The way to pass the return value by value or by reference if you select Reference FREE IT the memory of the return value will be freed after the UDF finishes running Input arguments Data types of the input arguments click Insert to add an argument click Delete to r
354. nd Highlight in the editors now the list of all keywords is set depending on the current database server version 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 33 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Database Registration Info An ability to choose a separate client library for each registered database was added Can t found Database login dialog bug is fixed now DDL tab Fixed the problem with opening the tab It was impossible to create a domain of BIGINT type Now the bug is fixed It was impossible to create an AutoIncrement field of BIGINT type The problem is solved Fixed the bug with 10000 length limit for CHAR and VARCHAR fields The bug with changing the field type from CHAR or VARCHAR to any numerical type is fixed now COLLATION for the text fields couldn t be created Now it is fixed The ability to set CHARSET property for the BLOB types which don t support it is disabled now SQL Editor The Result page didn t open after running a query which contained a comment in the first line beginning with The problem is solved Extract Metadata The COLLATION property for the domains is shown correctly now Script Comparer The column index value is counted correctly now in the scripts like ALTER COLUMN POSITION The current database was disconnected by timeout without possib
355. nding the created level to the existing ones Select master level to which a new level will be added for EMPLOYEE ha aka Source of new level data Table Click the Next button to proceed to the Defining source for detail level step to select a table for the detail level or input a query depending on whether the Table or the Query option has been selected 7 1 1 5 2 Defining source for detail level If the Table option has been selected at the previous step you should now specify a table for the detail view using the Table name drop down list Set the M Show tables related by foreign keys only option to narrow the list of tables by including only tables linked by Foreign keys 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 300 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Create Grid Level Wizard Create Grid Level Wizard Select table Select source table for the level He Table name InterBase Firebird If the Query option has been selected at the previous step you should now enter a query that will be used as the source of the new grid level If necessary you can use Query Builder to build the SQL query visually Click the Next button to proceed to the Binding master and detail levels step of the wizard 7 1 1 5 3 Binding master and detail levels Define pairs of fields to link the Master Level and the Detail Level data sources e
356. nfo dialog will appear 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 111 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 4 3 Register Database wizard Register Database Wizard allows you to register a single database To start the wizard select the Database Register Database main menu item or use the Register Database E button on the main toolbar You can also use the Shift Alt R shortcut for the same purpose e Setting connection parameters e Registering DB on a new host e Setting specific options Register Database Wizard Register Database Specify the database host Welcome to the Register Database Wizard This wizard allows you to set the connection parameters for the selected databases only once giving you the possibility to connect them quickly afterwards This wizard will quide you through the process of setting the connection parameters selecting database and customizing their specific options for Host name g doomsever gds_db Firebird Database is located on a new host See also Register Host wizard Create Database wizard 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 112 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 4 3 1 Database Registration Info Database Properties Host Registration Info Setting connection parameters Set the connection properties in the appropriate boxes user name password and role User name User name
357. ng BLOB options step of the wizard 8 3 3 Setting BLOB options BLOB and arrays options In this group of options you can determine whether BLOB fields are not to be extracted extracted as strings or extracted into a separate file If the latter is selected you also need to specify the File name the b o file where the BLOB data will be stored and the location of the file on your local machine using the button M Compress file Check this option if you wish to compress the file containing BLOB data Compression Define the desired compression level to be applied for the file None Fastest Default Best 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 385 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 8 3 4 a Export as SQL Script Wizard employee on loopback m mX Export as SQL Script Select BLOB fields extraction method BLOB and arrays options Dont extract BLOB fields O Extract BLOB fields as strings may corrupt your data Extract BLOB fields into file SQL File name CAEMS EMPLOYEE_02 sq blo Manager Compress file C Extract array type fields into file _ for Compression None InterBase Firebird Click the Next button to proceed to the Selecting fields to export step of the wizard Selecting fields to export This step of the wizard allows you to select the table field s to be exported to SQL script To select a field you need to move it from the Available f
358. ng DB Trigger Gefinition ee eeeeceeceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeaeeaeesaeseeeceeseaeseeesaeeeaeseeeseesaeeeeeseeeeesnaeeeeeaees 252 Part VI Query management tools 256 SOL Eur mirioni hac edd su sctcauniae AEE AEREA A AA AAAA eta 258 Using Navigation Dall cicci cicicsccescccseeccectcceesiccnniedenedvcstecenctaces ideeccuceusedesdetacontbe teduennesiceazsteddaciedcer Eea iania iaria raanei 258 Working with SQL Editor area iis cscecseccs ee sceesseccecczcscecsees cases seoa ahaaa aa aa aa 260 Using the Context MENU ceescenscesssensensnneesecenseneensorsaneusnserseneeseeessaneansetenteesnuensanensenessenenseneeaensseenentensecensenen 262 Viewing query plan Using object links Executing queries Viewing query logs Favorites editor jeccsiiscisicscssccsaseasssssscsscssesssnssedsadsainasconseccncevesuseusateatuarocvesGebdendsncuhssdsapeabacisesendeaienisacbesescersabursuanedesis Merging QUOTIOS j sccisscceseiscisadsececsssnsnessarsesussvonsiausavecneoncucancsbenasessardaddensasenscuesnerdaibesusareatsavuapdbudesenssedsadesaereabessandensea Visual Query Builder Using Navigation bar Working With diagram area ais2 icccccecdcctccstecccnectstedccectesanc cece iae ipda asuisi eadectuectoedeectessaesceectecedceuttecurdeeenavecteeties 272 JOINING TWO ODjCCHS sie foi cc ccccctseccereccssevcass cocscenenceszeccaestetsceseticetsececcessctiecddecesuestcretesseueter sae et ccourdtigectctezsncvaevscerttiaes 273 SOUL CHIRGNI A aeaea Aa E
359. ng hot keys used Implementation of the Find Text dialog contributes to more efficient work with the 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 449 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual content of SQL Monitor 14 01 2008 16 39 57 Application IBManager exe I Clear conterts Operation Fetch Ta Save to file SELECT cs rdb character_set_id cs rdb character_ Fira RDE CHARACTER_SET_ID 10 SQL Monitor options RDB CHARACTER_SET_NANE D05437 Dasher Restore default size A Aways on Top E 14 01 2008 16 39 57 Application IBManager exe Operation Fetch SELECT cs rdb character set_id cs rdb character RDBS CHARACTER_SET_ID 11 RDB CHARACTER_SET_NAME DOS850 Hi Marin y See also Using Navigation bar 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 450 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 9 2 Specific DB Tools SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird provides graphical interface for all database maintenance operations The following specific database tools are available in SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird e Backup Database Wizard Creates backup copies of entire databases transaction logs and files filegroups e Restore Database Wizard Restores entire databases transaction logs and files filegroups from previously created backups e Database Validation Validates the database verifies the integrity of data stru
360. ng time The automatic sorting filtering summary calculations are not supported in this mode See also Editing connection properties Setting common database options Setting default directories Setting log options Defining Events This tab allows you to specify what alerters should be taken into account which event messages them should be displayed within Event monitor Add the strings of event messages ones set in event alerters with the help of the Add and Remove buttons of the dialog Check the Registered option to register the event in Event monitor 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 125 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual atabase Registr Connection Options 44 System Objects Grid E Data Options Directories Registered 4 4 6 Setting default directories The Directories section of the Database Registration Info dialog allows you to set the directories to be used by default for database extract data export data import saving HTML reports creating reports operations 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 126 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 4 4 7 Database Registration Info xX Ei Options a System Objects Grid Data Options Default directory for Export Data ef Default directory for Extract Metadata Default directory for Import Data 0 OB B K Find Option Default directory for HTML Repo
361. ning databases and database objects managing table data building SQL queries running SOL scripts designing databases visually administering users and their privileges working with metadata exporting data to 15 available formats and importing them from most popular formats viewing and editing BLOB fields and much more Key Features LiL e Full support of Firebird 1 5 and InterBase 7 5 e Powerful and easy to use graphical user interface e Rapid database management and navigation e Easy management of all InterBase Firebird objects e Advanced data manipulation tools e Powerful security management e Excellent visual and text tools for query building e Impressive data export and import abilities e Powerful visual database designer e Powerful stored procedure debugger e Easy to use wizards performing InterBase Firebird operations GridView Form View Print Data Blob View Records fetched 31 Modifie 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 310 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 7 1 4 1 See also Grid View Form View Print Data Navigation within BLOB Editor The BLOB Viewer Editor provides an ability to navigate within the records using DB Navigation buttons on the navigation pane at the top of the viewer window Using items of the navigation pane and the drop down menu you can to browse the data quickly to insert update and delete rec
362. nn nnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnna 584 Editing object description ssssssssuunsesnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn ununun nnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn ennnen 585 Browsing object dependencies sssssnsssnunnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnna 586 Setting Object permissions sissies esea aa aeaa aa aeaa cedsuetseceeeeedecedceveaieeetccesencers 587 Viewing object operations ssssunseenunnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnana na 588 Changing Metadata Window scccseceseseesseeeeeneeeeeeeeseaesesneeenseeeeeaesesaaesaseaeeneeeeseaesaseaesnseeeeeseanas 589 TIP Of the Day ncecesciceescecserccsctccescue eesecce n a 591 Find TX Cal OG so cca es cect oe scenes ieee ea eta ace ce face ct AE 592 Replace Text dialog nescnannnnnan ctucciecentateteecndavecencsdicescuccveeenneleceecuastueeeasdececcuestevensane 594 FOFMAUSPCCIIONS cress secs cessceccetesten cent cece cud sucess si cn cunnaice tented entee cece denne ce cuneate duet seceeunaaecesunncvenensnty 597 Language Mio EGRO aie cao acrcccen seeccetsaceecectezrededtacesstesneveseusacrescusaeresedtacrsecasnrreceusncescadegresedtaresstesey 600 Usmgtemplales sosser a A dtdectistadenaesetecteate 601 Supported fil formats sssini eraen aaae aasa e a aa aeaaaee aea aaan EREE SEEK aan 602 TODO LISE ssis a AA A A uneasy 604 Starting process Viewing results u ssssseunseunseunreunrnunnuun
363. nnunnnunnnunnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn ennn nnnn nannan nnna 606 Quick SAVE QUICK LOA fats cincescdesatententnezenrccetenteendeennsejedsvacesuedeanciancessontubedentedincnatantessateveadsantsancsais 607 Connection Lost WINdOW csciceciccccesesccccccccece cats saceteenctcecuts pasetcencecectuesecetceecicecenenedecdes sitvesteeesetueets 608 CUSTOMIZE TOOIDALS sinrcece cece seccccctcssee cteceecectee cate see eecteceeccuerusesacteteeccuerdescasseteeentecdectue sttecaeenerenudes 609 Login database wiNdOW cecsececeeneeceeeeeeeeeeenee se eeeneeseeennen sees sneeseeenneeseeesueesesesneeseeesneeseseseenseeesnes 611 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 14 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 1 Welcome to SQL Manager for IB FB EMS SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird is a powerful tool for InterBase Firebird administration and development It provides an easy to use graphical interface for maintaining databases and database objects managing table data building SQL queries administering users and their privileges extracting printing and searching metadata etc SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird has a lot of unique features such as SP Debugger Visual Query Builder Export Data to 15 available formats and Import Data from most popular formats BLOB Viewer Editor SQL Script processor and many more SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird has a new state of the art graphical user interf
364. nregister Host context menu item in the DB Explorer tree e confirm unregistering in the corresponding dialog window Viewing and editing Server Properties In order to view edit Server properties in SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird e select the host or a database that resides on this host in the DB Explorer tree e right click the host or the database alias and select the Server Properties context menu item Creating Databases In order to create a Database in SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird e select the Database Create Database main menu item or use the corresponding Create Database toolbar button e set all the necessary options using Create Database wizard which guides you through the entire process of creating a new database Dropping Databases In order to drop a Database in SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird e select the Database to drop in the DB Explorer tree e select the Database Drop Database main menu item e confirm dropping in the corresponding dialog window 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 97 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Registering Databases In order to register a single Database in SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird e select the Database Register Database main menu item or use the corresponding Register Database E toolbar button or e right click the Database and select the Register Database context menu item in
365. ns 592 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 12 8 Find Text dialog The Find Text dialog is provided for quick and flexible searching for specified text within the working area of SQL Manager editors Text to find Enter a search string in this box The Arrow Down button which can be found next to the input box allows you to select any of the previously entered search strings Options M Case Sensitive This option can be used to differentiate uppercase characters from lowercase ones during the search process Whole words only Use this option to search for words only with this option off the search string might be found within longer words M Regular Expressions Recognizes regular expressions in the search string Find Text Text to find Language y Options Direction C Case sensitive E Forward Whole words onl ls C Regular expressions Backward Scope Origin Global Erom sursor Selected text Entire scope Direction Forward Searches from the current position to the end of the working area Backward Searches from the current position to the beginning of the working area Scope Global Searches within the entire working area in the direction specified by the Direction setting 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 593 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Selected text Searches
366. ns erinin a A aa a aadA E R R 528 Pint Data apiousorlgiionir ien enion esana oa E E a Eate SE EN E Eee aA 530 Golon e Formals serranu a a R A a A RE 531 Advanced Column Options MGOCALIZALION yea zscersceecevecvnaivocetieestcsitcteasceunnend eundeye viiivesaterenitectet trite daaiwateraadeasuslacnaaeneaeates Find Optio arnis a aaa AS STEE EEEE AE a a E A EEEE NE E TE A eee rreer preter r ere Editor Option aaea e AE EE E A E A T reiol E E a E A E E A E A A eee Display QUICK Ooo E EEE EAEE ETETE AEE E A ET SAL Formate tii csiiantccite dan nels aeiaiiisidena dni di a EAEE aE SEAE EE E ARa a EA E TAN Key Mappings 2 iccessssscccnvecetysen as tanteswen oisein aaia EE eiia ernie Spell Checking sities tsccneety eet Meri nen ee E EA aa EE Ani einen a TE ASEE A ANTA PING OPUOM IPEE EAE EEEE EEEE ET EEE ETTE TTT eta Visual Options sissien asanare e aaaea E Ee aaan Ae ra area e Eaa A Laan Ea aaa a Adaa aeaea raa a aaea E Aasaa eia Bars and menus Trees and oc eeeeeer peer ai aaa S a rp errr eerpeerertrentcrertereceerereprereetreerrerterre ere rreerprerert ere Edit ControlSet geese ec tacnecng Seven ven deena dace ec Gee yetaded ened iovaaed adaad citdiieesd Wud enaiseeve denen Check bOX6S scatiawniinininaviietiihiciidiiinldushaani diana AE AER BUON Seenioride aaa deen yuvaya rairai aN eraai Bernsen Page controls AGPOUP DOXOS 22iecctie EAE EEEE TEE EE TETTE E ee ahmed Eo 210 EEE ee eer eee E EET E A rr etrererrer rer ececrceeree ree
367. nt 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 20 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 1 5 Registration To make it easier for you to purchase our products we have contracted with share it registration service The share it order process is protected via a secure connection and makes on line ordering by credit debit card quick and safe The following information about share it is provided for your convenience Share it is a global e commerce provider for software and shareware sales via the Internet Share it accepts payments in US Dollars Euros Pounds Sterling Japanese Yen Australian Dollars Canadian Dollars or Swiss Franks by Credit Card Visa MasterCard EuroCard American Express Diners Club Bank Wire Transfer Check or Cash If you have ordered EMS software online and would like to review your order information or if you have questions about ordering payments or shipping procedures please visit our Customer Care Center provided by share it Please note that all of our products are delivered via ESD Electronic Software Delivery only After purchase you will be able to immediately download the registration keys or passwords and download links for archives of full versions Also you will receive a copy of registration keys or passwords by e mail Please make sure to enter a valid e mail address in your order If you have not received the keys within 2 hours please contact us at sales
368. nu item or use the corresponding at toolbar button e use the numbered tabs at the bottom of the editor window to switch between previously edited queries The last edited query is displayed automatically on opening the editor e edit the query text within the Edit tab of SOL Editor In order to open a query in Query Builder select the Tools Show Query Builder main menu item or use the corresponding bs toolbar button the last edited query is displayed automatically on opening Query Builder to load a previously saved diagram click the Load diagram item of the Navigation bar to load a query from an sq file open the Edit tab and click the Load SQL button of the Navigation bar edit the query visually within the Builder and or the Edit tabs of Visual Query Builder In order to load a query from an sql file e select the Tools New SQL Editor main menu item or use the corresponding toolbar button e click the Load from file item of the Navigation bar e browse for the query file using the Open SQL File dialog e edit the query text within the Edit tab of SOL Editor Executing queries In order to execute a query 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 257 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual e create a new query or open an existing one e click the Execute item of the Navigation bar or use the F9 hot key to execute the query e view edit the returned data within the Results ta
369. nu item to filter records by the current value of the selected column 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 293 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Fields Constraints Indices Triggers Dependencies 14D Ot KH oY KX KE Drag a column header here to group by that column Jel EMP_N 4 FIRST_NAME LAST_NAME pr HIRE_DATE pel Click here to add a new row 410 06 04 19890 00 00 180 Copy All Records Shift Ctrl C 34 17 01 19900 00 00 E E EE 25 amp 0105199000000 000 d jos Copy Cell Paste Cell 04 06 1990 0 00 00 900 231 14 06 1990 0 00 00 Data Manipulation 887 01 011990 0 00 00 6714 Eng R Quick Fitter gt Value Ctrl Q p90 0 00 00 671 Paste Records Shift Ctrl V Disable Fitter Clear Sorting lt Value Set Value gt Value lt Value Edit BLOB Save BLOB to File ee ae presoon 210 99 08 1991 0 00 00 900 Previous Tab Ctrl Alt P 877 2303499200000 670 1 an Expand All Collapse All 289 15 04 1992 0 00 00 20 04 1992 0 00 00 01 06 1992 0 00 00 Column Summary 477 01 06 1992 0 00 00 Visible Columns 08 08 1992 0 00 00 08 10 1992 0 00 00 Show Linked Details Grid Levels a AHAB Fit Columns Widths Ctrl w EY a Grid Mode Properties e click the Arrow Down button next to the column caption to display the drop down list and
370. o Commit Transactions If this option is checked SQL Manager automatically commits transactions otherwise you have to do it manually M Protected Edit block record while editing If this option is checked SQL Manager blocks the record you are editing so that other users can t edit this record This helps to avoid conflicts of collective access to the database Database Registration Info LA Connection amp Options a System Objects fctvanced 7 i C Use shared connection for each data view within a database Grid a Sew sees Data Options C Use SQL sorting in data view Directories C Use SQL fitter in data view gt Logs Load visible rows mode if records more than 3000 se as Find Option String fields width chars Oy Default grid mode Load all rows Load visible rows Test Connect Copy Alias from Data Options M Use shared connection for each data view within a database Check this option to disable creation of the separated connection for each data view Using it is recommended if maximum allowed number of connections is too low M Use SQL sorting in data view You can define sorting mode it can be done by means of grid itself or by means of SQL M Use SQL filter in data view Defines filtering mode it can be done by means of grid itself or by means of SQL Load visible rows mode if records more than 2008 EMS Database Management Solut
371. o open a view in the Generator Editor double click it in the Explorer Tree Using navigation bar Editing generator definition Browsing object dependencies Viewing DDL definition 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 236 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual See also Trigger Editor wi Generator CUST_NO_GEN employee on loopback BAX Object a Generator Dependencies ODL employee on loopback v Name CUST_NO_GEN CUST_NO_GEN v aue 1015 General Show SQL help eee Print ols Dependency tree a Refresh ce Restore default size Availability Windows Professional Yes Windows Lite Yes 5 10 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and a generator for editing within the current window General bar Compile the current generator Print metadata of the current generator View Dependency Tree for the generator Perform quicksave quickload Refresh the content of the active tab Bring the window to its default size The next bar displays various actions according to the current page of Generator Editor 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 237 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual gt Object lt E employee on loopback ii CUST_NO_GEN lt gt General Show SQL help ee Print as Dependency tree 2 Refresh A
372. o search for words only with this option off the search string might be found within longer words M Regular Expressions Recognizes regular expressions in the search string Prompt on replace Check this option if you wish to be prompted before replacing upon each occurrence of the search string When this option is off the search string is replaced automatically 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 595 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Replace Text Text to find EMPLOYEE_NEw v Text to replace EMPLOYEE v Options Direction C Case sensitive a Whole words only Forward Fl Regular expressions Backward C Prompt on replace OB Scope Origin Global From cursor Selected text Entire scope C Mark search result with stack marker Direction Forward Searches and replaces from the current position to the end of the working area Backward Searches and replaces from the current position to the beginning of the working area Scope Global Searches and replaces within the entire working area in the direction specified by the Direction setting Selected text Searches and replaces only within the currently selected text in the direction specified by the Direction setting You can use the mouse or block commands to select a block of text Origin From cursor The search and replace process starts at the cursor s current position
373. ocalization Find Option dialog 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 576 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 10 4 Find Option dialog The Find Option dialog allows you to search for SQL Manager options easily To open this dialog select the Options Find Option main menu item Option In this field you can enter the name of the option to search for within the specified category gt K Find Option Option database Available Options Option Kind Category Restore desktop on connect for refreshed on Environment option Preferences Show only connected databases in drop down Environment option Tools Write only successfully executed queries to da Environment option SQL Editor Abort script on error but CONNECT DATABA Environment option SQL Script Use shared connection for each data view with Environment option Data Options Advanced Show refresh database warnings Environment option Confirmations Show only connected databases for services Environment option Tools Register the databases mentioned in CREATE Environment option SQL Script Path to database utilites Register host option Connection Normal traditional IB FB authentication with sec Register host option Connection Authentication type Path to server security database isc4 gdb adm Register host option Connection Connect to the host automatically when connec Register host option Options Database name Register database option Connection
374. ocalization e Russian localization added e Corrections and improvements in German and English localizations 13 Shutdown Database and Bring Database Online services are combined together and placed into Start Stop Database wizard which allows using templates 14 Domain Editor The Collation was not displayed when opening Domain Editor Fixed now 15 SQL Script e Executing DROP DATABASE statement with database name login and password without having connected to it first e Now after dropping a database the Unregister Database dialog appears e Handling the AutoDDL mode without SET AUTODDL statement executition e When DROP DATABASE and CONNECT statementes are executed without login and password the Login dialog appears 16 Many other small improvements and bugfixes Version 4 2 April 4 2006 1 German localization added 2 Editor Options Key Mapping is implemented to set the shortcuts for various commands operations according to your needs 3 Visual Query Builder Query execution plan is now displayed as a graphical diagram 4 Dependency Tree The diagram can now be printed 5 Ability to call Register Database Wizard from SQL Script for the databases created is implemented 6 SQL editors e Next Bookmark Previous Bookmark context menu items added e In some rare cases an attempt to use Code Complete tool with Trim trailing spaces option on cleared all the line with Trim trailing spaces option on Fixed now
375. odt documents used by a number of applications including OpenOffice org and KOffice 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 604 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 12 14 To Do List The To Do List window allows you to make up a list of tasks for the database To call this window select the View To Do List main menu item or use the Shift Ctrl T shortcut The task list is displayed in a form of a grid Its columns Action Priority User Category correspond to the task parameters Clicking the column caption to sort the task list by the current parameter or change the sorting direction Database Select the database to apply the task list to When switching between the databases you can view different task lists To add a task to this list click the Add Item link of the Navigation bar or select Add Item in the context menu You can also use the Ins key for the same purpose Define the task parameters and click OK to add the new task to the list mer New To Do Item Backup database EPLOYEE v Ka gt 24 1 Modified Insert Priority Oe User name SYSDBA Category Mi Text Optional text to describe the task Priority Set a numeric value to indicate the priority of the task User Name The database User name this task is applied to Category Set a category for the task Using categories may be useful for grouping tasks 2008 EMS Database Mana
376. omatically for automatic client selection User name User name for connecting to the database server Password Password for connecting to the server Database name Select the database name to register from the drop down list Role Specify the role that you adopt on connection to the database You must have previously been granted membership in the role to gain the privileges of that role Authentication type Specify the type of InterBase Firebird authentication to be used for the connection Authorized InterBase Firebird users are stored in a security database Each InterBase Firebird has its own security database which means that a user definition is bound to the server where it is stored The security database also stores an encrypted password for each user Client library provides the conduit between the API or object library an application uses to communicate with DB server and the networking protocols used to exchange data with the network The Detect Automatically button allows you to locate path to client library and security database automatically See also Database Registration Info 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 130 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 4 5 2 Host Registration Info Options 5SH Tunneling Protocol TCP IP sg i Ed as Find Option Host name serg EEE User name SYSDBA Password thenanee Role Path to client library gds32 dllbcli
377. omize the style of all SQL Manager page controls 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 562 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Scheme name Office 11 style 2A Bars and menus Page controls Trees and lists Tab style EI Edit controls Flat M Check boxes Buttons C Hot track Page control C Muttline pages Group boxes Native style 40 gt Spit Splitters o Slants Navigation bar Slants Positions BE Find Option O Left Tab2 Tab3 See also Bars and menus Trees and lists Edit controls Check boxes Buttons Group boxes Splitters Navigation bar Find Option 10 1 3 7 Group boxes Use the Group boxes section of the Visual options dialog to customize all SQL Manager group boxes to your liking 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 563 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 10 1 3 8 Scheme name Office 11 style Bars and menus Group boxes Trees and lists Border style ED Edit controls Uttraflat M Check boxes Buttons ES Page controls Native style C Shadow 4 gt Splitters Navigation bar AK Find Option Sample group Sample check box 1 C Sample check box 2 Sample check box 3 See also Bars and menus Trees and lists Edit controls Check boxes Buttons Page controls Splitters Navigation bar Find Option Splitters Use the Splitters section
378. on to apply defaults to sorting except for SQL sorting as well Root level options These options are applied to the main view of the grid See Grid View for details Detail level options These options are applied to the detail view of the grid See Grid View for details M Show Group by box Displays the gray area above the column caption allowing to group data in the grid M Show indicator 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 528 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Displays the row indicator M Show navigator Activates deactivates the data navigator The navigator pane is available at the top within the Data tab of a view M Show New item row Displays an empty row at the bottom of a view which is a convenient way for adding data to the grid M Hide tabs for single detail This option is useful when only one view is present on the detail level When checked the view tab is hidden See also Preferences Full mode activation Confirmations Windows Tools Fonts Localization Find Option 10 1 1 9 1 Data Options Limit options in table and view editors Define the number of records to be selected on opening the Data tab of Table Editor and View Editor Select all records from a table Select only records you should set the number of records using the corresponding spin editor Advanced M Use shared connection for each data view within a database Check thi
379. on type Hide dynamic no focus C Collapse empty lines Scroll to past line Tab stops 4 C Word wrap C Variable horizontal scrollbar C Float markers C Undo after save C Disable selection C Draw current line focus C Hide selection no focus C Greedy selection C Keep selection mode Select search result Smart paste C Disable all code features Use Tab character v Comment symbols P I Block indent 2 lt p lt re M Overwrite blocks Replaces a marked block of text with whatever is typed next If Persistent Blocks is also selected the text you enter is appended to the currently selected block 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 542 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual M Show caret in read only mode Displays hides the caret in read only mode M Copy to clipboard as RTF If this option is checked the selected text is copied in RTF format Drag and drop text This option allows to drag and drop selected text M Group undo This option allows you to undo multiple actions of the same kind M Group redo This option allows you to redo multiple actions of the same kind Keep caret horizontal position If this option is checked the horizontal position of a cursor is kept If you move the cursor using the Up and Down arrow keys onto a line having length less than the current cursor horizontal position it will be positioned after the last
380. one see Create Check and Edit Check for details e Editing check definition e Viewing DDL definition See also Table Editor Index Editor Trigger Editor Constraints Name MeGa A salary gt SELECT min salary FROM job WHE job job_code empl job job_grade emp job job_country e salary lt SELECT max_salary FR job job_code empl job job_grade emp job job_country e Am Availability Windows Professional Yes Windows Lite Yes Check Constraint Name Name of a constraint the constraint name must be unique within the table Check Constraint Text 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 173 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Set the conditions that each new value entered to the field must meet e g PERCENT_CHANGE BETWEEN 50 AND 50 When you are done click OK The Compile Window appears where you can commit the successful transaction rollback transaction and return to the editor or make some changes in the statements rollback and recompile new statements See also Check Editor fz Check 4 Db 5 4 2 4 5 Managing unique keys Constraints X Name INTEG_30 Al salary gt SELECT min salary FROM job WHE job job_code empl job job_ grade emp job job_country e salary lt SELECT max_salary FR job job_code empl job job_grade emp job job_country e
381. only within the currently selected text in the direction specified by the Direction setting You can use the mouse or block commands to select a block of text Origin From cursor The search starts at the cursor s current position and then proceeds either forward to the end of the scope or backward to the beginning of the scope depending on the Direction setting Entire scope The search covers either the entire block of selected text or the entire script no matter where the cursor is in the Editor area depending upon the Scope options 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 594 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 12 9 Replace Text dialog The Replace Text dialog is provided for searching and replacing text within the working area of SQL Manager editors Text to find Enter a search string in this box The Arrow Down button which can be found next to the input box allows you to select any of the previously entered search strings Text to replace This box allows you to enter a string to replace the search string The Arrow Down button which can be found next to the input box allows you to select any of the previously entered strings To replace the search string with an empty string leave this input box blank Options M Case Sensitive This option can be used to differentiate uppercase characters from lowercase ones during the search process M Whole words only Use this option t
382. ons Environment Options to configure the environment style and the Select Language dialog Options Select Program Language to change the program language Environment style This switch allows you to define the main window behavior style MDI like in MS Office applications or Floating windows like Borland Delphi IDE Bar style for child forms Here you can define the location of action buttons within the Navigation bar on the left and or onthe Toolbar Program Language Select the interface language from the list of available languages Welcome to SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase and Firebird Welcome to SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase and Firebird an excellent tool to administer your database Choose the program s environment language preferences and bar style for child forms Environment style oO Floating windows environment ike Borland Delphi IDE Bar style for child forms Navigation bar Toolbar O Both Program Language Default no localization English See also First time started Using Desktop Panel 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 55 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Database navigation Working with database objects Using context menus Switching windows 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 56 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 2 2 First time sta
383. ons with database objects Selecting multiple objects Using tabs for database navigation Recently opened objects Creating projects Searching within the tree Configuring Database Explorer Managing Favorite queries 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 92 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 3 10 Configuring Database Explorer Use the View Mode 7 toolbar button to configure Database Explorer according to your needs The drop down menu called upon clicking this button allows you to e show hide table subobjects as child nodes of tables show hide view subobjects as child nodes of views show hide host nodes for registered databases sort the list of databases by their aliases in the DB Explorer tree show hide disconnected databases show hide procedure subobjects show hide UDF subobjects show hide Error configure table view procedure UDF other objects details for the SQL Assistant area Use the DB Explorer section of the Environment Options dialog Options Environment Options to see more options to configure Database Explorer Show Table Subobjects Show View Subobjects daj Show Procedure Subobjects Ja Show UDF Subobjects Show Hosts Sort by Aliases Hide Disconnected Databases Tables Details gt Views Details gt Procedures Details gt UDFs Details gt Exceptions Details gt Generators Details gt Other Objects Details gt Show Err
384. or See also Managing database registration info Connecting to databases Operations with database objects Selecting multiple objects 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 93 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Using tabs for database navigation Recently opened objects Creating projects Searching within the tree SOL Assistant Managing Favorite queries 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 94 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 3 11 Managing Favorite queries Favorite Queries is a new feature of SQL Manager Now you are provided with an opportunity to save the most frequently used SQL queries as Favorite Queries Use the Favorite Queries node of DB Explorer to access the list of your Favorite queries quickly Queries stored in the database and those stored in Windows registry can be easily distinguished by their icons Using the context menu you can create a new Favorite query or edit an existing one using Favorites editor open any of the existing queries in SQL Editor or remove a query if you don t need it any longer Eni New Favorite Query a Edit Favorite Query E Remove Query1 from Favorite Queries Shift Ctrl Del Open in SQL Editor New Sub Folder Shift Ctrl F Database Registration Info 2 Refresh Favorite Queries F5 Find tem Ctrl F You can also create a separate tab for your Favorite queri
385. or IB Messages Editor allows you to view an edit system messages of InterBase Firebird server It may be useful for finding the exact message you need editing standart server message to you likings or simply translating it messages into your native language To open it you are to select Tools IB Messages Editor item from the main menu Using navigation bar Go to message dialog Editing Server Messages 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 487 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual G7 InterBase Messages Editor C Shared interbase msg General Number DEC l Text Original Text B Open messages file J Find text Go to message cR Export to text file OF Import from text file Restore default size J arithmetic exception numeric arithmetic exception numeric overflow or string invalid database key invalid database key file s is not a valid database file s is not a valid database invalid database handle no ac invalid database handle no active connection bad parameters on attach or clbad parameters on attach or create database unrecognized database paran unrecognized database parameter block invalid request handle linvatid request handle invalid BLOB handle linvalid BLOB handle invalid BLOB ID invalid BLOB ID invalid parameter in transactio invalid parameter in transaction parameter block 2 3 44 f 16 4p 8 9 1 1 0 1 invalid format for transaction p invalid
386. or user SYSDBA gbak writing privilege for user SYSDBA gbak writing privilege for user SYSDBA gbak writing table constraints gbak writing constraint INTEG_1 gbak writing referential constraints gbak writing check constraints gbak writing SQL roles gbak writing users gbak closing file committing and finishing 15360 bytes written Backup complete End of operation C Close the Wizard after successful completion 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 607 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 12 16 Quick save Quick load Quick saving loading available at the navigation bar in some object editors allows you to save load object DDL bypassing standard Save load dialogs Object y General a 2 Refresh Grants on table e Print 44 Quick save ig Quick load Show SQL help Table Editor options EA Restore default size 3 Compile Tools M Fields M Explorer M 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 608 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 12 17 Connection Lost window When connection loss is detected by SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird the window like one displayed below appears You may choose e whether the program should try to reconnect to the server or e just close the database so that it will not be displayed at the explorer tree Connection Lost Connection loss is detected for
387. orceable provision as may be possible which is legal and enforceable ENTIRE AGREEMENT This LICENSE is the entire agreement between EMS and the USER and supersedes any other agreement oral or written and may not be changed except by a written signed agreement 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 25 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 1 8 Version history Version Version 4 4 0 1 Version 4 3 0 1 Version 4 2 0 1 Version 4 1 0 1 Version 4 0 0 1 Version 3 9 5 1 Version 3 9 0 2 Version 3 9 0 1 Version 3 8 5 1 Version 3 8 0 1 Version 3 7 0 1 Version 3 6 5 1 Version 3 6 0 1 Version 3 5 0 1 Version 3 4 0 1 Version 3 3 0 1 Version 3 2 5 1 Version 3 2 Version 3 1 Version 3 0 Full version history is available at htt Date Released November 22 2006 May 31 2006 April 4 2006 February 20 2006 January 27 2006 September 8 2005 February 17 2005 February 3 2005 December 7 2004 August 23 2004 January 19 2004 September 5 2003 July 9 2003 May 27 2003 April 21 2003 March 12 2003 February 11 2003 January 21 2003 January 06 2003 December 16 2002 sqilmanager net en products ibfb manager news Version 4 4 November 22 2006 1 Register Database Wizard e The option that allows to skip refreshing objects on connection to database is added It is highly recommended to uncheck this option if your database contains many objects or if connection to the database is sl
388. ords set a filter for the records using the Filter Builder dialog load new BLOB content and save the current content to files The toolbar allows you to switch the fields and perform a number of editing operations The set of toolbar items depends on the current selection and view mode 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 311 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Fields Constraints Indices Triggers Dependencies Data Desexpton DDL i EMS SQL Manager 0x010 20 66 6F 72 20 49 73 65 2F 46 for InterBase F B 0x020 69 72 65 62 69 72 F a 2 if 35 A 20 68 69 67 irebirdis a hig 0x030 68 2D 70 65 72 66 6F 72 6D 61 6E 63 65 20 74 6F h performance to 0x040 6F 6C 20 66 6F 72 20 61 64 6D 69 GE 69 73 74 65 ol for administe 0x050 72 69 6E 67 20 49 6E 74 65 72 42 61 73 65 AE 20 ring I nterBase amp 0x060 61 6E 64 20 46 69 72 65 62 69 72 64 AE 2E 20 49 and Firebird 0x070 74 20 70 72 6F 76 69 64 65 73 20 61 6E 20 65 61 t provides an ea 0x080 73 79 2D 74 6F 2D 75 73 65 20 67 72 61 70 68 69 sy to use graphi 0x090 63 61 6C 20 69 6E 74 65 72 66 61 63 65 20 66 6F cal interface fo 0x040 72 20 6D 61 69 6E 74 61 69 6E 69 6E 67 20 64 61 r maintaining da 0x080 74 61 62 61 73 65 73 20 61 6E 64 20 64 61 74 61 tabases and data OxOCO 62 61 73 65 20 6F 62 64 65 63 74 73 2C 20 6D 61 base objects ma Ox0D0 6E 61 67 69 6E 67 20 74 61 62 6C 65 20 64 61 74 naging table dat Ox0E 0 61 2C 20
389. ort Day Names dddd 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 598 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Displays the day as a full name Sunday Saturday using the strings of the Long Day Names ddddd Displays the date using the Short Date Format dddddd Displays the date using the Long Date Format e Displays the year in the current period era as a number without a leading zero Japanese Korean and Taiwanese locales only ee Displays the year in the current period era as a number with a leading zero Japanese Korean and Taiwanese locales only g Displays the period era as an abbreviation Japanese and Taiwanese locales only gg Displays the period era as a full name Japanese and Taiwanese locales only m Displays the month as a number without a leading zero 1 12 If the m specifier immediately follows an h or hh specifier the minute rather than the month is displayed mm Displays the month as a number with a leading zero 01 12 If the mm specifier immediately follows an h or hh specifier the minute rather than the month is displayed mmm Displays the month as an abbreviation Jan Dec using the strings given of the Short Month Names mmmm Displays the month as a full name January December using the strings of the Long Month Names yy Displays the year as a two digit number 00 99 YYYY Displays the year as a four digit number 0000 9999 h Displays th
390. ou select another protocol 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 133 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 4 6 Database Properties A number of database level options that determine the characteristics of the database can be set for each database These options are unique to each database and do not affect other databases The dialog can be called by using the Database Properties item from the DB explorer popup menu or using the Database Database Properties main menu item e General e Active users e Description e Find Option Database Properties IB2007database Active Users Database Page size 4096 Description sg Find Option Allocated DB pages 198 SQL dialect Sweep interval 20000 ODS version 12 0 e rte Read onl See also Register Host wizard Create Database wizard Register Database wizard Database Registration Info Host Registration Info 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 134 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 4 6 1 General The General section of the Database Properties dialog allows you to view edit the database summary TPage size Allocated DB pages SQL dialect used Sweep interval On Disc Structure version Database Properties IB2007database X General Active Users Database Page size Description se Find Option Allocated DB pages SQL dialect Sweep interval
391. ove the tables from one list to another 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 420 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Extract data of all tables Adds all tables of the database to data extraction process Extract data of tables selected on the previous step Adds only the tables selected for metadata extraction Extract Database Wizard employee on loopback Extract Database Select database objects to extract their data Extract data of the selected tables Extract data of all tables Extract data of tables selected on previous step Available Selected EH COUNTRY_SYNC2 COUNTRY EB COUNTRY_SYNC3 EJ COUNTRY_SYNC Ee COUNTRY_SYNC_SYNC2 EB CUSTOMER Firebird ES CUSTOMER_SYNC EB DEPARTMENT ES DEPARTMENT_SYNC E EMPLOYEE EJ EMPLOYEE_02 Ee EMPLOYEE_PROJECT ES cmp aver POOIECT SYA Cee Cie Click the Next button to proceed to the Customizing script options step of the wizard 9 1 4 7 Customizing script options This step allows you to customize common script options and data options for the extraction process Script options M Generate CREATE DATABASE statement Check this option to add the CREATE DATABASE statement to the result script M Generate DROP statements Check the option to add the DROP statements for the extracted objects in the result 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 421 SQL Mana
392. ow e Import of database registration information from the previous version settings of SQL Manager for IB FB is improved Local databases are now registered according to the servers which use similar client libraries for connection e Embedded database registration has become simpler e Copy Alias From option is added in the new database registration dialog e It was impossible to register a database when there were no hosts registered Fixed now 2 InterBase 2007 partial support implemented Now the UTF 8 UNICODE_BE UNICODE_LE charsets are supported 3 SSH Tunneling e The ability to use one SSH tunnel to establish connection for several hosts databases at the same time is added e Now it s possible to use tunneling for the services 4 Field Editor 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 26 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual e New Field editor form e Now it s possible to fill the NOT NULL fields which have no DEFAULT value set with the data taken from the fields of the table being edited 5 Grid e The ability to display and edit ARRAY fields is added e When editing data or deleting records in a table which contains no unique or primary key errors often occurred the changes were not applied Fixed now e It was impossible to edit a BLOB type field in Detail Level Fixed now 6 SQL Reference is available again now It can be called from object editors 7 Extract Database W
393. ows with the primary key values 1 2 If you use the Update import mode then the rows with key values 1 2 will be updated If you use the Update or insert import mode then rows 1 2 will be updated and the row with key value 3 will be inserted If you use the Insert new import mode in this case only the row with key value 3 will be inserted into the destination table It is applied to all other import modes except for the Insert all mode For all these modes except for the Insert all mode it is obligatory to select the primary key fields This field or fields is used as key field to identify specific data in the target database The key columns for these operations are defined in the Key columns area 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 379 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 4 Import Data Wizard ba Loe Import Data Select key columns for processing records except the Insert all mode Import mode Insert all Update Delete Insert new Update or insert Delete or insert j SQL Available columns Selected columns Manager ime for ES LAST_NAME Laas Fora ES pHONE_EXT rebird E HIRE_DATE E DEPT_NO ES Jop_cope ES JOB_GRADE ES JoB_COUNTRY E SALARY Cee Career Je Use Import mode to select whether to insert all records or to update delete existing ones Note that for updating deleting existing records in the target table you should move its k
394. ows you to view the permissions currently allocated for this object and to grant permissions on the object to any of the existing principals Fields Constraints Indices Triggers Dependencies Data Permissions Description DDL Object Name SEL INS UPD DEL Execute References IB sYSDBA 2 alal a 8 PUBLIC A A a a 4 For details see Grant Manager 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 588 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 12 5 Viewing object operations The Viewing object operations tab displays operations DML only to be done for current procedure trigger On clicking an operation you get its definition displayed at the lower part of the window Operation Delete Stored Procedure Description Dependencies Operations Permissions Object Fa EMPLOYEE_PROJECT Statement DELETE FROM employee_project WHERE emp_no Delete Ea SALARY_HISTORY DELETE FROM salary_history WHERE emp_no ern Delete ER EMPLOYEE E DEPARTMENT DELETE FROM employee WHERE emp_no emp_nui UPDATE department SET mngr_no NULL WHERE mi E PROJECT UPDATE project SET team_leader NULL WHERE tee KA w Statement SELECT count po_ number 2 FROM sales 3 WHERE sales _ rep emp_num 4 INTO any_sales 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 589 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 12 6
395. p BLOB Filter lt BLOB Filter_Name gt item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 5 11 1 BLOB Filter Editor The BLOB Filter Editor allows you to define BLOB Filter properties It opens when you create a new BLOB Filter or edit the existing one see Create BLOB Filter and Edit BLOB Filter for details To open a view in the BLOB Filter Editor double click it in the Explorer Tree 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 241 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual e Using navigation bar e Editing tablespace definition e Browsing object dependencies e Editing object description e Viewing DDL definition Y New BLOB Filter employee on loopback BAX Object a BLOB Fiter Description DDL 8 employee on loopback v Name NEW _BLOBFILTER Entry point idNvl General a 3 Compile Show SQL help From subtype 1 To subtype 3 Library name F Bblob 44 Quick save i Quick load EA Restore default size Availability Windows Professional Yes Windows Lite Yes 5 11 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar on the left allows you to Object bar e Select a database and a BLOB Filter for editing within the current window General bar e Show SQL help reference e Perform quicksave quickload e Refresh the content of the active tab e Bring the window to its default size The next bar displays various actions according to the current p
396. p and select the Drop Index item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 5 4 4 1 Index Editor The Index Editor allows you to edit the index fields and other index properties It opens when you create a new index or edit the existing one see Create Index and Edit Index for details 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 192 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual e Editing index definition e Editing index fields e Editing object description e Viewing DDL definition See also Table Editor 24 Fields E Description DbL Name CUSTNAMEX Index Active Order Ascending Availability Windows Professional Windows Lite 5 4 4 1 1 Editing index properties Yes Yes Use Index Editor to create or edit a table index To add an index to the table or to edit a table index open the table in the Table Editor open the Indices tab right click and select the New Index item or the Edit Index lt INDEX_NAME gt item from the popup menu accordingly Index Name The unique name for the index Order 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 193 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Select the ascending descending sorting order for columns in index Index Active This option is available only on editing an index It makes the index active or inactive respectively See also Index Editor 24
397. p at line start Be Find Option Move cursor to specified position Page scrolling _ Ctrl O N Editor modes Set insert mode Set overwrite mode Toggle insert overwrite mode Normal selection mode Column selection mode Line selection mode Show Hide non printed text characters Toggle Word Wrap Case Besetto defauts 7 iev Note it is possible to set more that one key combination for the same command operation e g Ctrl K Ctrl H using the Add button If necessary you can export the current Key mapping list to an external file by pressing the Export button Manage the shortcuts within the Key combinations list using the Delete to remove the selected item and the Clear to remove all shortcuts for this command operation buttons It is also possible to save a custom Key mapping scheme if necessary e set the shortcuts for the appropriate commands operations e click the Save As button e input the new scheme name in the corresponding dialog To delete a scheme select it in the Scheme name drop down list and press the Delete button See also General Display Color Quick Code SQL Formatter 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 553 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Spell Checking Find Option 10 1 2 7 Spell Checking Spell checking is a new feature implemented in SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird for your
398. pitalization Unchanae x Besetio defauts J sey Select the style to be applied to the words inserted automatically Custom font Font style and colors Back and foreground or Background only Then depending on the style selection set custom font Font style Foreground color Background color Borders Vertical alignment Allows you to set the vertical alignment of the words inserted automatically Possible values are Top Center Bottom Capitalization Allows you to change the case of the words inserted automatically Possible values are Unchanged Upper case Lower case Toggle case Initial caps See also General Display Color SQL Formatter Key Mapping Spell Checking Find Option 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 549 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 10 1 2 5 SQL Formatter SQL Formatter is a feature implemented in SQL Editor and is a useful tool for formatting SQL queries making SQL statements easy to read The Settings tab of the SQL Formatter section allows you to enable this feature and apply SQL formatting to subqueries if necessary M Format SQL query Check this option to enable SQL formatting M Format subquery Allows to format subqueries Editor Options al General Display Settings SQL Words Color Format SQL query C Format subquery E Key Mapping Spell Checking AK Find Option aoan p st
399. plied to the application M Auto scan languages on startup When checked the directory with localization files will be scanned automatically at the application startup all the languages found will be added to the list of available languages Available Languages Lists all the languages available for localization and the corresponding ng files Double click a language in the list to edit its name or the ng file Add Defaults This button is used to search for ng files in the Default directory and add all of them to the Available Languages list Add Opens the Add language dialog where you can specify your own localization file and set the language name Edit Opens the Edit language dialog where you can change the language name or select another localization file for the specified language Delete Removes the selected language from the Available languages list without confirmation 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 538 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 10 1 1 11 E Table Editor sat Editor E sal Monitor sar script 2B Query Builder E Style amp Color Palette ra visual Database Designer E Color Palette B Extract Database Print Metadata R Data Export D Database Monitor 2E Dependencies s Transactions m Fonts S E Grid I Data Options lt gt Print Data EE Color amp Formats Advanced a Procedure Editor E Column Opt
400. pondence between the source text file columns and the target InterBase Firebird table fields select a field of the target InterBase Firebird table in the Fields list double click in the text viewer area to add vertical separators delimiting the source column bounds click the area between the separators to assign the column to the selected target table field the selected source column gets black highlight repeat the operation for all the fields you need to be included in the import process If necessary you can choose to skip a defined number of the source file lines using the Skip Lines spin edit 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 371 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Fields P S i 3 Clear alt Skip Lines oe PHONE_EXT E HIRE_DATE 2 DEPT_NO JOB_CODE JOB_GRADE JOB_COUNT A cp1251 Windows Cyrillic v Select the target field in the list and then double click in the text viewer area to add separators delimiting the source column bounds Click between the separators to assign the correspondence Proceed to the next field when done To clear all correspondences press the Clear button Note if you cannot see the content of the source text file properly you should select the appropriate Charset to be used for processing data Click the Next button to proceed to the Adjusting data formats step of the wizard 8 2 3 6 CSV Set correspondence between the target table f
401. ponding button of the procedure trigger or view editor and also via the popup menu in the DB Explorer It s also possible to set grants when objects are compiled Set proper options on the Tools page of the Environment Options dialog for that purpose A possibility to increase decrease spin values in the grid cells using Ctri Up and Ctrl Down combinations instead of Up and Down You can enable this feature by setting the Use Ctri Up to increase spin values option on the Grid page of the Environment Options dialog An ability to show only connected databases in the drop down menus was added to all object editors and database tools This option can be enabled by the corresponding check box on the Tools page of the Environment Options dialog The DB Explorer state if it is visible or not is stored in registry now 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 42 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 The Smart Tabs option was added to the Editor Options dialog Enable it if you want to have tab width values depending on upper lines or disable it if you want use tab width values specified by the Tab Stops option Auto search feature is available in SQL Assistant Visual Query Builder and Visual Database Designer now Visual Database Designer Delete key now closes active table s in a diagram Shift Del is
402. r Query Builder in SQL Editor the position of the tab depends on the Results on Edit tab Results on separate tab selection in the Navigation bar The data can be displayed in one of four available modes Grid View Form View Print Data and BLOB View The status bar at the bottom displays the number of records in the current dataset the time the records were fetched by the application and the status of the records whether the data are read only or editable Please see the succeeding chapters to learn how to work with your data in the simplest and most efficient way e Grid View e Form View e Print Data e BLOB View See also Custom Filter Filter Builder Dialog 7 1 1 Grid View By default data returned by a query are displayed as a grid It is indicated by the Grid View tab selected on the View mode panel at the bottom of the Results area of the window When in the Grid View mode the columns correspond to the fields and the rows correspond to the records Clicking the column caption sorts data by the values of this column in the ascending or the descending mode The navigation pane at the top of the grid allows you to browse the data quickly to insert update and delete records and to set a filter for the records using the Filter Builder dialog The Navigation bar of the parent window and the context menu of the grid provide you with a number of data management functions Export Data Import Data Export As SOL Script an
403. r Navigation Dal siiis aai uee ves Acai pa eaa aratai eaa E E daaa E Find OPIO eisiaa S E SEENEN Eaa TE ASN I EEA Save Settings ce Specifying destination filesinin enn isd andAiiniad isis Eai ENa EENAA 567 DSlOCINGMSCHING k APE ETE A AA AN E EE A 568 Selecting database Snia desire aie annem EEEE EENE EENE Rn eas 569 SAVING SCTINGS siitin dt anes dew adia aaa iaa saaa taad geier eieaa dd ddr eae eae 570 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 12 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual MOC ANN ZAI O IN iaaa A ty Caguatey tecuauattedusuck coucseaytanucecs 571 Localization Ed tOr scssitsisccsscsescsscsncsvessesssatecccessaccesusersasieuscsacdivasucsucusdeabseadouduacstsausdtucbicisesecdtadbidsacsecnesdvadevdvndvansiis 571 Select Program Language scsi sccccsscessezcasecsccetescerscsscczccezscencscecpeccendeseacdatesceshei deen stbdsdestesdennsaiiaeuzsddeauzscddacansevzaneatdeay 572 Keyboard Templates iss scccs oe ede oc Coctces adiedey Coccct Se cete dh ce eteatay eactedey Contes Se nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn nnmnnn eenucuavesuccnay 574 Find Option dialog tcsiccis cesses aa eni eiden we chee a aaa ea aa vite we cece tcc aaa oaa anadai EEs uasa 576 Part XI External tools 578 External Tools dialog essensa 579 External Tool info editor sesssauiusnnnin nana KAER AEE EENAA E 581 Part XII Appendix 584 Viewing object DDL structure ss sssssunsesnnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn ununun nnnnnnnnnnnn anunn n
404. r 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual dit Field CUSTOMER Field 85 Defaut E Description Column KUSTOMER Not Null C Add to primary key Field based on Domain Standard data type Field type Type VARCHAR x Autoincremert value Field dimension Field character set Charset Collate NONE See also Field Editor 5 4 3 1 2 Setting field defaults The Default tab allows you to define the default value for the column You can either select the default object from the database defaults or define the default value for the column Specify a default field value that is entered when no other entry is made Possible values are e literal Inserts a specified string numeric value or date value e NULL Enters a NULL value e USER Enters the user name of the current user 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 184 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Column COUNTRY C Not Null C Add to primary key Field based on Domain Standard data type Field type Type SMALLINT v C Autoincrement value Field dimension Field character set Field Default Default 0 lt gt Enabling the M Not Null option of the Field Editor involves that Field Value by Default dialog appears You will be able to set a direct value as default or use the one of the listed fields Field Value by Defaul
405. r Host Show Hosts Sort by Aliases Hide Disconnected Databases Refresh Database New Tab from Here Find tem 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 76 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Note that you can change database aliases order by dragging within the DB Explorer tree See also Managing database registration info Operations with database objects Selecting multiple objects Using tabs for database navigation Recently opened objects Creating projects Searching within the tree SOL Assistant Configuring Database Explorer Managing Favorite queries 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 77 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 3 3 Operations with database objects Database Explorer allows you to perform various operations with database objects and server objects To open an object in its editor you can double click the object in the DB Explorer tree You can also right click an object within the DB Explorer tree and use its context menu of to perform a number of operations create a new object the New lt object gt item edit currently selected object the Edit lt object_name gt item rename currently selected object the Rename lt object_name gt item drop the selected object from the database the Drop lt object_name gt item duplicate the selected object the Duplicate lt object_name gt i
406. r InterBase Firebird User s Manual the log can be printed saved to file or cleared You can also use a number of SQL Editor context menu generic functions Edit Results Performance Analysis Logs E SELECT EMP_NO FIRST_NAME LAST_NAME PHONE_EXT LOCATION PHONE_NO FROM PHONE LIST f Result 42 rows fetched 78 ms SELECT EMP_NO FIRST NAME LAST_NAME PHONE EXT rT Aamo Tee See also Using Navigation bar Working with SOL Editor area Using the context menu Viewing query plan Using object links Executing queries Favorites editor 6 1 8 Favorites editor For your convenience the Favorite Queries list is implemented in SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird This list is available within the Favorite Queries node of Database Explorer and allows you to store the most frequently used SQL queries in one location 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 268 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual To add a query to the Favorite Queries list use the W Add to Favorite Queries Navigation bar item in SQL Editor The corresponding item is also available in the context menu of SQL Editor working area You can edit any of your Favorite Queries using Favorites editor Favorites editor Name Query1 Storage Registry E SELECT EMP_NO FIRST_NANE LAST_NANE PHONE EXT LOCATION PHONE No FROM PHONE LIST Name Set the name of the Favo
407. r character using the Time Separator XX XX Characters enclosed in single or double quotes are displayed as is and do not affect formatting 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 600 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 12 11 Language Info Editor The Language Info Editor dialog allows you to set the language name and specify the corresponding ng localization file This dialog is opened when you add or edit a language see Environment Options Localization Language Name The name of the language that is displayed in the Select Program Lanquage dialog and within the Available Languages list of the Environment Options Localization section Language File The ng file containing the translated string resources See the program_directory Languages folder to find already existing localization files Adding a language The Add language dialog allows you to specify your own localization file and set the language name Add Language Language Name French Language File DASQL Manager French ing Editing a language The Edit language dialog allows you to change the language name or select another localization file for the specified language Edit Italian new Language Language Name italian new Language File D ASQL Managerittalian_new ing 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 601 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Fir
408. r export InterBase Firebird C Print files after export M Export empty tables If checked you can export the table even if it does not contain any data Skip record s Specifies the number of records to be skipped before export starts Export all records Specifies that all records of the table will be exported Export only record s Specifies the number of records to be exported Open files after export 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 362 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual If this option is checked the result file will be opened with the currently associated program after the export operation is completed M Print files after export If this option is checked the result file will be sent to the default printer after the export operation is completed When you are done click the Next button to proceed to the last step of the wizard 8 1 7 Exporting data This step of the wizard is intended to inform you that all export options have been set and you can start the export process M Close the Wizard after successful completion If this option is selected the wizard is closed automatically when the export process is completed mii Export Data Wizard employee on loopback Data Wizard Export Data Click Finish to start export process Export finished successfully Exported x Time 9 00 01 Speed i i 21 rows sec Preparing to export the
409. r for editing the index A right click displays the popup menu allowing you to create new edit drop the selected index or recompute it with the help of the 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 177 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual corresponding context menu item Set Index Active This option is available only on editing an index It makes the index active or inactive respectively The Export list item provides you exporting current list of the indices to any format by means of the Export Data Wizard dialog Note that for every index you can also set an optional description in the corresponding editor below See Indices for details 9 employee on loopback E CUSTOMER x ceneri KA a Refresh Grants on table amp Print ei Quick save Quick load Show SQL help Table Editor options CUSTREGION COUNTRY CITY Edit Index CUSTNAMEX Enter Rename Index CUSTNAMEX Drop Index CUSTNAMEX Del Recompute Index Recompute All Indices Set Index Inactive Export List ic Restore default size 3 Compile Index Description CUSTNAMEX EB Edit Index CUSTNAMEX E Drop Index CUSTNAMEX 5 4 2 6 Managing triggers The Triggers tab is provided for managing table triggers Double click a trigger to open the Trigger Editor for editing the trigger A right click displays the popup menu allowing you to create new e
410. r update does not alter the database A check constraint specified as a column constraint should reference that column s value only while an expression appearing in a table constraint may reference multiple columns Table checks are managed on the Checks tab ofthe Table Editor Add Check To add a check to the table e Open the table in the Table Editor e Open the Constaraints tab then choose the Checks tab e Right click and select the Add Check item from the popup menu e Edit check properties within the Check Editor dialog Edit Check To edit check 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 171 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Open the table in the Table Editor Open the Constaraints tab then choose the Checks tab e Right click the check and select the Edit Check item from the popup menu or simply double click the key to edit e Edit check properties within the Check Editor Dialog Drop Check To drop the check Open the table in the Table Editor Open the Constaraints tab then choose the Checks tab Right click the key to drop and select the Drop Check item from the popup menu Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 172 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 4 2 4 4 1_ Check Editor The Check Editor allows you to edit check properties It opens when you create a new check or edit the existing
411. rBase Firebird etc to PostgreSQL Data Generator for PostgreSQL Generate test data for database testing purposes in a simple and direct way Wide range of data generation parameters DB Comparer for PostgreSQL Compare and synchronize the structure of your databases Move changes on your development database to production with ease DB Extract for PostgreSQL Create database backups in the form of SQL scripts save your database structure and table data as a whole or partially SQL Query for PostgreSQL Analyze and retrieve your data build your queries visually work with query plans build charts based on retrieved data quickly and more Data Comparer for PostgreSQL Compare and synchronize the contents of your databases Automate your data migrations from development to production database Scroll to top InterBase Firebird SS 4 l gl SQL Management Studio for InterBase Firebird EMS SQL Management Studio for InterBase and Firebird is a complete solution for database administration and development SQL Studio unites the must have tools in one powerful and easy to use environment that will make you more productive than ever before SQL Manager for InterBase Firebird Simplify and automate your database development process design explore and maintain existing databases build compound SQL query statements manage database user rights and manipulate data in different ways Data Export for InterBase Firebird
412. raint Options Menu caption Options menu caption C Place button on toolbar 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 496 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 10 Personalization SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird provides you with capabilities for flexible personalization of the application Please see the chapters below to learn how to use personalization tools effectively e SQL Manager Options e Localization e Keyboard templates e Object templates See also Getting started Database Explorer Database management Database objects management Query management tools Data management Import Export tools Database tools Server tools External tools 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 497 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 10 1 10 1 1 SQL Manager Options SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird provides full customization of the program interface windows behavior various options of all tools and more This chapter informs you how to use these options The following list contains the three basic groups of options available in SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird Environment Options General SQL Manager options environment style confirmations window restrictions DB Explorer SOL Editor SQL Monitor Visual Query Builder options and more Editor Options Customizing of all the SQL e
413. ration Peia Gelaukece Tokyo Copy All Records Shift Ctrl C Miyamoto MPM Corporation Paris Roche 3D Pad Corp gt Pl Ke Pe 7T Find General Copy Selected Records Data Managment Paris Roche 3D Pad Corp OF Central Hong Kong pato necade el la Wu DT Systems LTD Commit transaction San Diego Data Manipulation gt Export Data of Visual Query Builder Rollback transaction San Diego Quick Filter oR Export Visual Query Builder as SQL Script i Export data Dallas Disable Filter 255 import Data to Visual Query Builder Boston Boston Set To NULL Buttle Buttle Griffith and Co Objects Ottawa Set To Empty String Bright DataServe International EH COUNTRY Ottawa SetTo Now Bright DataServe International CUSTOMER Pebble Beach Mis Beauvais Mrs Beauvais Ea 5 E view BLOB 5 _ ey DEPARTMENT Zurich Granges Dynamic Intelligence Corp EMPLOYEE Zurich Save BLOB to File Granges Dynamic Intelligence Corp E EMPLOYEE_PROJECT Brussels Grid Levels Hessels Dyno Consulting 8 JOB Column Summary 3 PROJ_DEPT_BUDGET EJ PROJECT i j 5 S ALARY_HISTORY Fit Columns Widths SALES GridView Fom ie Grid Mode ALL_LANGS Records fetched 19 g Properties DEPT_BUDGET GET_EMP_PROJ MAIL_ LABEL oR Export as SQL Script Visible Columns
414. rators WY BLOB Fitters S Roles Z Miscellaneous Unknown See also Using Navigation bar Using the context menu 9 1 4 Extract Database Wizard Extract Database Wizard allows you to extract database objects and or data to an SQL script e g for backup purposes To start the wizard select the Tools Extract Database main menu item e Selecting a database for extraction e Specifying destination file name e Setting extraction mode 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 414 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Setting BLOB options Selecting objects for metadata extraction Selecting objects for data extraction Customizing script options Start of extraction process Using templates See also Dependency Tree Visual Database Designer SOL Script Editor Print Metadata HTML Report Wizard Reports management SOL Monitor 9 1 4 1 Selecting source database This step of the wizard allows you to select the source database from which metadata and or data are to be extracted If necessary check the M Extract all metadata and data of the database option to simplify the wizard 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 415 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual En Extract Database Wizard Extract Database Select the source database Welcome to the Extract Database Wizard This wizard allows you to extract the database structure and table
415. re added in addition to the Fit columns widths to grid width option the Save grid view and Autofit columns options The Save grid view option should be chosen if you wish grid columns to be saved and restored during the next session The Autofit columns option will fit column widths to their most wide values The Set Defaults To All Child Windows item was added to the Windows menu This item sets all the child windows to their default sizes and positions This function is also available by Ctrl Alt D shortcut Data View now it is possible to search for the desired value in the current column by typing it in the grid if the Enable auto search in grid option is checked The Always Open the Fields Tab option works properly now Fixed bug with using AltGr key for typing characters in editors Fixed bug with incorrect generation of the ON DELETE ON UPDATE statements if active program language is different from default Fixed bug with closing all the child windows even if the Cancel button was pushed in exit confirmation dialog Fixed bug with disabling the Show servers in DB Explorer option in the Environment Options dialog Fixed bug with hiding showing the DB Explorer window by pressing the F11 key Some small improvements and minor corrections Version 3 2 January 21 2003 Autogrants functions were implemented Now you can automatically grant privileges to stored procedures triggers and views This feature is available via the corres
416. re considered recent select the Options Environment Options main menu item proceed to the Tools DB Explorer section within the Environment Options dialog and set the Recent objects count option value see Environment Options for details See also Managing database registration info Connecting to databases Operations with database objects Selecting multiple objects Using tabs for database navigation Creating projects Searching within the tree SQL Assistant Configuring Database Explorer Managing Favorite queries 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 84 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 3 7 Creating projects Use the Projects node for each database to work with the selected objects of this database only You can place any object from the database tree here You can also create a separate tab for your project See Using tabs for database navigation section for details Databases serg 3052 A J EMPLOYEE on serg 3052 Domains 15 Tables 10 Views 1 Procedures 10 UDFs a Triggers 4 8 Exceptions 5 Generators 2 BLOB Fitters Roles Database Triggers gl Reports Favorite Queries Y Projects 1 Domains 3 5 CUSTNO 8 DEPTNO 8 EMPNO 8 Users 299 Creating project folders In order to create a new folder e create a folder if necessary you can create subfolders inside the project folder by right clicking the
417. reate Report Wizard Choose your page settings and click the Finish button Paper Margins Other Page margins i for InterBase Firebird Open the report after the wizard has finished Click Finish to create report Click the Next button to proceed to the Specifying other page settings step of the wizard 9 1 7 1 6 Specifying other page settings Options M Print to previous page This option allows to use white space on a previous page This option can be used in case when a report template consists of several pages or when printing batch composite reports M Two pass report If this option is selected report s formation will be performed in two steps During the first pass a report is formed and is divided into pages but the result is not saved anywhere During the second pass a standard report formation with saving a result in the stream is performed M Page numbering This option allows to print a page numbers Columns 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 438 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Number This parameter specifies the number of columns for multi column reports printing Gap mm This parameter specifies the width of the gap between columns Create Report Wizard Create Report Wizard Choose your page settings and click the Finish button Paper Margins Other Options Columns z Fi Print to previous page
418. records returned by the query The working area contains the Output fields list at the left which represents all the output query fields and the Sorted fields list at the right which contains the fields to sort records by To move a field from one list to another drag the selected field or use the Add and Remove buttons To change the sorting order for a sorted field select the field in the Sorted fields list and move it using the Up and Down buttons To change the sorting direction select the field in the Sorted fields list and switch the direction Ascending Descending using the corresponding A Z Z A button 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 280 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Builder Edit_ Result Select Query 1 Query 1 a vi CUSTOMER x CUST_NO vi SALES X v CUSTOMER PO_NUMBER v CONTACT_FIRST v COUNTRY x W CUST_NO v CONTACT_LAST COUNTRY SALES_REP PHONE_NO vi v ORDER_STATUS ADDRESS_LINE1 ORDER_DATE ADDRESS_LINE2 v SHIP_DATE v DATE_NEEDED STATE_PROVINCE v COUNTRY QTY_ORDERED POSTAL_CODE ON_HOLD lusa gt EI II PEI Criteria Selection Grouping criteria Sorting gt I A a Output fields jae Siea FIRST Sorted fields Sort order CUSTOMER CONTACT_LAST reep Ascending CUSTOMER CITY yo SALES CUST_NO z SALES ORDER_STATUS SALES SHIP_DATE SALES PAID Kg See
419. rer tree e Right click and select the Rename domain lt Domain_Name gt item from the popup menu e Edit domain name in the dialog window Drop domain To drop a domain e Select the domain for editing in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop domain lt Domain_Name gt item from the popup menu 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 147 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 5 3 1 Domain Editor Domain Editor allows you to edit properties of the domains Domain Editor can be open automatically after the domain is created and is available on editing the domain see Create domain and Edit domain for details To open a domain in the Domain Editor just double click it in the Explorer Tree e Using navigation bar e Editing domain definition 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 148 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual e Editing domain check e Browsing object dependencies e Editing object description e Viewing DDL definition 8 Domain FIRSTNAME EMPLOYEE on localhost 3050 Jie r Domain Check Dependencies Description DDL Object a ll l EMPLOYEE on localhost Neme FIRSTNAME j Data type 8 FIRSTNAME y Type VARCHAR General Length 156 Show SQL help Charset NONE v Collate NONE la eS Print oe Advanced lependency tree Dopenoency wo
420. ript Save restore following print data properties Card view representation Image options refinements Detail view representation Selection options She query Buker Expanding Report size options Style amp Color Formatting Showing grid elements Palette Level options Page number format gt TE Visual Database On every page options Page settings ji Designer Pagination Report title Color Palette Preview options B Extract Database B Print Metadata a Data Export D Database Monitor 2E Dependencies S Transactions m Fonts Grid Data Options Color amp Formats fa Advanced Column Options LE Localization 3 Find Option By atau Arey 10 1 1 9 3 Color amp Formats Display formats Integer fields Defines the format for displaying TINYINT SMALLINT INTEGER and BIGINT fields Float fields Defines the format for displaying FLOAT DOUBLE and DECIMAL fields Datetime fields Defines the format for displaying DATETIME fields Date fields Defines the format for displaying DATE fields Time fields Defines the format for displaying TIME fields For more information refer to the Format specifiers page 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 532 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Environment Options K TE SQL Assistant 4 Object Editors EF Table Editor 4 Procedure Editor Float fields ee sat Editor Datetime fields dd MM yyyy h mm ss E SQL Monitor
421. ript This wizard allows you to get a complete data dump of the table or query result in a file as a set of INSERT statements The wizard will guide you through the process of creating the result SQL script file Destination server om for i InterBase OMS SQL Firebird O MySQL Oracle PostgreSQL Add CREATE TABLE statement Add CREATE TABLE statement Check this option to add the CREATE TABLE statement to the result script Click the Next button to proceed to the Setting destination file name step of the wizard 8 3 2 Setting destination file name Specify whether the result script will be loaded to SOL Script Editor or saved to a file File name Type in or use the button to specify the path to the file and the file name If necessary select the File charset using the corresponding drop down list Enter the Table name and the Schema name to be included in the result SQL script 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 384 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual CR Export as SQL Script Wizard employee on loopback Export as SQL Script Specify the script destination and the table name Script destination Automatically load to Script Editor Save to file File name CAEMS EMPLOYEE_02 sql File charset Database default Table name as it will be represented inthe SQL script file EMPLOYEE_02 Firebird Click the Next button to proceed to the Setti
422. rite query Storage Specify where the Favorite query will be stored in Windows Registry or in the Database See also Using Navigation bar Working with SOL Editor area Using the context menu Viewing query plan Using object links Executing queries 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 269 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Viewing query logs 6 1 9 Merging queries When editing one query in several copies of SOL Editor on attempt to close the SQL Editor window the Merging a Query dialog will appear like one displayed below Merging a Query SQL is changed in the current and in another copy of SQL Editor Select the action Save the both changed queries Current editor query name amp 1_1 Use changes in the current copy of SQL Editor Ignore changes in the current copy of SQL Editor j Cancel The actions offered are the following Save the both changed queries The query opened in the first copy of SQL editor will be saved under its original name the query in the current copy will be saved under the name with additional postfix by default it s _1 Use changes in the current copy of SQL Editor The query will be saved under the original name the modifications of SQL made within current copy of SQL Editor will be used Ignore changes in the current copy of SQL Editor The query will be saved under its original name the modifications of SQL
423. rking with diagram area Joining two objects Setting criteria Setting output fields Setting grouping criteria Setting sorting parameters Query execution Viewing query plan 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 282 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 6 2 9 Query execution When all the query parameters are set you can immediately execute the query in Visual Query Builder To execute a query click the Execute query item of the Navigation bar You can also use the F9 hot key for the same purpose If the query parameters are specified correctly the query is executed and in case the query statement is supposed to return data e g as SELECT statement the returned dataset appears within the Result tab If SQL syntax of the query contains any errors the query execution is stopped and the corresponding error message is displayed in the status bar area at the bottom of the Builder window After executing a query the Performance analysis tab becomes available MZ Query Builder Employee on IBServer la I oe Daia el i it Result gt 8 Employee on IBServer iy rJ Drag a column header here to group by that column CITY COUNTRY m CONTACT_FIRST CONTACT_LAST m CUSTOMER ldap Create view Manchester i Brocket Central Bank h Create procedure Manchester z Show SOL help Tokyo Miyamoto MPM Corporation amp Query Builder options Tokyo C Paste Cell Miyamoto MPM Corpo
424. rnal pages to be written before initiating a database checkpoint Checkpoint interval Determines the number of seconds between database checkpoints Note If both Checkpoint length and Checkpoint interval are specified whichever event occurs first will initiate a database checkpoint Use timestamp name Determines whether or not to append the file creation timestamp to the base journal file name If this option is on the base journal file name will be appended with a timestamp of the form lt YYYY gt _ lt MM gt _DD gt T lt hh gt _ lt mm gt _ss gt Z lt sequence number gt journal is Journals IB2007 database BAX Per a General g Compile Directory cc share lB_Journals i oi help Base file name journal EA Restore default size Journal attributes Length pages bytes buffers Page size Page cache Checkpoint length pages a 4 a k d a at a v A Checkpoint interval seconds Use timestamp name The DDL tab displays current journal DDL 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 247 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 12 2 Journal management In the Journals node all archived items are denoted by an archive sequence number that corresponds to the order in which the items were created in the archive Dropping the journal disables journal archiving for the database It causes all journal files and database file dumps to be deleted in all
425. rogram Files Firebird Firebird_2_1 bin tbcl w 2 Detect Automatically Authentication type O Normal traditional IB FB authentication with security database O Win32 NTLM authentication only for FB 2 1 or above Mixed Path to server security database isc4 gdb admin ib security fdb CAProgram Files Firebird Firebird_2 1betaisecurity2 fdb Path to database utilites C Program Files Firebird Firebird_2_1 Bin 4 5 1 Connection properties This tab aloows you to set the connection properties in the corresponding boxes 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 129 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual e Select network protocol and port service e Select or type in server name e Enter authorization information user name and password for target database Specify the preferable Network protocol Loca TCP IP NetBEUI Novel SPX at the Host field please type an InterBase Firebird host name in Enter InterBase Firebird port service to connect through in the Port field gds_db for InterBase and port 3050 for Firebird by default For successful connection to the server it is crucial to use the appropriate client library the one that is compatible with the server you are using gds32 dll for Interbase and fbclient dl for Firebird Please note that the client library file must be located on your local machine e g in the directory where the utility is installed Press Detect Aut
426. rom the popup menu e Edit field properties within the Fields Editor Dialog Edit Field To edit the table field e Open the table in the Table Editor e Open the Fields tab e Right click the field and select the Edit Field item from the popup menu or simply double click the field to edit e Edit field properties within the Fields Editor Dialog 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 180 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual To change the order of the table fields Open the table in the Table Editor Open the Fields tab Right click and select the Reorder Fields item from the popup menu Edit field order within Re order Columns window for changing the field order Drop Field To drop the table field Open the table in the Table Editor Open the Fields tab Right click on the field to drop and select the Drop Field item from the popup menu Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 181 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 4 3 1 Field Editor Field Editor Dialog allows you to edit the properties of the table fields e Setting field name and type e Setting field defaults e Defining array e Defining autoincrement e Editing object description e Viewing DDL definition See also Table Editor Domain Editor Edit Field CUSTOMER X Field 85 Defaut E Description Coumn CUSTOMER Not Null C A
427. rs Description Plan Data Dependencies Performance Analysis I Permissions DDL Name PHONE_LIST Fields Name Field Type Domain Description _ serene nnn Be SMALLINT EMPNO FIRST_NAME VARCHAR 15 FIRSTNAME LAST_NAME VARCHAR 20 LASTNAME PHONE_EXT VARCHAR 4 CH RDB 7 l LOCATION VARCHAR 15 RDE 6 PHONE_NO VARCHAR 0 PHONENUMBE 5 5 1 4 Managing triggers The Triggers tab is provided for managing table triggers Double click a trigger to open the Trigger Editor for editing the trigger A right click displays the popup menu allowing you to create new edit or drop the selected trigger See Triggers for details See also View Editor Object Triagers Description Plan I Data Dependencies I Performance Analysis Permissions DDL Position Active Description tereeessesesessesesessssosecessesesesesescoeeseseseeesseseseessseseeseseseeseseseseesesseseeessesceessesesesessesessssesesesssseeseesssssseey fag New Trigger E Before Update fey Edit Trigger Before Insert Enter After Update Rename Trigger Before Insert S Before Delete TA Sey Drop Trigger Before Insert Del After Delete Active Trigger 5 5 1 5 Viewing data The Data tab displays the view data as a grid see Data View for details The popup menu of this tab and the Data Management navigation bar allow you to export import data
428. rs on the same event It must be an integer between 0 and 32 767 inclusive Lower number triggers fire first thus trigger with the default position 0 will be the first trigger to fire Note that triggers for a table need not be consecutive the same action triggers with the same position number will fire in random order is active Toggles whether the current fires on event The trigger body consists of an optional list of local variables and their data types and a 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 209 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual block of statements in InterBase procedure and trigger language bracketed by BEGIN and END These statements are performed when the trigger fires Trigger Messages Dependencies Description Operations 8 employee on loopback Lere POST_NEW_ORDER POST_NEW_ORDER Fortable E SALES Type _ On event General a O Betere after V Insert C Update C Delete 93 autogrant privilegies Position o fa Is active g Debug trigger Show SQL help amp a Name Variable Type ri 5 Variables as Dependency tree i4 Quick load Refresh Ey Text editor Restore default size POST_EVENT new _order h Quick save jit The Parameter Editor window allows you to define parameter type Note that creating parameters based on a domain can is only available for Fir
429. rt Default directory for Reports CADocuments and Settingsiss Mon AokymMeHTbIiS QL Manager 2008 for iter gt Default directory for Scripts See also Editing connection properties Setting common database options Setting display options Setting log options Setting log options The Logs section of the Database Registration Info dialog allows you to specify log file names for metadata changes logging and SQL query logging if necessary Logging can be useful when you are going to move the changes made in the development database to the production database Enable log of metadata changes Check this option if you wish to log metadata changes of your database in a file Metadata log file This field is enabled if the Enable log of metadata changes option is selected Type in or use the Save as tal button to specify the path to the sq file to store the metadata logs 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 127 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual M Enable log of SQL Editor queries Check this option if you wish to log your SQL Editor queries in a file SQL Editor log file This field is enabled if the Enable log of SQL Editor queries option is selected Type in or use the Save as ta button to specify the path to the sq file to store the logs of SQL queries QuickSave options Allows to sat up quick saving for database objects automatic saving objects DDL
430. rt Datasets dialog Pick the required query within the dialog and press OK See also Adding dialog form Adding report data Viewing the report Saving the report 9 1 7 2 3 Adding report data Adding bands In order to add a band to the report 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 443 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual e proceed to the Pagel tab of Report Designer pick the Insert Band component on the toolbar on the left select the band to be added to the report click within the working area the corresponding element appears in the area set element properties within the Properties Inspector Note The Properties Inspector panel that allows you to edit report object properties can be shown hidden by pressing the F11 key h Code Data Pagel DialogPage1 st saint a i Report a i Data T J FIBDatabase1 7 UA FIBQuery1 KA 5 A Pagel Cc N Page Header a L Page Footer Header z Footer La Master Data ae lt 0 j D Detail Data sel z O Subdetail Data A Data 4th level gned bella LI Data Sth level ms OLE 3 Data 6th level 4 E Group Header oo Group Footer e Child o Column Header Column Footer 2 Overlay vertical bands d Adding report data In order to add data to the report e proceed to the Data tab within the panel on the right side of the window e pick a field within the J Data tree and drag it to the
431. rted This is how SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird looks when you start it for the first time Use the Desktop panel to fulfill any of common tasks Create a new database Manage existing database s and a several tasks which do not require database registration i e Execute SOL script accessing the help system or using access available Internet resources The main menu allows you to perform various Database operations open To Do List and activate deactivate Database Explorer SQL Assistant and various toolbars within the View menu manage your databases using items of the Tools and Services menus customize the application using the Options menu manage SQL Manager Windows using Window List and other tools view the Tip of the Day and access Registration information and product documentation using the corresponding items available within the Help menu To start working with your InterBase Firebird you should first register the host using Register Host wizard After that you need to register one or several databases using Register Database Wizard By default the corresponding Register Host Register Database E buttons are available on the toolbar and within the Database menu When the database connection settings are specified you can set connection to your database and proceed to Database navigation Database Objects management working with SQL queries and other tools of SQL Manager 2008 EMS Database Management Sol
432. rties Register Host Shift Ctrl R GQ Unregister Host g Show Hosts Sort by Aliases Hide Disconnected Databases 2 Refresh Database F5 A New Tab from Here Find tem Ctrl F The context menu of an object e g table in the DB Explorer tree allows you to e create a new database object of the same type edit the selected object in its editor rename the selected object drop the selected object from the database duplicate the selected object create a new object with the same DDL structure and properties as the selected object has access common Tasks applied to this object perform data manipulation operations for tables and views view properties for tables 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 67 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual define grants for the selected object generate the object script and open it in SOL Editor generate the database script and copy its text to Windows clipboard refresh all objects of the selected object type view edit the database registration information within the Database Registration Info dialog for database objects e create a new tab for the selected object to access it through this tab quickly and or manage the existing tab e search for an object within the tree New Table Ctrl N Edit Table COUNTRY Ctrl O Drop Table COUNTRY Shift Del Duplicate Table COUNTR Recompute All Ind
433. ry Each of these operations can be also performed with the corresponding hot keys used Implementation of the Find Text and the Replace Text dialogs contributes to more efficient work with the SQL code Find the complete list of SQL Editor context menu items below The context menu allows you to add the selected text to dictionary or correct text see Spell checking for details execute the query selected text text under cursor and reset execution point if necessary e manage markers Drop Marker Collect Marker Swap Marker toggle bookmarks allowing you to navigate through the query text and jump to a line with a particular number perform editing operations Undo Redo Cut Copy Paste Select all perform search and replace operations save load a query to from an external sq file perform preview print operations use the Quick code group allowing you to format the selected code using SQL Formatter to make the code easier to read toggle comments for code fragments change case of the selected text indent unindent code lines e add the query to the Favorite Queries list open the Editor Options dialog 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 263 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Execute F9 gt Execute Selected Only AR F9 Execute under Cursor Ctrl Alt F9 Reset Execution Point Ctrl Alt F2 Markers b Toggle Bookmarks gt Goto Line Number Alt G Undo Ctrl Z Re
434. ry Builder Options page restore the default size of the builder window Builder bar e load a diagram from a vqb file using the Open diagram dialog e save the diagram toa vqb file using the Save diagram as dialog Data Management bar e Commit or Rollback current transaction e export the returned dataset using Export Data Wizard e export data as SQL Script using the Export as SOL Script wizard 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 271 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Objects bar e browse objects of the database you can also add tables and views to the diagram using drag and drop operations Database a 8 employee on loopback vi General a D Execute query Explain query Clear query Create view Create procedure Show SQL help SCH eS Query Builder options Restore default size gt Visual Builder A Load diagram b Save diagram Objects EY CUSTOMER E CUSTOMER_SYNC E DEPARTMENT ER DEPARTMENT_SYNC DEPT_BUDGET a See also Working with diagram area Joining two objects Setting criteria Setting output fields Setting grouping criteria Setting sorting parameters Working with the editor area Query execution Viewing query plan 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 272 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 6 2 2 Working with diagram area The main working area of Visual
435. s Windows Lite No 9 2 3 1 Selecting database for validation The Database Validation Wizard guides you through all the process On the first step you are to choose the database for validation To do that use the apropriate drop down list Optionally you can select to shutdown the target database before start and bring it online after the process is finished Database Select the database to validate Execution mode Define the means of validation It can be standard services or local utilities only 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 463 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual available for Firebird Click Next to go to the Validation Options page gt Database Validation Wizard Database Validation Specify the database to validate Welcome to the Database Validation Wizard This wizard allows you to validate the specified database The wizard will validate the specified database Database C Shutdown database before service start Firebird C Bring database online after service finished Execution mode Use local utilites Use services 9 2 3 2 Validation options Step two set the database validation options to retrieve and press the Finish button M Return a list of limbo transactions If this option is checked the database is checked on transactions in limbo i e transactions that can t be defined as executed or aborted M Validate the database but
436. s e click the Save As button e specify the new scheme name in the Save Visual Scheme dialog Save visual scheme Scheme name My new visual scheme See also Environment Options Editor Options Save Settings 10 1 3 1 Bars and menus Use the Bars and menus section of the Visual options dialog to customize SQL Manager bars style menus animation and a number of general options concerning toolbars and menus usage 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 557 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 2 Bars and menus Bars and menus Trees and lists Bar style Menu animation ED Edit controls Office 11 x None z check paxes C Sunken border Buttons C5 Page controls V Use F10 for menu Group boxes M Menu shows recent commands first 4 gt Splitters Show full menus after delay i Navigation bar Pe cee eae as Find Option Gray scale disabled images See also Trees and lists Edit controls Check boxes Buttons Page controls Group boxes Splitters Navigation bar Find Option 10 1 3 2 Trees and lists Use the Trees and lists section of the Visual options dialog to view and edit the corresponding options 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 558 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Visual Options X Delete Scheme name Office 11 style 4 Bars and menus Trees and lists a
437. s in the search string When all the options are set click OK If the required text was found the report window Search in Metadata text to find appears It contains the tree of current database objects where the given text is met Select an object to view its DDL The enclosed object branches allow you to go to the needed fragment quickly 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 490 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Text to find employee v Database 8 EMPLOYEE on serg 3052 C FB_DB EMPLOYEI x e Options Direction C Case sensitive Eorward C Whole words only C Regular expressions O Backward After the search is complete you will see the result window On the left the list of objects is available click any of them to view its definition which contains the text you looked for EMPLOYEE on serg 3052 JOG Procedure ADD_EMP_PROJ SET TERM 8 EMPLOYEE on serg E CREATE PROCEDURE ADD EMP PROJ General A EMP_NO SMALLINT PROJ_ID CHAR 5 CHARACTER SET NONE Search as Restore default size BEGIN BEGIN INSERT INTO employee project emp no proj id VALUES 2 H SQLCODE 530 DO F EMPLOYEE on ser 2 EXCEPTION unknown emp id 8 Domains END E Tables SUSPEND 3 Views 1 END 28 Procedures 4 al ADD_EMP_PE SET TERM BH DELETE_EMP H GET_EMP_PF ORG_CHART E Triggers 2 H Checks 1 a Database Triggers
438. s option if you wish to compress the file containing BLOB data Compression Define the desired compression level to be applied for the file None Fastest Default Best 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 418 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual C Extract Database Wizard employee on loopback Extract Database Select BLOB fields extraction method You can select to extract BLOB fields from your tables either into strings or into additional file or you can skip BLOB fields extraction BLOB and arrays options Dont extract BLOB fields Extract BLOB fields as strings may corrupt your data Extract BLOB fields into file File name CAibmanageremployee blo Compress file C Extract array type fields into file Compression None Click the Next button to proceed to Selecting objects for structure extraction 9 1 4 5 Selecting objects for structure extraction This step of the wizard allows you to select objects for metadata extraction Note that this step is only available if the M Extract all metadata and data of the database option was unchecked when selecting the source database Extract all objects Adds all objects of the database to structure extraction process Extract all objects of schema Adds all objects of a schema to structure extraction process Schema name Use the drop down list to select the schema to extract all objects from Extract
439. s option to disable creation of the separated connection for each data view Using it is recommended if maximum allowed number of connections is too low M Use SQL sorting in data view If the option is checked the data will be sorted according to SQL sorting parameters M Use SQL filter in data view Check uncheck this option to enable disable SQL filter in data view of Table Editor and View Editor 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 529 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual With the Use SQL Sorting in data view option enabled a click on the column header for sorting causes reloading all table data with the selected field in ORDER BY expression of the SELECT statement Otherwise the sorting is performed by means of the grid Load visible rows mode if records more than Set this option to switch to the Load visible rows mode when the number of records in the dataset exceeds the specified value String fields width chars Using this option you can limit string fields width that may improve performance on large datasets Environment Options E Table Editor ar ESI oe Editor vere ed tl SQL Editor C Use shared connection for each data view within a database Es SQL Monitor i C Use SQL sorting in data view sat script DE Query Builder C Use SQL fitter in data view Style amp Color Load visible rows mode if records more than 3000 Palette p A ag Visual Database
440. s using context menu items The context menu of Grant Manager allows you to grant a permission on a securable to the selected principal grant a permission with Grant Option on a securable to the selected principal revoke a previously granted or denied permission grant all permissions on a securable to the selected principal grant all permissions with Grant Option on a securable to the selected principal revoke all previously granted or denied permissions on a securable grant a permission on all objects to the selected principal grant a permission with Grant Option on all objects to the selected principal revoke a previously granted or denied permission on all objects apply sorting of objects in grid by type apply sorting of objects in grid by name 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 484 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 9 3 3 2 amp Grant with Grant Option D Grant all 4 fP Grant All with Grant Option 3 Grant on all 3 Revoke on all amp Grant on All with Grant Option Grant All on All Revoke All on All Sort by Type Sort by Name See also Managing database specific privileges Managing column permissions Managing database specific privileges This window allows you to define privileges on database objects and grant privileges to a user or role To edit the privileges of a user role on an object of a database
441. sary you can click Details to display hide extended information about the operation 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 571 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 10 2 Localization When using SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird your are provided with multi language interface support You can change the program language specify the directories for your localization files easily edit existing localizations and create your own localization files Changing program language In order to select the program interface language e select the Options Select Program Language main menu item e select the interface language in the Select Language dialog e click OK to apply the language and close the dialog Editing program localization In order to edit the interface localization e open one of the program windows e g Table Editor SQL Editor where you wish to edit the localization of captions and hints e use the Shift Ctri L keyboard shortcut to open the Localization Editor window e edit window captions and hints as necessary e click the Save button on the toolbar Note that the Localization Editor window is only available if the currently selected language is different from the default Creating new localization files In order to create a new localization file e create a new localization file similar to those located in the program_directory Languages folder select the Options
442. select a field in the Master Level Key Fields list e select a corresponding field in the Detail Level Key Fields list e click Add to set correspondence between the selected fields The newly created correspondences are listed in the Links Between Master and Detail Levels area If necessary you can delete any correspondence using the the Remove button 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 301 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Create Grid Level Wizard Xx Create Grid Level Wizard Bind master and detail levels Master Level Key Fields Detail Level Key Fields EMP_NO DEPT_NO FIRST_NAME 9d DEPARTMENT LAST_NAME HEAD_DEPT PHONE_EXT MNGR_NO HIRE_DATE ra 3 BUDGET Links Between Master and Detail Levels EMP_NO MNGR_NO Click the Next button to proceed to the Setting additional parameters step or to the Query parameterization step of the wizard if Query was selected at the Specifying master level step of the wizard 7 1 1 5 4 Query parameterization r Query was selected at the Specifying master level step of the wizard you should now transform the query to a parameterized form that will be used in the Load visible rows Grid Mode see the Grid Data Options section of the Environment Options dialog to get more information about Grid modes offered by SQL Manager 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 302 SQL Manager 2
443. selected objects Adds only selected objects to structure extraction process 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 419 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Objects to extract Use the drop down list to select the type of objects to be extracted To select an I you need to move it from the Available list to the Selected list Use the to another buttons or drag and drop operations to move the objects from one list Extract Database Wizard employee on loopback Extract Database Select database objects to extract their structure Extract all objects Extract selected objects Obiects to copy Domains x Available el Selected 5 ADDRESSLINE 8 BUDGET 85 COUNTRYNAME 85 CUSTNO 8 DEPTNO 8 EMPNO 8 FIRSTNAME 8 JOBCODE 8 JOBGRADE 8 LASTNAME eh DHORKIERUIMRED Click the Next button to proceed to Selecting objects for data extraction 9 1 4 6 Selecting objects for data extraction This step of the wizard allows you to select tables for data extraction Note that this step is only available if the Extract all metadata and data of the database option was unchecked when selecting the source database Extract data of the selected tables Adds only selected tables to data extraction process To select a table you need to move it from the Available list to the Selected list Use the buttons or drag and drop operations to m
444. sensnecneennesnaeenensneeneesnenseeceaeneenneeeeeseeneeenensneens 361 Exporting Ro K Lr ME E E E tested seceded eaececceateasdeaueduesstasaetbedendeeedseceesercees 362 PANEELI E EE E AET MS Excel Word 2007 ODF cccccccccssccccssscccessseecessseeceesaecccseseeecessseececseseeccssseecessseecessseseceeataceeseeeeessaeeeeesaes Adjusting data formats niisiis ccbcescastccaces scesstdece tid ece cesceteddstecceties ctdvecnasuesdeevabeids ar areh Saanaa Setting advanced field formats c ccceecceseeesseeeseeeeseceseeeeseeenseeeseeeeeeeenneessaeesseeeneeeenseeeeeneesaeeesaeseseeeneeeeeseeeees Setting import mode Customizing common options IMPOMING Gata Mee a Exp rt s SQL SOI r erra rar er aaa a TE a Ea te cand AAE aa AA veekaccuccescdcutecelesuccezeccacedtacstusateteedecuve Defining the type of destination server Setting Gestination fil name sesvieiecsieccecieeceesoccveccseseessedeesacedsoseracecsudesseacredsbededevrevertecssaceeceosteseeed nserdseessceceseteses Setting BLOB Optom xcs ccce cists cecccsccesscedectecesetecteesacecedceasecezctecetcetescceactsvedecssauectetcteesiuchedsaevecteetesecsceseedendsserscereeiacs Selecting fleldS to Export cecceseccecccccsicicastececesassesetseteccesand seuecezevestdestes serene nse ectvcbes seectes tues sivecievedewsteanesuagaedesereetses Editing table Getinituonn ices sissies cccssecestecsecsctesecsetecentsssecticaecstersccsccicedentesicd jens aecaccrstescde
445. set length in characters and charset for BLOB data type set segment size subtype and charset COMPUTED BY Specifies that the value of the field s data is calculated from expression expression at runtime and is therefore not allocated storage space in the database Set the expression to calculate on the Calculated by tab e g OLD_SALARY OLD_SALARY PERCENT_CHANGE 100 Note the following e the expression can be any arithmetic expression valid for the datatypes in the expression e any columns referenced in the expression must exist before they can be used in expression e the expression cannot reference Blob columns the expression must return a single value and cannot return an array Not Null Check this option to prevent the entry of NULL or unknown values in column Not null affects all INSERT and UPDATE operations on a column M Primary Key Check this option to include the field into the primary key Note that if you include a field to a primary key you should also make it Not Null to avoid an error M Support IB6 FireBird syntax Check this option to enable support of InterBase 6 0 FireBird syntax Default checked When you are done click OK The Compile Window appears where you can commit the successful transaction rollback transaction and return to the editor or make some changes in the statements rollback and recompile new statements 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 183 SQL Manage
446. smgthiecontextinmeMU na a aaa Aaa aaa a a alee ira aa EE 295 Working in mutislevel TMOG Css sicssdeascodshssecsssunseqeasde cdsadeadcasdaseassehsxicsdsasscustesshseadshessdshssedeededanesszstsaseaasteasssactenen 297 Create Grid Level Wi Zar isinne ea aioa soea Ea ches aaa aaa aa AA aAA aE eaaa Eae iaaa ita ae ates 298 Specifying master lOVel s 2cccceceiatleskcesccsQescdehacein aascaecateieusenzendceasezseiacenses lt sucescegdeiaaadastieesaaeauz sececatazacesargaczace 298 Defining source for detail levelicissiscsiccccsecstes ciavcsessescdeeds stvsced devsces tees esstatseatie este secttieeateceactetestaaciseinaviens 299 Binding master and detail levelS ee eeceeeeceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeaesaeeeaeeeesaeesaeeeeeseesaeeeeeseeeaeeeeeeaeeeeeeaeeaes 300 Query parametenzatioM sirieias aan a AAAA aaa AAi ad AE Eaa daaa EAEEREN 301 Setting additional parameters ceccecceseeceeeeeeseeeeeeseceeeseeceaeeeeeeaeeeaeseesaeseeeseseaeeeeesaeesaeseeeeeseaeseeeeeeeaeeaes 302 Working in card View MOHE scscscecscnsceSarsass tycedieaiecesegstiavars so cauesuces sh a a a a a tees eee 303 Column SUMMATY dsissiirirassisisind adanada acarana aasa saa ip aaea R AAR Eisa iaasa d aa Aaa idiei beA asa Aa AESi i taia iaasa ni ieaiE aii 305 Associating columns 305 Form ViSW sssseccncis ciceiscseevssatsecssseastscancacsveouonssadactvetausanbucancevesucdubarentucusesssGundendsacshesubereabacieasesstadsniscdousedderdavcdvussessons 306 Print Data is sccscstscscascsscoa
447. ssary you can specify that the Plan tab appears automatically upon query execution in SQL Editor select the M Show actual execution plan on query execution option available within the Tools SOL Editor section of the Environment Options dialog See also Using Navigation bar 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 265 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Working with SOL Editor area Using the context menu Using object links Executing queries Viewing query logs Favorites editor Using object links Objects that exist in the database are highlighted in the text as hyperlinks You can open an object in the appropriate editor by clicking the object name in the text with the Ctrl key pressed Please note that you can change the way highlighted objects look in the editor use the Color section of the Editor Options dialog See also Using Navigation bar Working with SOL Editor area Using the context menu Viewing query plan Executing queries Viewing query logs Favorites editor Executing queries When all the query parameters are set you can immediately execute the query in SQL Editor To execute a query click the Execute item of the Navigation bar You can also use the context menu or F9 hot key for the same purpose If the SQL syntax is correct the query is executed and in case the query statement is supposed to return data e g as SELECT statement the returned dataset
448. ssccatoaisivecssasueavcseousaveutvausavendsdsiedncssdunsavearsadnavocdensoiashesiashesasareatsavuancsucassausacsaesedaedacudouasvsasea 308 BLOB View sercan aa aa eae aa EEEa EAA Aaaa aE EASPA SHA aAA AEN AEA Ea rucpeesseceedesdeusenesugecseecewusuvecenenys 309 Navigation Within BLOB Edit sis cseasacthcsccetsscsatesctvicecctsdheascnacensuadicesetiihcauiadoudn lt dia sadecseng ieai araia aa aN NASAn 310 Editing as Hexadecimal 311 Editing AS Texten a ae ea aaraa a E Mies bean ates tigen E eae eee ee 313 Editi g as Rich TOK rs cecscccccesectcesdatherdctccacesisecenaasdashenaccncesdnagnenchcascsteessdeaszesheegeaacedehesacaxscascauesAicnsecasaesninanereaeie 314 Editing aS IMa 0e sia a aaa aaaea a a aea A aaae eaa aa aaaea TEASEE Nai 316 We iila AS LUM EE E A E A A E E AATA 316 Applying Changes iyii ae eana E a i TAA SEAS canes EEEE NEENA 318 CUSTOND m E aa E E A E T E E E 320 Filter Builder dialog sairaana enabnecedeabadedcunbiiee dunbance ecbb deen senbexcdencted 321 Invoking the Filter Builder dialog sscsssssesseeseecseesseeseesseesensneeeseeseeeseesenensesenesenenuecseeseneseeseneneesneessneneeeseesens 321 Adding anew condition sisisi cecsecd cc ccsceceennccte cecectesand cee stdentbetientty scesud rade ctuectoedceatesaaeectcctecedceutdeddedeueeveectreties 322 Setting fiter criteria ies 25 sce ce ccccscccareccssecess cocectwencenzesccestetscescttcetcececcessceieaddecenvesterecesszasteu sack vicccurdeeucstcuezsncvaerscerteiaes 323
449. st use the arrow buttons at the bottom area of the dialog or use the Ctr Shift Up Ctrl Shift Down shortcuts You can also drag and drop items within the list box to change their positions 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 580 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual See also External Tool Info editor 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 581 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 11 2 External Tool Info editor The External Tool Info editor allows you to set common parameters of running added external programs from SQL Manager environment This dialog is used both when adding external tools and editing their parameters see Add External Tool and External Tools Title Enter the title to be displayed in the Tools External Tools submenu of SQL Manager Hot Key Press a key or a key combination to set it as a hot key for running the tool Program Use the Explorer button to specify the path to the exe file of the external program Working Dir Set the default working directory of the program Parameters This box stores parameters for the program execution if required See also External Tools dialog 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 584 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 12 12 1 Appendix Viewing object DDL structure The DDL Data Definition Language tab displays the SQL st
450. store the default size of the window e filter database objects by type Database a E employee on loopback v General a E Print A Preview fal Restore default size Show a By Show all Ca Domains E Tables Es Views EZ Procedures ty User defined functions Triggers A Exceptions iol Generators S Roles MP BLOB Fitters See also Printing options 9 1 5 2 Printing options The Print Metadata window allows you to select the database objects for printing metadata To select an object you need to move it from the Available objects list to the Objects E BIE R for printing list Use the buttons or drag and drop operations to move the objects from one list to another 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 425 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual After you select one or several objects the Printing Options pane appears at the bottom Printing Options Select an object in the Objects for printing list and specify items to be included into the printing report DDL Description for all database objects Fields Params Foreign Keys Checks Indexes Triggers for tables Fields Params DDL Indices Description Foreign Keys Triggers Checks Note that you can 2 make a preview of the printing report and print metadata for objects of the selected type using the corresponding items of the Navigation bar Use the L Export toolbar button to export the preview content to any o
451. symbol of the line M Enable column selection Enables disables column selection mode M Hide cursor on type Hides displays mouse cursor within the working area while a user is typing some text M Hide dynamic no focus Hides dynamic highlights when an editor is not focused M Collapse empty lines Collapses empty lines after a text range when this range has been collapsed M Scroll to past line When the option is enabled you can scroll to the last line of the text only otherwise you can scroll to the end of the page M Word wrap When on text is wrapped at the right margin of the editor area to fit in the visible area M Variable horizontal scrollbar If this option is checked the horizontal scrollbar varies according to the current content of the editor M Float markers When enabled markers are linked to the text and they will move with the text while the text is being edited otherwise the markers are linked to the caret position and stay unchanged while the text is being edited M Undo after save Keeps undo buffer unchanged after saving Disable selection 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 543 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Disables any selection when editing M Draw current line focus Draws the focus rectangle around the current line when the editor has focus M Hide selection no focus Hides the selection when the editor loses focus M Greedy selection S
452. t Source of data Other field Value is direct Other field Field v CUST_NO See also Field Editor 5 4 3 1 3 Defining array On the Array tab you can set array parameters The field can be an array of one of standard data types except BLOB To create an array select the data type and then 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 185 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual open the Array tab of the dialog Field i iC Array 0 Check Lower Bound Upper Bound E DDL To add a dimension to an array click the Add Dimension button then set its bounds at the boxes above the dimension list To delete a dimension select one and click the Delete Dimension button Lower bound Upper bound See also Field Editor 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 186 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 4 3 1 4 Defining autoincrement The Autoincrement tab allows you to create a generator a trigger or a procedure wrapper along with the field to simulate an autoincrement field See also Field Editor Autoincrement Generator Column Field 8 Trigger C Not Null C Primary key E Procedure Field based on 84 Check Domain i E Description O B E Standard data type COMPUTED BY expression Field type Type INTEGER V Autoincrement value Field dimens
453. t Data tab you can view data in the way they are printed in WYSIWYG mode When in Print Data mode you are provided with a powerful toolbar allowing you to design a report change the view scope save reports and load previously saved ones and set a number of page printing parameters 12 7 mm Top 12 7 mm EMPLOYEE Robert Nelson Right 260 28 12 1988 00000 600 JOB CODE EMP NC FIRSTNAME LAST NAME PHON HIRE DATE DEPT JOB GRADI JOB COUNTRY SAL WP USA Eng Bruce Young 28 12 1988 00000 621 me Eng Kim Lambert 06 02 1989 00000 130 USA USA Mkt Leslie Johnson 06 04 1989 00000 USA Mngr Phil Forest 17 04 1989 09000 622 USA SRep K J Westn 17 01 1990 00000 130 USA Admin Blolweleola alr 4 B id Terri Lee 01 06 1990 00000 000 USA Finan Stewart Hall 04 06 1990 00000 900 USA Mngr Katerine Young 14 06 1990 00000 USA Mngr Chris Papadopoulos 01 01 1990 00000 USA Eng Pet Fisher Admin Ann Bennet 12 09 1990 00020 0102 199100000 USA England Eng Roger De Souza 18 02 199100000 USA Sales Janet Baldwin 2103 199100000 USA Reeves 26 04 1991 00000 England Sales Roger 4 Eng 7 Millie Stansbury 26 04 199100000 England Eng Leslie Phong Po oS ne iD 03 06 199100000 USA Eng Ashok Ramanathan ey gt D 0198 199100090 U
454. t symbol in line will be trimmed M Fixed line height Prevents line height calculation If this option is checked the default line height is taken M Persistent blocks Keeps marked blocks selected even when the cursor is moved with the arrow keys used unless a new block is selected M Fixed column move If this option is checked the caret keeps its horizontal position when moved between lines M Optimal fill Check this option to enable optimal algorithm of filling text content in the working area of the editor M Unindent keep align Keeps align for the lines that are not indented M Smart caret This option determines the caret movement up down line start line end The caret is moved to the nearest position on the screen Editor Options isplay Color 3 Quick Code E SQL Formatter amp Key Mapping I Spell Checking PH Find Option Reset to defaults Collapse level 0 Undo limit 50 Editor options Auto indent Insert mode Find text at cursor Always show hyperlinks C Double click line Trim trailing spaces _ Fixed line height _ Persistent blocks C Fixed column move F Optimal fill C Unindent keep align C Smart caret a v a Tab mode Overwrite blocks Show caret in read only mode C Copy to clipboard as RTF Drag and drop text Group undo C Group redo g Keep caret horizontal position Enable column selection C Hide cursor
455. t to show the legend specify if you want to set the chart color automatically define the chart position and category labels using the corresponding tabs 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 341 Data format Extensions Advanced tp gt Base Position Category Labels E Q Hyperlinks Title Chart_1 Hyperlink_1 an a Notes Style Column Mi Note 1 Legend position fi Charts O Bottom Top O Left SG Chat O Corner Right ira Series Cells Show legend Auto color imi Merged Cells If you need to add series for the chart e add one or more series using the F button e enter the titles e set data ranges select a column from the drop down list or set the custom range e define colors for all the graphs Data format Extensions Advanced ag Title Series_1 8 Hyperlinks Data range Hyperlink_4 Column 5 Notes vy Note_1 Custom S A charts al 3 A chart_1 o Serie aby Cells fA Merged Cells 8 1 5 1 2 4 Cells If you need to add a value in a specific cell e set the cell coordinates Co and Row e select the cell type Boolean DateTime Numeric or String e enter a value 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 342 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual e if you are adding a numeric or a date time valu
456. ta manipulation tools e Powerful security management ly Line 1 Cok 1 Modified CAPS NUM SCRL OVR GridView FormView Print Data Blob View Records fetched 31 Mo See also Navigation within BLOB Editor Editing as Hexadecimal Editing as Text Editing as Image Editing as HTML Applying changes 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 316 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 7 1 4 5 7 1 4 6 Editing as Image The Image tab allows you to view the BLOB data as image The toolbar provides additional functionality for BLOB Viewer Editor use the Save to file and the Load from file toolbar buttons to save the image toa bmp wmf ico or jpg file or load an image from a file See also Fields Constraints Indices Triggers Dependencies Data Description DDL MUALLA Aa Xa k Pe OF Find i JOBLREQUIREMENT fH a lz Hexdecimal Text Rich text Image HTML SQL Manager for InterBase Firebird Type GIFlmage Size 11K Grid View Form View Print Data Blob View Records fetched 31 Mo Navigation within BLOB Editor Editing as Hexadecimal Editing as Text Editing as Rich Text Editing as HTML Applying changes Editing as HTML The HTML tab allows you to view the BLOB data as HTML Hyper Text Markup Language format in the way this data would be displayed by your In
457. tadata i cccsicsccescesed coc ceccdbcccccsecdcenceceses eccececescesteeseeguessadecececucecessee veut eccesciectcecesavect esas sees dtasueuecdsucesteedzeesercees 423 USING Navigation Da ics spccis csscazcessdtecegseceyeensccanle d aisada divieti adanada adaini geie ieaiaia dadian danai 424 Printing OptONS aaeei ina aean daaa Awan Eana aA aa ndeire a a AE EAAS PN Ei aada iaaa ei rE 424 HTML Report Wizard iscscecccsccc cscs cc cccscesze sdececessetectedacasecescceerteeecetssncateides tees Sivad pedaus asaras saci siescecdececstesiessestenstes 426 Selecting database and GireCtory iesise dnaniiiia ren aa aE ATENE EAE A T EAS E 426 Selecting object YPES ipiriipuer cauedvescccdiledtaceaesedaaeseteded wens aaua aaia geiparaadile a aaa 427 Sp citying CSS niire sana aaa aA aaa ani iii itis GE isdn ead 428 Setting additional report OptionS a ciees cen ioeina iaaa e eiia d Nia 429 Creating HTML report aisineciiacoytiercisagi nian dias tis Aen ne at isi E ASEE TAA 430 Reports management sezcccssesceccec ese ceceeceesetccecsteeeedeceeacetesesecesteveesscevaad csueatesectectsscesoessncstceceistedsitencestezceescescecectessess 431 Create Report WIZard sesiis ilk iviseivaiiidan ea EEEa E adi sasha Anti daha 432 Specifying database name and report options Selecting report bahd Sissis e de asia ate tecde ical avian aaa T Selecting report Style oe c s iecsesnieeee ed csad hese dee inden aan alesse neldaeeeeeeebev ed avenue nee ated Specifying Paper SetiN
458. tails 3 MDI Interface implemented Microsoft Office Style all program windows are child windows of the main window now You can customize the Environment Style using the the Environment Options window 4 HTML Report Generator Create a detailed HTML report about your database quickly 5 New Visual Query Builder Full support of FB 1 x and IB 6 5 select enhancements 6 Plan Analyzer Helping you easily understand the query optimization plans in SQL Editor 7 Multilanguage support Spanish Italian German and Russian localizations available Dutch localization is coming soon 8 Backup and Restore Templates Make backup and restore even more quickly 9 New Compare SQL Scripts Module Working much better than the previous one 10 Data Export to PDF and MS Access Two more popular formats added 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 45 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 1 9 Other EMS Products Quick navigation yn oeAawe e MySQL Microsoft SQL PostgreSQL InterBase Oracle IBM DB2 DBISAM Tools amp FireBird components MySQL 89 SQL Management Studio for MySQL EMS SQL Management Studio for MySQL is a complete solution for database administration and development SQL Studio unites the must have tools in one powerful and easy to use environment that will make you more productive than ever before SQL Manager for MySQL Simplify and automate your database developm
459. tall the selected plugin Using buttons at the right of the window you can also create rename delete and change the order of subfolders in Plugins tree to access the plugins easier Plugin Options Tab On this tab the information about the selected plugin is displayed M Plugin is a common tool The selected plugin is performed for working with the program as a whole M Plugin is built in object editor The selected plugin is built in to the database object editor table procedure view etc M Plugin has options dialog The options of the selected plugin are available for editing when you will work with this plugin M Unload plugin after executing The selected plugin will be automatically unloaded after executing At the right of the window the list of object editors is displayed where those available for the selected plugin are checked At the bottom of the window you can edit the menu item and define a hot key for faster access to the plugin or to the plugin option window M Place button on toolbar This option places a button for activating plugin to the control panel See also Server Tools 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 494 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Plugins Plugin Options m Information Object editors C Plugin is a common tool _ Plugin is build in object editor C Plugin has options dialog C Unload plugin after executing TableConst
460. te Fisher Ann Bennet Roger De Souza Janet Baldwin Mm It is also possible to preview print the report using Report Viewer See also Adding dialog form Adding database and query components Adding report data Saving the report 9 1 7 2 5 Saving the report When all report parameters are set you can save the report to an external fr3 file on your local machine or in a machine in the LAN To save the report select the File Save main menu item or use the corresponding Save Report Fi toolbar button You can also use the Ctr S shortcut for the same 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 446 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual purpose If necessary you can add the report to the database using Create Report Wizard and perform preview print operations using Report Viewer See also Adding dialog form Adding database and query components Adding report data Viewing the report 9 1 7 3 Report Viewer Using Report Viewer you can view edit save and print reports The main report operations can be found at the Using Navigation bar page i Report report1 employee on loopback Object Signature Dale J Little 619 15500 Design 530 2710 Pacific 8 employee on loopback Heights Blvd E repoti Im Dallas Glen Brown 214 P O Box Technolog 960 2233 47000 General aa ies 4 Buttle James Buttle 617 2300 Suite 101 Refresh Griffith 488 1864 Newbury
461. te Linux computer SSH Key file Specify the location the secure box of the Private key file on your local machine Supported Private Key file formats are OpenSSH Putty SSH com Note that you need to trust your local machine not to scrape your passphrase or a copy of your Private key file while it is out of its secure box 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 102 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Register Host Wizard Register Host Specify the Secure Shell SSH tunnel parameters i SSH host name Vadsrv x SSH port 25 He SSH user name sshuser F SSH password ESEAS SQL Use Private Key for authentication Manager ssiey sie ga for InterBase Firebird Click the Next button to proceed to the Setting specific options step of the wizard 4 1 3 Setting specific options Specify the location of client library and server security database set some specific options for registered host M Login prompt before connection Enables SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird to prompt for user name and password each time you connect to the database M Autoconnect on startup Check the option to set the automatic connection to the host on startup M Connect to the host automatically when connecting to any its database When checked automatically connects to the host when trying to connect to any of its 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 103 SQL Manager 2
462. tem define grants for the selected object the Grants for lt object_name gt item Note that the context menu contains object specific items only when the object is currently selected in DB Explorer New Table Ctrl Edit Table COUNTRY Ctrl 0 Drop Table COUNTRY Shift Del d Duplicate Table COUNTRY Z Recompute All Indices of Table EA Recompute AlI Indices of Database Data Manipulation gt Script to New SQL Editor gt Script to Clipboard gt Grants for Table COUNTRY Dependent Objects Search in Metadata Create Updatable View Shift Ctrl V Refresh Tables F5 3 E Fe Create SIUD procedures Shift Ctrl P Ae la E4 Database Registration Info Database Operations gt 9 New Tab from Here Find tem Ctrl F Using drag and drop operations you can add objects to SOL Editor Visual Query Builder 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 78 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual or SQL Script Editor For your convenience the Insert to editor dialog is implemented The dialog allows you to specify the statement to be inserted into the editor If necessary you can edit the generated statement manually See also Managing database registration info Connecting to databases Selecting multiple objects Using tabs for database navigation Recently opened objects Creating projects Searching within the
463. ter the FROM keyword Fixed bug with the fetching status window in the SQL Editor if the Fetch All option is enabled Fixed bug with using aggregate functions within the SELECT statement in the Visual Query Builder Some minor improvements and corrections Version 3 4 0 1 April 21 2003 We have significantly improved stored procedure trigger parser as well as Stored Procedure Debugger Now it supports all SQL language extensions for FireBird 1 5 such as defining variable in its declaration EXECUTE VARCHAR syntax CASE syntax IB 6 5 such as ROWS syntax and IB 7 0 such as BOOLEAN type 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 39 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 10 11 12 13 14 15 Extract Metadata Wizard we have improved the algorithm of extracting stored procedures to avoid conflicts during their creation Now you can extract stored procedures as a block of the CREATE PROCEDURE statements with empty bodies preceding another block containing their actual bodies defined in the ALTER PROCEDURE statements This possibility can be disabled by the Environment Options gt Tools gt Extract Metadata gt Extract stored procedures with empty bodies first option which is enabled by default We have added a possibility to load an Extract Metadata template automatically on calling the wizard Now you can set the Environment Options gt Tools gt Extract Met
464. tering panel e use the Set filter button on the navigation pane and create a composite filter using the dialog 444 gt gt Ca 7 The succeeding pages of this chapter are intended to illustrate usage of the Filter Builder dialog Please see the instructions below to learn how to perform various operations in the easiest way See also Adding a new condition 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 322 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 7 3 2 Setting filter criteria Setting filter operator Setting filter criteria values Adding a new group Setting group operator Applying filter conditions Adding a new condition Suppose we need to select data from the sample table Employee to view the list of male engineers belonging to the Engineering and Tool Design departments that were hired after 10 1 2007 These criteria are applied to the Gender HireDate Position and the DepID fields Click press the button to add a new condition this will add a new condition to the criteria Alternatively you can click the Filter button and select the Add Condition popup menu item F Fitter builder untitled flt AND lt root gt press the button to add a new condition See also Invoking the Filter Builder dialog Setting filter criteria Setting filter operator 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 323 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Fireb
465. ternet browser 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 317 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual The toolbar provides additional functionality for BLOB Viewer Editor use the Save to file and the Load from file B toolbar buttons to save the content asa html or htm file or load content from a file Fields Constraints Indices Triggers Dependencies Data Description DDL Hexdecimal Text Rich text Image HTML EMS SQL Manager for InterBase Firebird is a high performance tool for administering InterBase and Firebird It provides an easy to use graphical interface for maintaining databases and database objects managing table data building SOL queries running SOL scripts designing databases visually administering users and their privileges working with metadata exporting data to 15 available formats and importing them from most popular formats viewing and editing BLOB fields and much more Key Features e Full support of Firebird 1 5 and InterBase 7 5 e Powerful and easy to use graphical user interface e Rapid database management and navigation e Easy management of all InterBase Firebird objects e Advanced data manipulation tools e Powerful security management e Excellent visual and text tools for query building e Impressive data export and import abilities e Powerful visual database designer e Powerful stored procedure deb
466. the Clear Ranges button To clear all ranges specified for the target table fields press the Clear All button Right click a range in the Ranges list to call its popup menu Using the popup menu you can add or edit ranges manually as well as remove them or change their order Click the Next button to proceed to the Adjusting data formats step of the wizard 8 2 3 2 Access Set correspondence between the source MS Access fields and the target InterBase Firebird table fields 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 368 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual select a field of the target InterBase Firebird table in the Destination Fields list select the corresponding field of the source MS Access table in the Source Fields list click the P Add button to set correspondence between the selected fields the pair of fields appears in the list below repeat the operation for all the fields you need to be included in the import process Use the hd Auto Fill button to set correspondence between the source and target fields automatically on the basis of their order Destination Fields source Fieis f SS FIRST_NAME gt EMP_NO Numbet LAST_N amp ME Auto Fil ES FIRST_NAME Te PHONE_EXT LAST_NAME Tex HIRE_DATE E PHONE_EXT Te DEPT_NO HIRE_DATE Date JOB_CODE Clear DEPT_NO Text y Destination Fields Source Fields EMP_NO EMP_NO Number To remo
467. the Adjusting data formats step of the wizard 8 2 3 7 HTML Set correspondence between the target table fields and the source HTML file columns e select a field of the target InterBase Firebird table in the Fields list e proceed to the source grid viewer area click a column to assign the column to the selected target table field e the selected column of the source file gets gray highlight e repeat the operation for all the fields you need to be included in the import process If the source HTML file and the destination InterBase Firebird table have the same order of columns you can use the M Auto Fill button to set correspondence between them automatically If necessary you can choose to skip a defined number of the source file rows using the Skip spin edit 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 373 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Fields Auto Fil He Clear All EMP_NO KFA Table 4 v Col 0 Row FIRST_NAME E LAST_NAME EMP_NO FIRST_NAN LAST_NAMI PHONE_EX PHONE_EXT 2 Robert Nelson 250 HIRE_DATE 4 Bruce Young 233 DEPT_NO 5 Kim Lambert 22 l E JOB_CODE 8 Leslie Johnson 410 l JOB_GRADE g Phil Forest 229 JOB_COUNTRY 11 K J Weston 34 SALARY 12 Terri Lee 256 l 4A Stomeort Hall 7 1 M lt gt To remove a correspondence select the field in the Fields list and press the Clear button To remove all correspondences press the Clear All button Clic
468. the Customize button on the right to customize your filter and add more complicated filtering conditions within the Filter Builder dialog See also Grouping data Using the context menu Working in multi level mode Create Grid Level wizard Working in card view mode Column Summary 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 295 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 7 1 1 3 Using the context menu The context menu of the grid is aimed at facilitating your work with data you can perform a variety of operations using the context menu items copy the selected cell value to Windows clipboard paste the clipboard content to the currently selected cell copy paste multiple records data manipulation Export Data from the table Import Data to the table Export Data as SQL Script set disable Quick Filter clear sorting set a value for the selected cell NULL Empty string for string fields Now for TIME fields Zero for DATE fields edit the BLOB value or save the BLOB to file using BLOB viewer editor expand collapse grid levels and navigate within the tabs manage grid levels add a new grid level delete the current grid level switch to the Card View mode if necessary view Column Summary select visible invisible columns of the dataset fit column width for better representation specify the grid mode Load All Rows Load Visible Rows Default view edit grid properti
469. the F11 key Use the Ctril Shift C shortcut to collapse current DB Explorer tree branch and switch to the parent node See also Getting started Database management 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 72 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Database objects management Query management tools Data management Import Export tools Database tools Server tools Personalization External tools 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 73 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 3 1 Managing database registration info After you have created and or registered your database in SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird you can perform a number of operations with the database using the context menu If you need to view edit the registration information of a database right click the database alias in DB Explorer and select the Database Registration Info context menu item to open the Database Registration Info dialog Databases doom_server a aeg doom_server 3052 S Exce loopback i3 employee serg 3052 H EMPLOY Disconnect from Database Shift Ctri D Shit At R Shift At U Trigg k Drop Database Database Operations Object Properties Register Host Shift Ctrl R Unregister Host Show Hosts Sort by Aliases Hide Disconnected Databases lal Refresh Database New Tab from Here Find tem See also
470. the Table Editor Change tab from Object Explorer If checked allows switching between Table Editor tabs by cliking on the corredsponding item in the Object Explorer 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 509 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Environment Options X Preferences Al REJAS Gls F Confirmations 3 Table Editor A Windows Bs Tools V Always open the Fields tab S E DB Explorer C Change tab from Object Explorer Ey SQL Assistant LY Object Editors C Table Ector Es Procedure Editor B SQL Editor amp SQL Monitor amp SQL Script bg Query Builder E Style amp Color Palette Visual Database Designer E Color Palette Extract Database B Print Metadata ER Data Export D Database Monitor oe Dependencies et Transactions m Fonts S E Grid 10 1 1 5 2 2 Procedure Editor M Recompile dependencies Recompiles the definition of objects that refer to the current procedure 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 510 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Environment Options X Ei Preferences A a Confirmations i Stored Procedure Editor B Windows a D Tools Recompile dependencies E DB Explorer TE SQL Assistant Object Editors Eza Table Editor mE B SQL Editor a SQL Monitor gt SQL Script Rg Query Builder Style amp Color Palette a Visual Database Designer Color Palette R
471. the grid all the records are displayed as subnodes to the grouping row value as displayed in the screenshot below To reverse grouping just drag the column header back Fields Constraints Indices Triggers Dependencies Permissions Description Cd gt mt YX Oo Find ap JOB_CODE EMP_NO FIRST_NAME LAST_NAME Pr HIRE_DATE DE JOB_GF JOE Click here to add a new row Johnson 265 13 09 1993 0 00 00 233 26 12 1986 0 00 00 06 02 1989 0 00 00 12 09 1990 0 00 00 18 02 1991 0 00 00 Willie 25 04 1991 0 00 00 Leslie 216 03 06 1991 0 00 00 aroe faaraon a Teer 00000 e SUSA Jennifer M Burbank 289 15 04 1992 0 00 00 622 3 USA Dana Bishop 290 01 06 1992 0 00 00 621 3 US4 110 vuki Ichida 22 04 02 1993 0 00 00 115 3 Jape 113 Mary Page 845 12 04 1993 0 00 00 6741 4 U52 Parker 247 01 06 1993 0 00 00 cole 2 el See also Filtering records Using the context menu Working in multi level mode Create Grid Level wizard Working in card view mode Column Summary 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 292 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 7 1 1 2 Filtering records A number of filtering facilities are implemented in the grid for your convenience You can filter records in the grid in either of the following ways e right click a row and select the Quick Filter context me
472. the top of the main window You can do it at anytime since views are absolutely independent See also Getting started Database Explorer 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 139 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Database management Query management tools Data management Import Export tools Database tools Server tools Personalization External tools 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 140 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 1 New Object The Create New Object dialog allows you to select the type of the object to be created and run the appropriate wizard or editor To open the dialog select the Database New Object main menu item Using the Database drop down list to select the alias of the database where the new object should be created Pick an object type icon and click OK to invoke the corresponding wizard or dialog Create New Object Database g IB2007database C Share For Restore Select the type of object to create 2 oa f Domain Table View my lg Procedure UDF Trigger 101 A 108 100 Exception Generator BLOB Filter v See also Duplicate Object Wizard 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 141 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 2 Duplicate Object Wizard Use the Duplicate Object Wizard to create a new database o
473. this option is checked the program requires confirmation of dropping a database object M Confirm exit from SQL Manager If this option is set you are prompted for confirmation each time when you exit the application M Confirm deleting records This option enables disables a confirmation dialog for deleting records M Confirm metadata changing Changing Metadata Window This option enables disables the Changing Metadata window 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 501 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual M Confirm addition into spell checking dictionary Check this option if you wish to be prompted for adding a word to the dictionary which is used for checking words spelling Confirm transformation of misprint into substitution If this option is checked you need to confirm replacing a misprinted word with a corresponding substitution word M Confirm transaction commit If this option is checked the program requires confirmation on attempt to commit a transaction M Confirm transaction rollback If this option is checked the program requires confirmation on attempt to rollback a transaction M Confirm transaction commit on closing data in object editors If this option is checked the program prompts to commit the transaction upon closing the Data tab in object editors Environment Options E Preferences A amp x Confirm saving the object or document upon closing the
474. ting filter criteria Setting filter operator Setting filter criteria values Adding a new group Setting group operator 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 330 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 8 Import Export Tools Using SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird you are provided with powerful tools to import and export data to from your InterBase Firebird database e Export Data Wizard Exports data to various supported formats including MS Excel MS Access RTF HTML PDF CSV XML MS Excel 2007 and more e Import Data Wizard Imports data from any of supported formats MS Excel MS Access DBF TXT CSV XML MS Excel 2007 MS Word 2007 and more e Export Data as SQL Script Exports data to an SQL script as a number of INSERT statements e Using templates Facilitates using import export wizards See also Getting started Database Explorer Database management Database objects management Query management tools Data management Database tools Server tools Personalization External tools 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 331 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 8 1 8 1 1 Export Data Wizard Export Data Wizard allows you to export data froma table view or from a query result to any of supported formats MS Excel MS Access MS Word RTF HTML PDF TXT CSV XML DBF MS Excel 2007 MS Word 2007 etc You can save
475. ting import mode and data write type Customizing common import options Importing data Using templates See also Export Data Wizard Export as SQL Script 8 2 1 Selecting source file name and format This step of the wizard allows you to select the source file format you need to import data from Source file name Type in or use the button to specify the path to the file using the Open file dialog The file name extension changes automatically according to the selected Import Type 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 365 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual ay Import Data Wizard Import Data Specify import format and source file name Welcome to the Data Import Wizard This wizard allows you to import data into table from most popular data formats such as MS Excel MS Access DBF XML and more The wizard will guide you through the process of importing data into the table Import Type SQL MS Excel OTXT OMS Excel 2007 z Manager OMS Access Ocsv O MS Word 2007 for DBF O HTML ODF Spreadsheets InterBase O XML Datapacket O XML Generic ODF Text Firebird Source file name KAE MS EMPLOYEEOS xls CSV format parameters ee mae J Import Type Specify the format of the source file For details refer to Supported file formats CSV format parameters For CSV import you should define Delimiter and Quote settings using the corresponding drop down lists Click the
476. tion tab Name Name of the exception it must be unique to the database Text Text of the message displayed when exception is raised Maximum string length is 78 characters See also Exception Editor 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 233 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Exception 8 employee on loopback Name CUSTOMER_CHECK l CUSTOMER CHECK Text Overdue balance can not ship Show SQL help amp Print f Sig Dependency tree gy Quick save amp Quick load Refresh Restore default size 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 234 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 10 Generators A generator is a sequential number that can be automatically inserted in a column with the GEN_ID function A generator is often used to ensure a unique value in a PRIMARY KEY such as an invoice number that must uniquely identify the associated row A database can contain any number of generators Generators are global to the database and can be used and updated in any transaction InterBase does not assign duplicate generator values across transactions Create generator To create a new generator e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Generator in the New Object dialog e Edit generator definition within the Generator Editor Hint To create new generator you can also right click the Generators node of the exp
477. to generate and print metadata reports of any database object s To open the window select the Tools Print Metadata main menu item or use the Print Metadata amp button on the main toolbar Available Tables 8 employee on loopback Eza COUNTRY_SYNC ES COUNTRY_SYNC2 comet CGD E COUNTRY_SYNC3 amp Print EB COUNTRY_SYNC_SY Preview E CUSTOMER_SYNC oA Restore default size E DEPARTMENT EB DEPARTMENT_SYNC Show a cE EMPLOVEEOZ EMPLOYEE_PROJECT Ea Show all Ej EMPLOYEE _PROJECT Domains z Tables ay Views Er Procedures Ea User defined functions E EMPLOYEE_SYNC E JoB E JOB_SYNC E PROJECT E PROJECT_SYNC E PROJ_DEPT_BUDGET ER PROJ_DEPT_BUDGET ER SALARY_HISTORY ER SALARY_HISTORY_SY E SALES GB Triggers Ay Exceptions Generators g Roles QP BLOB Fitters See also Dependency Tree Visual Database Designer SOL Script Editor Extract Database Wizard HTML Report Wizard Reports management SQL Monitor Tables for Printing Printing Options Fields Params DDL Indices Foreign Keys Checks Description Triggers 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 424 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 9 1 5 1 Using Navigation bar The Navigation bar of the Print Metadata window allows you to e select the database for the printing report e print metadata of the selected object s e preview the printing report e re
478. ton Use the Load template button to load a previously saved custom template from your hard disk Click on an element of the table to select a color 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 348 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Preview Basic Multifile Advanced Default text Template Classic v Julia 45 8 1 5 4 2 Basic The Basic tab allows you to specify the basic parameters of target HTML file e specify the title of the result file e select whether the cascade style sheet CSS should be internal or external the Ellipsis Ga button to browse fora css file e determine whether boolean fields of the table should be exported as HTML check boxes n Preview Basic Multifile Advanced Title Export Data Cascade style sheet options Internal External 5 file name Export css verwrite CSS file if it e Export boolean fields as HTML check boxes 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 349 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 8 1 5 4 3 Multi file The Multi file tab provides you with an ability to split the target HTML file into several separated files This tab allows you to specify the record count for a single file set an option to generate an index HTML file and add an ability to navigate between the exported files Preview Basic Multifile Advanced Mutti file export
479. toolbar click the table where the referential constraint should be created click the referred table create a new foreign key using Foreign key Editor Navigator a EMP_NO SMALLINT a CHANGE DATE DATE s UPDATER_ID VARCHAR 20 9 OLD SALARY NUMERIC 15 2 gt PERCENT CHANGE DOUBLE PRECISION gt NEW SALARY DOUBLE PRECISION o DEPARTMENT VARCHAR 25 HEAD DEPT CHAR 3 Objects ER COUNTRY EF CUSTOMER Hint To create a relation you can also use the corresponding item of the context menu See also Using Navigation bar Diagram Navigator Adding objects to diagram Removing objects from diagram 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 404 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Creating new table Working with multiple pages Reverse engineering Printing diagram Saving Loading diagram Setting diagram options 9 1 2 7 Working with multiple pages You can create several pages in one diagram to separate certain subject areas from the database e g for better comprehension To manage diagram pages right click the tabs at the bottom of the diagram area and select the appropriate popup menu items for adding deleting or renaming pages employee on loopback f New page a4 i ah New Page g Delete Page g Delete All Pages Rename Page See also Using Navigation bar Diagram Navigator Adding objects to diagram
480. tools available in the Tasks submenu view edit the Database properties view edit the host properties within the Host Registration Info dialog create a new database at the host where the selected database resides drop the selected database register a new database using Register Database Wizard unregister the selected database view edit the selected database registration information within the Database Registration Info dialog register a new host using Register Host Wizard unregister the Host where the selected database resides generate the database script and open itin S L Editor generate the database script and copy its text to Windows clipboard configure representation of hosts and databases in Database Explorer refresh the selected database test connection to the database or reconnect if connection has been already established 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 66 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual e create a new tab for the selected database to access it through this tab quickly and or manage the existing tab e search for an object within the tree See also Node context menu Object context menu 2 6 3 Object context menu wy Disconnect from Database Shift Ctrl D ie Create Database ame Register Database Shift Alt R lade Unregister Database Shift Alt U bk Drop Database gt Database Monitor Database Operations gt gi Object Prope
481. tore Specify the database to restore Restore to Existing database Firebird Specify backup files manually Level 0 backup file CAShared01 2008 1 21 11 47 2 FBK Level 1 backup file 9 2 2 3 Restoring DB on a new host Note this step is skipped if you chose Database is located on a new host in the beginning Set the connection properties in the corresponding boxes protocol host name user 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 459 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual name password and misc The Detect Automatically button allows you to locate path to client library and security database automatically F Database Restore Wizard ok Database Restore Specify host options Protocol TCP IP m Host name serg x Port service User name Password RRRARRAARARARRAKK SQL Role Manager Path to client library gds32 dllbclient dll for InterBase C EMS ib Manager _5001 fbclient dll Detect Automatically Firebird Authentication type O Normal traditional IB F B authentication with security database O Win32 NTLM authentication only for FB 2 1 or above Mixed File name C A FB_DB EMPLOYEE 2008 FBK Path to server security database isc4 qdb admin ib security tak C Program Files Firebird Firebird_2_ 1beta security2 fdk Path to database utilites Detect Automatically On the next step you will be asked to enter SSH settings
482. tructions of the Duplicate Object Wizard Edit view To edit the existing view manage its fields indices data etc e Select the view for editing in the explorer tree type the first letters of the view name for quick search e Right click and select the Edit View lt View_Name gt item from the popup menu or simply double click the view e Edit view definition and data on the appropriate tabs of the View Editor To change the name of the view e Select the view to rename in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Rename View lt View_Name gt item from the popup menu e Edit view name in the dialog window Drop view To drop a view e Select the view to drop in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop View lt View_Name gt item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 197 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 5 1 View Editor The View Editor allows you to create new view and edit the existing view definition view name and the SELECT statement it implements It opens when you create a new view or edit the existing one see Create View and Edit View for details Another way to create the view from new created table is to choose the Create view item from the Tools bar To open a view in the View Editor double click it in the Explorer Tree e Using navigation bar e Editing view definition e Vie
483. tte These options define the colors of various Query Builder elements active condition row condition text condition item text table client area etc Click an item to select a color for the corresponding element using the Color dialog where you can specify the required color from the palette 10 1 1 5 7 Visual Database Designer Model notation When you work in Visual Database Designer you can choose one of the following modeling notations e Integration DEFinition for Information Modeling IDEF1X e Information Engineering IE The IDEF1X and IE notations use different symbols to represent relationships between entities and tables M Draw PRIMARY KEY fields separately Separates Primary key fields from other fields with a horizontal line 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 517 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual M Draw entities icons Displays icons at the left of each entity header according to its type M Draw attributes icons Displays icons at the left of each attribute according to its type Primary key Foreign key ordinary field Draw only names of entities Enables highlight for entity names only M Draw FOREIGN KEY fields separately Enables highlight for Foreign key fields Environment Options X a Preferences Al Visual Database Designer a Confirmations Visual settings B Windows 3 m Re Model notation IDEF1x
484. tte Style These options specify the way various Query Builder elements look the Condition button Flat 3DLook Raised object borders Bump Etched Raised Sunken If necessary you can also specify flatness for objects and buttons using the corresponding options XP tables style This option determines the appearance of non client areas of tables in Query Builder Show icons on tabs With this option selected you can see icons next to the tab names in Query Builder 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 516 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Environment Options E Preferences F Confirmations B Windows Tools E DB Explorer Ey SQL Assistant Object Editors r Table Editor ET Procedure Editor SQL Editor a SQL Monitor 3 sat Script Visual Database Designer Color Palette amp Extract Database SA Print Metadata cR Data Export D Database Monitor ES Dependencies et Transactions Fonts Grid By default Style Condition button style Object border kind Flat object s buttons Flat objects XP tables style C Show icons on tabs Raised Raised Color palette ol Active condition row Condition text o Condition item text O Table client area E Active table caption m Inactive table caption W ot _ Selected field text E Work space BB Fo Oo Operation Oo Group Predicate Oo Subquery re Color pale
485. tup amp button on the toolbar or use the corresponding link on the Navigation bar e set printing options using the Print Setup dialog and press OK To print the diagram e press the Print amp button on the toolbar e set printing options using the Print Setup dialog and press the Print button 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 406 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual See also Using Navigation bar Diagram Navigator Adding objects to diagram Removing objects from diagram Creating new table Creating relationships Working with multiple pages Reverse engineering Saving Loading diagram Setting diagram options 9 1 2 9 1 Print Preview dialog The Print Preview dialog allows you to see the diagram layout in WYCIWYG mode before it will be printed 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 407 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual See also Print Setup dialog 9 1 2 9 2 Print Setup dialog The Print Setup dialog of Visual Database Designer allows you to e choose the printer e specify print layout print using defined scale factor or arrange diagram at a defined number of pages horizontally and vertically e specify page options margins headers and footers e set other print options 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 408 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Print setup
486. ty for BLOB Viewer Editor use the Save to file and the Load from file B toolbar buttons to save the hexadecimal data to a file or load data from a file Use the Ins key to switch between the Insert and Overwrite modes Fields Constraints Indices Triggers Dependencies Data Description DDL JOB_REQUIREMENT M ahost edit Hexdecimal Text Bich text Image HTML EMS SOL Manager 0x010 20 66 BF 72 20 49 6E 74 65 72 42 61 73 65 2F 46 for InterBase F 0x020 69 72 65 62 69 72 64 20 69 73 20 61 20 68 69 67 irebirdis a hig F 0x030 68 2D 70 65 72 66 6F 72 6D 61 6E 63 65 20 74 GF h performance to 0x040 6F 6C 20 66 6F 72 20 61 64 6D 69 6E 69 73 74 65 ol for administe 0x050 72 69 6E 67 20 49 GE 74 65 72 42 61 73 65 AE 20 ring I nterBase 0x060 61 6E 64 20 46 69 72 65 62 69 72 64 AE 2E 20 49 and Firebird 0x070 74 20 70 72 6F 76 69 64 65 73 20 61 6E 20 65 61 t provides an ea 0x080 73 79 2D 74 6F 2D 75 73 65 20 67 72 61 70 68 69 sy to use graphi 0x090 63 61 6C 20 69 6E 74 65 72 66 61 63 65 20 66 6F cal interface fo Ox0A0 72 20 6D 61 69 GE 74 61 69 6E 69 GE 67 20 64 61 r maintaining da Ox0B0 74 61 62 61 73 65 73 20 61 6E 64 20 64 61 74 61 tabases and data Ox0CO 62 61 73 65 20 6F 62 6A 65 63 74 73 2C 20 6D 61 base objects ma Ox0D0 6E 61 67 69 GE 67 20 74 61 62 6C 65 20 64 61 74 naging table dat Ox0EO 61 2C 20 62 75 69 6C 64 69 6E 67 20 53 51 4C 20 a building SQL OxOFO 71 75 65 72 69 65 73 2C 20 72
487. u can choose your backup to be stored locally only possible when using local utilities for performing backup 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 453 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual F Database Backup Wizard Database Backup Specify the database to backup Welcome to the Database Backup Wizard This wizard allows you to backup your databases The wizard will backup the specified database Database 8 IB200 7 database C Share For Restore gdb sau eee Manager F pi for Incremental backup InterBase Firebird Backup File Backup file name C Share For Restore 2008 1 14 16 54 28 GBK User name Password SYSDBA RRAAAAAK C Shutdown database before service start C Bring database online after service finished ompression None Execution mode Store mode JIse local utilitie Use services Server 9 2 1 2 Setting backup options This step allows you to set basic options for backuping the database M Ignore check sum If this option is checked wrong check sums of the database header pages where the database connection properties are stored are ignored in backup M Ignore transaction in Limbo If this option is checked transactions in limbo i e transactions that can t be defined as executed or aborted are ignored in backup M Backup Metadata only If this option is checked only database metadata are saved M Garbage collection 2008 EMS
488. ugger e Easy to use wizards performing InterBase Firebird operations Grid View Form View Print Data Blob View Records fetched 31 Modifie B See also Navigation within BLOB Editor Editing as Hexadecimal Editing as Text Editing as Rich Text Editing as Image Applying changes 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 318 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 7 1 4 7 Applying changes After changes are done click the Post Edit Y button on the navigation pane to apply the changes or the Cancel Edit button to discard the changes JOB_REQUIREMENT AA gt EMS SQL Manager for InterBase Firebird is a high performance tool for administering InterBase and Firebird It provides an easy to use graphical interface for maintaining databases and database objects managing table data building SQL queries running SOL scripts designing databases visually administering users and their privileges working with metadata exporting data to 15 available formats and importing them from most popular formats viewing and editing BLOB fields and much more Key Features Lill e Full support of Firebird 1 5 and InterBase 7 5 e Powerful and easy to use graphical user interface e Rapid database management and navigation e Easy management of all InterBase Firebird objects e Advanced data manipulation tools e Power
489. uick load Restore default size 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 244 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 5 12 Journals Journaling means that all transaction changes are safely recorded on durable storage before the transaction is committed This guarantees the ACID properties of a transaction the database industry standards for Atomicity Consistency Isolation and Durability A journal archive is the set of destination directories that will hold the current set of journal files for a particular database The purpose of the Journal archive is to support long term database recovery Note that creating journals is only implemented in InterBase 2007 Create Journal To create a new journal e Select the Database New Object menu item e Select Journal in the New Object dialog e Set journal properties within the Journal Editor Hint To create a journal you can also right click the Journals node of the explorer tree and select the Create Journal item from the popup menu Viewing Journal To view the existing journal e Right click the Journals node of the explorer tree and select the View Journal item from the popup menu or simply double click the Journals node Drop Journal To drop the journal e Select the Journals node in the explorer tree e Right click and select the Drop Journal item from the popup menu e Confirm dropping in the dialog window 2008 EMS Database
490. umn separator using the Comma drop down list and the preferable quote character using the Quote drop down list 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 353 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual ce Export Data Wizard employee on loopback Data Wizard Export Data Customize CS export options CS options Quote strings ats al SQL Manager for InterBase Firebird When you are done click the Next button to proceed to Setting common export options 8 1 5 8 XML options This step allows you to set options for the target XML xm file Specify XML document encoding in the Encoding edit box and set the Standalone option on if you intend to create a standalone document XML type Select the type of the result XML document Datapacket 2 0 or Access Conversion between generic XML documents and documents of the XML Datapacket CDS format can be performed with the help of XML Mapper by Borland 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 354 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual a Export Data Wizard employee on loopback Data Wizard Export Data Customize XML export options XML options Encoding iso 8869 1 v Z Standalone XML type v V Export XSD Schema a for InterBase Firebird When you are done click the Next button to proceed to Setting common export options 8 1 5 9 MS Excel 2007 options This
491. upport including DB triggers journaling and incremental backup Support of UTF8 data in SOL Editor Query Builder Grid View Data Export Data Import wizards Now you can continue working with SQL Manager while a query is being executed in SQL Editor or Query Builder or while table or view data are being loaded to the editor A query taking too long to execute can be aborted All Wizards including Data Export Data Import DB Extract and Services wizard can now be run in the background mode so that you could continue working with the program New improved SQL Editor of the Visual Studio 2005 kind with Code Folding function and UNICODE support Improved Data Import Wizard now allows importing data up to 10 times faster New import formats have been added HTML XML Document Open Document Format OpenOffice Open XML Format MS Word 2007 MS Excel 2007 Improved Data Export Wizard now works faster New export formats have been added XML Document Open Document Format OpenOffice Open XML Format MS Word 2007 MS Excel 2007 Improved Extract DB Wizard works faster now it also considers all object dependencies and allows defining the server version to generate the script for Common SQL commands can now be generated from DB Explorer Script to SQL Editor Script to Clipboard Now you can easily generate such SQL commands as CREATE ALTER DROP SELECT etc for each database object Now you can save your queries in the Favourite
492. used to drop a table Ctrl Del deletes fields within an active table A possibility to edit the page size manually added to the Create Database wizard Object descriptions are displayed properly in the DB Explorer if the Show Tables Descriptions is on Stored Procedure Editor displays an error dialog if an exception was raised while executing the procedure Fixed bug with Can t focus disabled or invisible window error message after opening the Table Editor with the Dependencies Triggers or Description page active Fixed bug with closing the View Editor after recompiling Fixed bug with Object in use error during view recompiling Fixed bug with List index out of bounds error while changing autoincrement initial value of a trigger Domain info is visible now in the Add Edit Column dialog Fixed bug with extracting objects which names begin from a digit symbol Fixed bug with program crashing during export BLOBs to DBF see Export Data Dialog The Compare Script feature is unavailable until both files are specified It prevents from receiving the I O error after pushing the Finish button when file name s are not specified The Show Tips feature shows the next tip on startup now Fixed bug with the incorrect behavior of the View Procedure Header button in the Stored Procedure Editor The External Tools submenu now available in the Tools menu see External Tools The Set Default Link Color button works properly i
493. using Color Palette 10 1 1 5 7 1 Color Palette These options define the colors of various Visual Database Designer elements work area work area text entity entity caption text attribute text etc Click an item to select a color for the corresponding element using the Color dialog where you can specify the required color from the palette Environment Options E Preferences A a Confirmations A Default color palette for new diagram B Windows Tools O Work area iz Attribute text E DB Explorer Work area text O Selection TEJ SQL Assistant _ entity BBB selected entity caption text Object Editors BB Table Editor 34 Procedure Editor B SQL Editor E sat Monitor gt SQL Script bg Query Builder Style amp Color Palette a Visual Database Designer BB entity caption test By selected attribute text R Extract Database SA Print Metadata ER Data Export Database Monitor oe Dependencies mh Transactions Fonts Grid By defaut sory 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 519 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 10 1 1 5 8 Extract Database Current tab allows you to customize settings of the Extract Database Wizard Automaticaly load template on run Browse for the template you need to be started automatically with Extract Database Wizard Environment Options X E Table Editor A Extract Database E precedes PORON Autom
494. ust be imported to the destination Six modes of data import are available which allow you to add all records add new 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 40 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 records only update or delete existing records in various ways Export Data Dialog a possibility of customizing multi file export was added to HTML options Now it is possible to set the maximal count of records in single file availability of index file and navigation options Visual Query Builder a possibility of diagram saving loading was added Now you can save the current diagram layout to external file for later use Page options were added to the PDF Options page of the Export Data Dialog A possibility to set page size orientation and margins is available for export to PDF format now The Autoconnect On Startup option was added to the Database Registration Info dialog If the Show Hosts option is enabled databases are grouped by hosts now in the database lists of all program tools such as SQL Editor Table Editor and others New InterBase 7 0 TMP objects are also marked as system now Fixed bug with impossibility of editing parameters and variables values of CHAR and VARCHAR types in the Stored Procedure Debug window Fixed bug with multiplying of VARCHAR domain size by 3 in the Domain Editor if the
495. ute selected text separately amp SQL Monitor z Dont clear error list on selected text execution amp e Query Builder Style amp Color Palette 5 Visual Database E Designer Color Palette R Extract Database S Print Metadata cR Data Export D Database Monitor 2 Dependencies S Transactions Fonts S E Grid By defaut Awy 10 1 1 5 6 Query Builder General options M Allow SELECT queries only When this option is checked the INSERT UPDATE and DELETE statements are not 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 514 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual allowed in Query Builder M Select condition row Displays the selected condition in different rows on the Criteria and Grouping Criteria tabs of Query Builder M Drag field name Displays the dragged field name in the Builder area Hide selection when inactive Hides the selection when the Query Builder window is inactive M Show field types Displays the field type next to the field name in the Table box M Union all by default Check this option to use the UNION ALL expression in Query Builder by default The UNION keyword allows you to include the results of two SELECT statements in one resulting table The ALL parameter incorporates all rows into the results including duplicates If not specified duplicate rows are removed Environment Options E Preferences A a Confirmations i
496. utions 539 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Environment Options Environment Options X Teetar A E Procedure Editor B sat Editor Option trigger amp SQL Monitor sat Script BS Query Builder E Style amp Color Available Options Option Kind Category Group Environment Options SQL Assistant Table details in SQL As Environment Options SQL Assistant Views details in SQL A Palette Show error messages for erroneous Environment Options SQL Assistant ob Visual Database Set ee compania riggers Environment Options Object Editors H Designer Show Trigger Messages in triggers Environment Options Object Editors E Color Palette En Extract Database B Print Metadata R Data Export D Database Monitor 2E Dependencies st Transactions m Forts S E Grid Data Options lt gt Print Data EE Color amp Formats Advanced E Column Options te Localization aK Find Option Show Option By defaut ay The Available options area lists all options of the Environment Options category according to the specified name Select the required option in the list and click Show Option to open the corresponding dialog where you can view edit the value of this option See also Preferences Full mode activation Confirmations Windows Tools Fonts Grid Localization 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 540 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s
497. utions 57 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual i Database View Tools Services le Gh Zi 2B piemel anda Getting Started E Create new database Databases El Manage existing databases Database Tools g Execute SQL script Help and Support 2 SQL Manager 2008 help system Internet Resources SQL Manager 2008 home page ae Support Center SQL Manager 2008 on line documentation SOL Manager 2008 FAQ See also Selecting style and language Using Desktop Panel Database navigation Working with database objects Using context menus Switching windows 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 58 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 2 3 Using Desktop Panel Desktop Panel is the area that is visible when no child windows are open in SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird The working area of Desktop Panel is divided into four sections Getting Started Database Tools Help and Support Internet Resources Using the Desktop Panel items you can create a new InterBase Firebird database register existing database s to operate them afterwards in SQL Manager create a new table within the current database using the New Table window this item is available if there is at least one active database connection create a new database object within the current database this item is available if there is at least one active database connection
498. v CITY STATE_PROVINCE QA 4 POSTAL_CODE ON_HOLD A X To edit the link properties double click the linking arrow or right click it and select the Property popup menu item The Link properties dialog allows you to change the association condition by choosing it from the drop down list gt lt gt s lt lt gt I 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 274 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 6 2 4 Link properties join tables CUSTOMER and SALES CUST_NO CUST_NO C Include all from CUSTOMER Include all from SALES Cancel For your convenience the Include all option is available for each object of the association Click OK to apply the changes you have made To remove a link between objects right click the linking arrow and select the Delete link popup menu item To add a point to the link line right click the linking arrow and select the Insert point popup menu item Using the point you can move the link line easily The point does not cause any changes to the query it is only used for the diagram representation and makes visual building handy and more comprehensible See also Using Navigation bar Working with diagram area Setting criteria Setting output fields Setting grouping criteria Setting sorting parameters Working with the editor area Query execution Viewing query plan Setting criteria Use
499. ve a correspondence select the pair of fields in the list below and press the Remove button To remove all correspondences press the Clear button Click the Next button to proceed to the Adjusting data formats step of the wizard 8 2 3 3 DBF Set correspondence between the source DBF columns and the target InterBase Firebird table fields e select a field of the target InterBase Firebird table in the Destination Fields list e select the corresponding column of the source DBF table in the Source Fields list e click the TF Add button to set correspondence between the selected fields e the pair of fields appears in the list below e repeat the operation for all the fields you need to be included in the import process Use the kd Auto Fill button to set correspondence between the source and target fields automatically on the basis of their order Skip deleted records 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 369 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Use the option to exclude records marked as deleted Destination Fields Source Fields S FIRST_NAME EMP_NO LAST_NAME Auto Fill FIRST_N amp ME PHONE_EXT LAST_NAME HIRE_DATE PHONE_EXT DEPT_NO HIRE_DATE JOB_CODE X Gear DEPT_NO vl Destination Fields Source Fields EMP_NO EMP_NO Skip deleted records To remove a correspondence select the pair of fields in the list below and press the Remove button
500. w a transaction interacts with other simultaneous transactions accessing the same tables Snapshot Provides a repeatable read view of the database at the moment the transaction starts Changes made by other simultaneous transactions are not visible Snapshot table stability provides a repeatable read of the database by ensuring that transactions cannot write to tables though they may still be able to read from them Read commited Enables a transaction to see the most recently committed changes made by other simultaneous transactions It can also update rows as long as no update conflict occurs Uncommitted changes made by other transactions remain invisible until committed 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 524 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Environment Options X a Confirmations B Windows D Tools S DB Explorer TE SQL Assistant S E Object Editors E Table Editor Data Transactions Properties O Snapshot Read commited Read only table stability Read write table stability Metadata Transactions Properties isc_tpb_read_committed isc _tpb_rec_version isc_tpb_nowait 3 Procedure Editor IF SQL Editor E SQL Monitor sat Script SE Query Builder Style amp Color Palette visual Database Ef Designer Color Palette amp Extract Database Print Metadata ER Data Export D Database Monitor 2 Dependencie ise _tpb_read_committed isc_tpb_re
501. we can just add them on the same root 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 326 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual level as for the existing condition If you need to add a group of conditions click the ellipsis LJ button for the HIRE _DATE condition and select the Add Group popup menu item Fitter builder untitled flt AND lt root gt L a LastlnvoiceDate between 01 01 1994 and 29 12 2003 Add Condition a new condition Add Group Remove Row See also Invoking the Filter Builder dialog Adding a new condition Setting filter criteria Setting filter operator Setting filter criteria values Setting group operator Applying filter conditions 7 3 7 Setting group operator Conditions of complex criteria can be combined with any of the four logical operators used AND OR NOT AND NOT OR In our case it is enough to click the group operator box and select the AND item from the drop down menu 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 327 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 7 3 8 Filter builder untitled flt AND lt root gt 2 LastinvoiceDate between 01 01 1994 and 29 12 2003 applies to the following conditions like Diving Nay AND tton to add a new condition See also Invoking the Filter Builder dialog Adding a new condition Setting filter criteria Setting filter operator
502. will be activated where the course of the progress will be displayed 9 2 4 Database statistics The Database Statistics Wizard allows you to retrieve the database statistics To activate the wizard choose the Services Database Statistics menu item See also 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 465 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Specific DB Tools Using templates fl Database Statistic Wizard Joe Database Statistics Specify the database to collect statistics Welcome to the Database Statistics Withard This wizard allows you to collect statistics of the specified database The wizard will prepare the database statistics SQL a Manager Database 8i for InterBase C Shutdown database before service start Firebird C Bring database online after service finished Execution mode Us Use services Cee Cees Availability Windows Professional Yes Windows Lite No 9 2 4 1 Selecting database for statistics The Database Statistics Wizard guides you through all the process On the first step you are to choose the database for retrieving statistics To do that use the apropriate drop down list Database Select the database for displaying statistics 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 466 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 9 2 4 2 a Database Statistic Wizard Database Statistics Specify t
503. will reside Password Checks the password against valid user name and password combinations in the security database on the server where the database will reside Page Size Size in bytes for database pages Can be 1024 2048 4096 default or 8192 Charset Sets default character set for a database charset if omitted character set defaults to NONE SQL Dialect Declares the SQL Dialect for database access 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 108 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual SQL Dialect Used for 1 InterBase 5 5 and earlier compatibility 3 InterBase 6 0 allows you to use delimited identifiers exact numerics and DATE TIME and TIMESTAMP datatypes Single Database File If you want to store your new database in several files uncheck this option By default this option is checked that value means that the database is stored in one file only Click the Next button to proceed to the Defining database files step of the wizard 4 2 3 Defining database files Specify the parameters of the database single and secondary files Note this step is skipped if you checked the M Single Database File option on previous step Primary database file First set the length of the primary file the file set on the previous step in the Primary File Length field This number shows when the new database file should be started To add a new database file set its name in the Secondary file nam
504. wing fields e Managing triggers e Viewing data 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 198 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Viewing query plan Viewing perfomance analysis Browsing object dependencies Editing object description Viewing DDL definition See also Table Editor Trigger Editor 4 View PHONE_LIST employee on loopback BAX Object Triggers Description Plan Data Dependencies I Performance Analysis Permissions DDL Object N 5 employee on loopback C v Name PHONE_LIST ey PHONE_LIST lx Filas General a Name Field Type Domain Description a E FIRST_NAME VARCHAR I5 FIRSTNSME F compie LAST_NAME VARCHAR O LASTNAME Sp Grants PHONE_EXT VARCHAR 4 CH RDB 7 Show SQL help S LOCATION VARCHAR 15 C RDB 6 ga Print EJ PHONE_NO VARCHAR 20 PHONENUMBE roy 2E Dependency tree h Quick save ESELECT a Quick load emp_no first_name last_name phone_ext location phone_nt A Refresh FROM employee department WHERE employee dept no department dept no EJ Text editor Restore default size View a g Edit with Query Builder v Explorer M n re gt I 36 1 Insert Highlighting _ Unicode USC 2 _ Availability Windows Professional Yes Windows Lite Yes 5 5 1 1 Using navigation bar The navigation bar at the left allows you to
505. x Oe T iod af Drag a column header here to group by that column DDL m PHONE_NO 408 555 1234 Hel MuGR_ BUDGE LOCATION Nu 105 1 000 000 0 Monterey _DEPT_NO DEPARTMENT 000 Corporate Headquarters EMP_N FIRST_NAME LAST_NAME gt 12 Terri Lee iw Pri HIRE_DATE m pel ucim JOB_GF 266 01 05 1990 000 Admin 4 105 Oliver H Bender 255 08 10 1992 000 CEO 1 lt m 100 Sales and Marketing 85 2 000 000 0 San Francisco 415 555 1234 110 Pacific Rim Headquarters 34 600 000 00 Kuaui 808 555 1234 F EMP_N FIRST_NAME LAST_NAME 34 Janet Baldwin m Pri HIRE_DATE m DE ucim JOB_GF 2 21 03 1991 110 Sales 3 61 Luke Leung 3 18 02 1992 110 SRep 4 Ill Field Office Japan 500 000 00 Tokyo 3 5350 0901 Field Office Singapore 300 000 00 Singapore 3551234 European Headquarters 700 000 00 London 71 235 4400 Field Office Switzerland 500 000 00 Zurich 1 211 7767 Field Office France 400 000 00 Cannes 58 68 1112 Field Office Italy 400 000 00 Milan 2 430 39 39 Grid View Form View Print Data See also Grouping data 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 298 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Filtering records Using the context menu Creat
506. xxxreports will be created to store them or in a folder on your hard drive specified on the Directories page of the Database Registration Info dialog See also Dependency Tree Visual Database Designer SOL Script Editor 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 432 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual 9 1 7 1 Extract Database Wizard Print Metadata HTML Report Wizard SOL Monitor Create Report Wizard Using Create Report Wizard you can create a report containing required datasets bands and fields on them with a definite report style applied To start the wizard select the Database New Object main menu item then select Report in the Create New Object dialog Alternatively you can right click the Reports node of the DB Explorer tree and select the New Report item from the context menu Specifying report name and options Selecting report bands Selecting report style Specifying paper settings Specifying margins Specifying other page settings See also Report Designer Report Viewer 9 1 7 1 1 Specifying database name and report options Select the source database for adding a report and choose the action you need to perform either create a new report or import an existing report from file Set the name for the new report and specify the save options for it Save to database The report will be created on the server inside the database Save to file If th
507. your settings as a template any time for future use To start the wizard right click the object in DB Explorer select the Data Manipulation context menu group and proceed to the Export Data item within this group Alternatively you can open the Data tab of Table Editor View Editor or the Result s tab of SQL Editor Query Builder right click the grid there then select the Data Manipulation context menu group and proceed to the Export Data of lt object_name gt item within this group or use the Export Data item of the Navigation bar e Setting name and format for the destination file Selecting fields for export Adjusting formats applied to exported data Setting header and footer text for the destination file Setting format specific options Setting common export options Exporting data Using templates See also Import Data Wizard Export as SOL Script Setting destination file name and format This step of the wizard allows you to select the destination file format you need to export data into Destination file name Type in or use the button to specify the path to the file using the Save as dialog The file name extension changes automatically according to the selected Destination format 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 332 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Data Wizard Export Data Specify destination file name and format for exporting your data Welco
508. ysece cis scseates iaai he vase ncrgtewdiveens tena eptevteaveee ae caletsestur ngage Macaitederntens ener 231 Editing exception definitionisc jects nieniiind naan lan asia TE AE EE E 232 Generators nae Sa gn pS ue ne oe e wo oS STS eS Se ee eee meee 234 Generator Editor eiszccies icc ciccccccscpeccsscesseccesrecesctecetestescescezseevendcvecetestessendsedseuvsecctsteceedeectecsnesserdstezeesceoeccvecenueteeetaicece 235 Using mavigation bate sis aiii aanre Ee E TE sue Biba 236 Editing generator derinition jcc scssccesd acsevetcccanlecsaceaete devsiveces te innsida ie a iaeiiai need eines 237 BLOB Filters a a aeaa ra Aaa Taa a ctetedente arana Aerea a A sasha duczubeacuiecttesuaseseaceeedhacsuszeteceadecute BLOB Filter Editor Oeae ATOM re ae E T E A 241 Editing BLOB Filter definition cece eeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeneeeeeeaeeaecaeesaeseesaeeeaeseeesaeeeaeseeeseeesaeeeeeseeeaeseneseeeeaees 242 Journals Creating journal JOUrMal management 32 225 ecsccescescedseesseccdss ccesceeeceesceccaedtetacesctcetcececcceaced cd decesveateectesseastersacveedecuedeigccecteveucraevtce ctiees 247 Database TriQQers sscencicesesscccectents cesttescteccentedesttesecectneni denttesccectasiedesttenedectoned denntesudestieacdestteeeiectinte 250 Database Trigger Eqitont scissione aeaaaee ra aAA aAA NAOS Spaa Eee Naaa danne E POE NAANA Siaa 251 Using Navigati n Daf aseara reaa aaaea E saa ha aA AAAS ES PA castaeisusesaivoissivedsaleasstaalocaeieden 251 Editi
509. zard X Save Settings Select settings to save Selecting databases Settings to save Database registration infos Database projects Tabs Environment options Editor options Visual options Keyboard templates External tools list Form placements MRU lists Press the Next button to proceed to the next step of the wizard This step of the wizard allows you to select the database s to save the registration settings To select a database you need to move its alias from the Available Databases list to the Selected Databases list Use the buttons or drag and drop operations to move the databases from one list to another 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 570 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Save Settings Select databases and click the Finish button to save settings Available Databases Selected Databases g employee on aeg C Program Files E DBDEMO on IB Server C Prograr 8 IB2007 database C Share ForRes 8 EMPLOYEE on serg 3052 C FB_ B employee on loopback C Prograrr B unicode_fss on doom_server 3052 Click the Finish button to start the saving settings process 10 1 4 4 Saving settings After the saving settings operation has been configured you can immediately start the process When all the settings are saved correctly you will get the following message rogress Process completed successfully Close the Wizard If neces
510. zing dependencies the objects referred to in CHECK constraint bodies and COMPUTED BY table fields are now taken into account 17 Other small improvements and bugfixes 2008 EMS Database Management Solutions 27 SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase Firebird User s Manual Version 4 3 May 31 2006 1 Export as SQL Script e Now you can specify DBMS server for which the script should be generated e Now it s possible to export BLOB field content into an external file with the ability to compress data When executing the result script the data from the external file will be placed into the corresponding fields 2 Extract Database Wizard e To avoid errors during script execution the computed by fields are moved to the end of table fields list then their position is restored e Now it s possible to export BLOB field content into an external file with the ability to compress data When executing the result script the data from the external file will be placed into the corresponding fields 3 DB Explorer The Add to Projects command is added Now objects can be added by specifying them in the corresponding dialog as well as by dragging into Projects folder 4 Dependency Tree The ability to view dependencies for the domains that refer to other objects via Check constraints is added as well as dependencies for the tables that refer to other objects via Check constraints and those for the tables that use UDFs in their

SQL Manager 2008 for InterBase/Firebird User`s Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents